1 # Translation of dpkg-man to Brazilian Portuguese
2 # Copyright © 2016 Dpkg Developers
3 # This file is distributed under the same license as the dpkg package.
5 # Andre Luis Lopes <andrelop@debian.org>, 2008.
9 "Project-Id-Version: dpkg-man 1.17.0\n"
10 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-dpkg@lists.debian.org\n"
11 "POT-Creation-Date: 2023-02-07 11:18+0000\n"
12 "PO-Revision-Date: 2021-04-08 04:44+0200\n"
13 "Last-Translator: Andre Luis Lopes <andrelop@debian.org>\n"
14 "Language-Team: Portuguese <debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org>\n"
17 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
18 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
21 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changelog.pod deb-changes.pod deb-conffiles.pod
22 #: deb-control.pod deb-extra-override.pod deb-md5sums.pod deb-old.pod
23 #: deb-origin.pod deb-override.pod deb-postinst.pod deb-postrm.pod
24 #: deb-preinst.pod deb-prerm.pod deb-shlibs.pod deb-split.pod
25 #: deb-src-control.pod deb-src-files.pod deb-src-rules.pod deb-src-symbols.pod
26 #: deb-substvars.pod deb-symbols.pod deb-triggers.pod deb-version.pod deb.pod
27 #: deb822.pod dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
28 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod
29 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
30 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
31 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
32 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod
33 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
34 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.cfg.pod dpkg.pod dsc.pod
35 #: dselect.cfg.pod dselect.pod start-stop-daemon.pod update-alternatives.pod
41 msgid "deb-buildinfo - Debian build information file format"
45 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changelog.pod deb-changes.pod deb-conffiles.pod
46 #: deb-control.pod deb-extra-override.pod deb-md5sums.pod deb-old.pod
47 #: deb-origin.pod deb-override.pod deb-postinst.pod deb-postrm.pod
48 #: deb-preinst.pod deb-prerm.pod deb-shlibs.pod deb-split.pod
49 #: deb-src-control.pod deb-src-files.pod deb-src-rules.pod deb-src-symbols.pod
50 #: deb-substvars.pod deb-symbols.pod deb-triggers.pod deb-version.pod deb.pod
51 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
52 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod
53 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
54 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
55 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
56 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod
57 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
58 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.pod dsc.pod dselect.pod
59 #: start-stop-daemon.pod update-alternatives.pod
66 msgid "I<filename>B<.buildinfo>"
67 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
70 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changelog.pod deb-changes.pod deb-conffiles.pod
71 #: deb-control.pod deb-extra-override.pod deb-md5sums.pod deb-old.pod
72 #: deb-origin.pod deb-override.pod deb-postinst.pod deb-postrm.pod
73 #: deb-preinst.pod deb-prerm.pod deb-shlibs.pod deb-split.pod
74 #: deb-src-control.pod deb-src-files.pod deb-src-rules.pod deb-src-symbols.pod
75 #: deb-substvars.pod deb-symbols.pod deb-triggers.pod deb-version.pod deb.pod
76 #: deb822.pod dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
77 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod
78 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
79 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
80 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
81 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod
82 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
83 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.cfg.pod dpkg.pod dsc.pod
84 #: dselect.cfg.pod dselect.pod start-stop-daemon.pod update-alternatives.pod
91 "Each Debian source package build can record the build information in a B<."
92 "buildinfo> control file, which contains a number of fields in L<deb822(5)> "
99 "Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Source> or B<Binary> (case "
100 "insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the field (case sensitive "
101 "unless stated otherwise). Fields are delimited only by field tags. In "
102 "other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, but the "
103 "installation tools will generally join lines when processing the body of the "
104 "field (except in case of the multiline fields B<Binary-Only-Changes>, "
105 "B<Installed-Build-Depends>, B<Environment>, B<Checksums-Md5>, B<Checksums-"
106 "Sha1> and B<Checksums-Sha256>, see below)."
110 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod dsc.pod
112 "The control data might be enclosed in an OpenPGP ASCII Armored signature, as "
113 "specified in RFC4880."
119 "The name of the B<.buildinfo> file will depend on the type of build and will "
120 "be as specific as necessary but not more; for a build that includes B<any> "
121 "the name will be I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>I<arch>B<."
122 "buildinfo>, or otherwise for a build that includes B<all> the name will be "
123 "I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>B<all.buildinfo>, or otherwise for a "
124 "build that includes B<source> the name will be I<source-name>B<_>I<source-"
125 "version>B<_>B<source.buildinfo>."
129 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod deb-control.pod deb-origin.pod dsc.pod
135 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod dsc.pod
137 msgid "B<Format:> I<format-version> (required)"
138 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
143 "The value of this field declares the format version of the file. The syntax "
144 "of the field value is a version number with a major and minor component. "
145 "Backward incompatible changes to the format will bump the major version, and "
146 "backward compatible changes (such as field additions) will bump the minor "
147 "version. The current format version is B<1.0>."
151 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod
153 msgid "B<Source:> I<source-name> [B<(>I<source-version>B<)>] (required)"
154 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
159 "The name of the source package. If the source version differs from the "
160 "binary version, then the I<source-name> will be followed by a I<source-"
161 "version> in parenthesis. This can happen when the build is for a binary-"
162 "only non-maintainer upload."
166 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod
168 msgid "B<Binary:> I<binary-package-list> (required in context)"
169 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
174 "This folded field is a space-separated list of binary packages built. If "
175 "the build is source-only, then the field is omitted (since dpkg 1.20.0)."
181 msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch-list> (required)"
182 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
187 "This space-separated field lists the architectures of the files currently "
188 "being built. Common architectures are B<amd64>, B<armel>, B<i386>, etc. "
189 "Note that the B<all> value is meant for packages that are architecture "
190 "independent. If the source for the package is also being built, the special "
191 "entry B<source> is also present. Architecture wildcards must never be "
192 "present in the list."
196 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod deb-control.pod dsc.pod
198 msgid "B<Version:> I<version-string> (required)"
199 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
202 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod dsc.pod
204 "Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form "
205 "the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number "
206 "(for non-native packages). The exact format and sorting algorithm are "
207 "described in B<deb-version>(7)."
213 msgid "B<Binary-Only-Changes:>"
214 msgstr "B<--version>"
219 msgid "S< >I<changelog-entry>"
225 "This multiline field contains the concatenated text of the changelog entry "
226 "for a binary-only non-maintainer upload (binNMU) if that is the case. To "
227 "make this a valid multiline field empty lines are replaced with a single "
228 "full stop (‘.’) and all lines are indented by one space character. The "
229 "exact content depends on the changelog format."
235 msgid "B<Checksums-Md5:> (required)"
236 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
239 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod dsc.pod
240 msgid "B<Checksums-Sha1:> (required)"
244 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod dsc.pod
245 msgid "B<Checksums-Sha256:> (required)"
249 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod dsc.pod
250 msgid "S< >I<checksum> I<size> I<filename>"
256 "These multiline fields contain a list of files with a checksum and size for "
257 "each one. These fields have the same syntax and differ only in the checksum "
258 "algorithm used: MD5 for B<Checksums-Md5>, SHA-1 for B<Checksums-Sha1> and "
259 "SHA-256 for B<Checksums-Sha256>."
263 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod
265 "The first line of the field value (the part on the same line as the field "
266 "name followed by a colon) is always empty. The content of the field is "
267 "expressed as continuation lines, one line per file. Each line consists of "
268 "space-separated entries describing the file: the checksum, the file size, "
274 msgid "These fields list all files that make up the build."
280 msgid "B<Build-Origin:> I<name>"
281 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
284 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-control.pod dsc.pod
285 msgid "The name of the distribution this package is originating from."
291 msgid "B<Build-Architecture:> I<arch> (required)"
292 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
297 "The Debian architecture for the installation the packages is being built "
298 "in. Common architectures are B<amd64>, B<armel>, B<i386>, etc."
304 msgid "B<Build-Date:> I<build-date>"
305 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
310 "The date the package was built. It must be in the same format as the date "
311 "in a B<deb-changelog>(5) entry."
317 msgid "B<Build-Kernel-Version:> I<build-kernel-version>"
318 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
323 "The release and version (in an unspecified format) of the kernel running on "
324 "the build system. This field is only going to be present if the builder has "
325 "explicitly requested it, to avoid leaking possibly sensitive information."
330 msgid "B<Build-Path:> I<build-path>"
336 "The absolute build path, which correspond to the unpacked source tree. This "
337 "field is only going to be present if the vendor has allowed it via some "
338 "pattern match to avoid leaking possibly sensitive information."
344 "On Debian and derivatives only build paths starting with I</build/> will "
351 msgid "B<Build-Tainted-By:>"
352 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
356 msgid "S< >I<taint-reason-list>"
362 "This folded field contains a space-separated list of non-exhaustive reason "
363 "tags (formed by alphanumeric and dash characters) which identify why the "
364 "current build has been tainted (since dpkg 1.19.5)."
369 msgid "On Debian and derivatives the following reason tags can be emitted:"
374 msgid "B<merged-usr-via-aliased-dirs>"
380 "The system has a merged I</usr> via aliased directories (previously known as "
381 "B<merged-usr-via-symlinks>). This will confuse B<dpkg-query>, B<dpkg-"
382 "statoverride>, B<dpkg-trigger>, B<update-alternatives> and any other tool "
383 "using pathnames as keys into their databases, as it creates filesystem "
384 "aliasing problems, and messes with the understanding of the filesystem that "
385 "B<dpkg> has recorded in its database. For build systems that hardcode "
386 "pathnames to specific binaries or libraries on the resulting artifacts, it "
387 "can also produce packages that will be incompatible with non-/usr-merged "
394 msgid "B<usr-local-has-configs>"
399 msgid "The system has configuration files under I</usr/local/etc>."
405 msgid "B<usr-local-has-includes>"
406 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
410 msgid "The system has header files under I</usr/local/include>."
415 msgid "B<usr-local-has-programs>"
420 msgid "The system has programs under I</usr/local/bin> or I</usr/local/sbin>."
426 msgid "B<usr-local-has-libraries>"
432 "The system has libraries, either static or shared under I</usr/local/lib>."
437 msgid "B<can-execute-cross-built-programs>"
443 "The system can execute cross built programs, either directly or via some "
450 msgid "Since dpkg 1.21.10."
451 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
456 #| msgid "B<reinst-required>"
457 msgid "B<Installed-Build-Depends:> (required)"
458 msgstr "B<reinst-required>"
463 msgid "S< >I<package-list>"
469 "The list of installed and configured packages that might affect the package "
476 "The list consists of each package name, optionally arch-qualified for "
477 "foreign architectures, with an exact version restriction, separated by "
484 "The list includes all essential packages, packages listed in B<Build-"
485 "Depends>, B<Build-Depends-Arch>, B<Build-Depends-Indep> source control "
486 "fields, any vendor specific builtin dependencies, and all their recursive "
487 "dependencies. On Debian and derivatives the dependency builtin is B<build-"
494 "For dependencies coming from the source control fields, all dependency "
495 "alternatives and all providers of virtual packages depended on will be "
501 msgid "B<Environment:>"
507 msgid "S< >I<variable-list>"
513 "The list of environment variables that are known to affect the package build "
514 "process, with each environment variable followed by an equal sign (‘=’) and "
515 "the variable's quoted value, using double quotes (‘\"’), and backslashes "
520 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changelog.pod deb-changes.pod deb-conffiles.pod
521 #: deb-control.pod deb-extra-override.pod deb-md5sums.pod deb-old.pod
522 #: deb-origin.pod deb-override.pod deb-postinst.pod deb-postrm.pod
523 #: deb-preinst.pod deb-prerm.pod deb-shlibs.pod deb-split.pod
524 #: deb-src-control.pod deb-src-files.pod deb-src-rules.pod deb-src-symbols.pod
525 #: deb-substvars.pod deb-symbols.pod deb-triggers.pod deb-version.pod deb.pod
526 #: deb822.pod dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-deb.pod
527 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
528 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
529 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod dpkg-name.pod
530 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod
531 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
532 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
533 #: dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.cfg.pod dpkg.pod dsc.pod dselect.cfg.pod dselect.pod
534 #: update-alternatives.pod
542 "L<deb822(5)>, B<deb-changes>(5), B<deb-version>(7), B<dpkg-genbuildinfo>(1)."
544 "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
549 msgid "deb-changelog - dpkg source packages' changelog file format"
553 #: deb-changelog.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
554 msgid "B<debian/changelog>"
560 "Changes in the packaged version of a project are explained in the changelog "
561 "file I<debian/changelog>. This includes modifications made in the source "
562 "package compared to the upstream one as well as other changes and updates to "
569 "The format of the I<debian/changelog> allows the package building tools to "
570 "discover which version of the package is being built and find out other "
571 "release-specific information."
576 msgid "That format is a series of entries like this:"
584 " I<package> (I<version>) I<distributions>; I<metadata>\n"
585 " [optional blank line(s), stripped]\n"
586 " * I<change-details>\n"
587 " I<more-change-details>\n"
588 " [blank line(s), included in B<dpkg-parsechangelog>(1) output]\n"
589 " * I<even-more-change-details>\n"
590 " [optional blank line(s), stripped]\n"
591 " -- I<maintainer-name> <I<email-address>> I<date>\n"
598 "I<package> and I<version> are the source package name and version number. "
599 "I<version> is delimited by parenthesis U+00028 ‘B<(>’ and U+0029 ‘B<)>’."
605 "I<distributions> lists one or more space-separated distributions where this "
606 "version should be installed when it is uploaded; it is copied to the "
607 "B<Distribution> field in the I<.changes> file. I<distributions> must be "
608 "terminated by a semicolon (U+003B ‘B<;>’)."
614 "I<metadata> lists zero or more comma-separated I<keyword>=I<value> items. "
615 "Each keyword can contain only minus and case insensitive alphanumeric "
616 "characters, as they need to be mapped to B<deb822>(5) field names. The only "
617 "I<keyword>s currently supported by B<dpkg> are B<urgency> and B<binary-"
618 "only>. B<urgency>'s value is used for the B<Urgency> field in the I<."
619 "changes> file for the upload. B<binary-only> with a B<yes> value, is used "
620 "to denote that this changelog entry is for a binary-only non-maintainer "
621 "upload (an automatic binary rebuild with the only change being the changelog "
628 "The change details may in fact be any series of lines starting with at least "
629 "two spaces (U+0020 B<SPACE>), but conventionally each change starts with an "
630 "asterisk and a separating space and continuation lines are indented so as to "
631 "bring them in line with the start of the text above. Blank lines may be "
632 "used here to separate groups of changes, if desired."
638 "If this upload resolves bugs recorded in the distribution bug tracking "
639 "system, they may be automatically closed on the inclusion of this package "
640 "into the distribution archive by including the string:"
646 msgid "B<Closes: #>I<nnnnn>"
647 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
652 "in the change details, where B<#>I<nnnnn> is the bug number. The exact Perl "
653 "regular expression is:"
658 msgid "B</closes:\\s*(?:bug)?\\#?\\s?\\d+(?:,\\s*(?:bug)?\\#?\\s?\\d+)*/i>"
664 "That is, the string should consist of the word B<closes:> followed by a "
665 "comma-separated list of bug numbers. Bug numbers may be preceded by the "
666 "word B<bug> and/or a B<#> sign, as in C<Closes: 42, bug#43, #44, bug 45>. "
667 "The words B<closes:> and B<bug> are not case sensitive. The list of bug "
668 "numbers may span multiple lines."
674 "This information is conveyed via the B<Closes> field in the I<.changes> "
675 "file. Where, depending on the archive maintenance software, all the bug "
676 "numbers listed might get automatically closed."
682 "The maintainer name and email address used in the changelog should be the "
683 "details of the person who prepared this release of the package. They are "
684 "B<not> necessarily those of the uploader or usual package maintainer. The "
685 "information here will be copied to the B<Changed-By> field in the I<."
686 "changes> file, and then later might be used to send an acknowledgment when "
687 "the upload has been installed in the distribution archive."
693 "The I<date> has the following format (compatible and with the same semantics "
694 "of RFC2822 and RFC5322, or what «date -R» generates):"
700 "I<day-of-week>B<,> I<dd> I<month> I<yyyy> I<hh>B<:>I<mm>B<:>I<ss> B<+>I<zzzz>"
710 msgid "I<day-of-week>"
715 msgid "Is one of: B<Mon>, B<Tue>, B<Wed>, B<Thu>, B<Fri>, B<Sat>, B<Sun>."
726 "Is a one- or two-digit day of the month (B<01>-B<31>), where the leading "
727 "zero is optional, but conventionally does not get omitted."
738 "Is one of: B<Jan>, B<Feb>, B<Mar>, B<Apr>, B<May>, B<Jun>, B<Jul>, B<Aug>, "
739 "B<Sep>, B<Oct>, B<Nov>, B<Dec>."
749 msgid "Is the four-digit year (e.g. 2010)."
759 msgid "Is the two-digit hour (B<00>-B<23>)."
769 msgid "Is the two-digit minutes (B<00>-B<59>)."
779 msgid "Is the two-digit seconds (B<00>-B<60>)."
784 msgid "[B<+->]I<zzzz>"
790 "Is the time zone offset from Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). ‘B<+>’ "
791 "indicates that the time is ahead of (i.e., east of) UTC and ‘B<->’ indicates "
792 "that the time is behind (i.e., west of) UTC. The first two digits indicate "
793 "the hour difference from UTC and the last two digits indicate the number of "
794 "additional minutes difference from UTC. The last two digits must be in the "
801 "The first “title” line with the package name must start at the left hand "
802 "margin. The “trailer” line with the maintainer and date details must be "
803 "preceded by exactly one space (U+0020 B<SPACE>). The maintainer details and "
804 "the date must be separated by exactly two spaces (U+0020 B<SPACE>). Each "
805 "part of the I<date> can be separated by one or more spaces (U+0020 "
806 "B<SPACE>), except after the comma where it can be separated by zero or more "
807 "spaces (U+0020 B<SPACE>)."
813 "Any line that consists entirely (i.e., no leading whitespace) of B<#> or B</"
814 "* */> style comments or RCS keywords."
820 "Vim modelines or Emacs local variables, and ancient changelog entries with "
821 "other formats at the end of the file should be accepted and preserved on "
822 "output, but their contents might be otherwise ignored and parsing stopped at "
828 msgid "The entire changelog must be encoded in UTF-8."
832 #: deb-changelog.pod deb-substvars.pod dpkg-architecture.pod
833 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod
834 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
835 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod
836 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.cfg.pod dpkg.pod dselect.cfg.pod
837 #: update-alternatives.pod
844 msgid "I<debian/changelog>"
848 #: deb-changelog.pod deb-shlibs.pod deb-symbols.pod dpkg-architecture.pod
849 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-name.pod dpkg.pod
850 #: update-alternatives.pod
858 " dpkg (1.17.18) unstable; urgency=low\n"
866 " [ Guillem Jover ]\n"
867 " * Handle empty minimum versions when initializing dependency versions,\n"
868 " as the code is mapping the minimum version 0 to '' to avoid outputting\n"
869 " useless versions. Regression introduced in dpkg 1.17.17. Closes: #764929\n"
877 " [ Updated programs translations ]\n"
878 " * Catalan (Guillem Jover).\n"
886 " [ Updated dselect translations ]\n"
887 " * Catalan (Guillem Jover).\n"
888 " * German (Sven Joachim).\n"
896 " -- Guillem Jover <guillem@debian.org> Sun, 12 Oct 2014 15:47:44 +0200\n"
904 "B<deb822>(5), B<deb-version>(7), B<deb-changes>(5), B<dpkg-"
905 "parsechangelog>(1)."
907 "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
912 msgid "deb-changes - Debian changes file format"
917 msgid "I<filename>B<.changes>"
923 "Each Debian upload is composed of a .changes control file, which contains a "
924 "number of fields in L<deb822(5)> format."
930 "Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Source> or B<Binary> (case "
931 "insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the field (case sensitive "
932 "unless stated otherwise). Fields are delimited only by field tags. In "
933 "other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, but the "
934 "installation tools will generally join lines when processing the body of the "
935 "field (except in case of the multiline fields B<Description>, B<Changes>, "
936 "B<Files>, B<Checksums-Sha1> and B<Checksums-Sha256>, see below)."
942 "The value of this field declares the format version of the file. The syntax "
943 "of the field value is a version number with a major and minor component. "
944 "Backward incompatible changes to the format will bump the major version, and "
945 "backward compatible changes (such as field additions) will bump the minor "
946 "version. The current format version is B<1.8>."
952 msgid "B<Date:> I<release-date> (required)"
953 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
958 "The date the package was built or last edited. It must be in the same "
959 "format as the date in a B<deb-changelog>(5) entry."
965 "The value of this field is usually extracted from the I<debian/changelog> "
972 "The name of the source package. If the source version differs from the "
973 "binary version, then the I<source-name> will be followed by a I<source-"
974 "version> in parenthesis. This can happen when the upload is a binary-only "
975 "non-maintainer upload."
981 "This folded field is a space-separated list of binary packages to upload. "
982 "If the upload is source-only, then the field is omitted (since dpkg 1.19.3)."
988 msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch-list>"
989 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
994 "Lists the architectures of the files currently being uploaded. Common "
995 "architectures are B<amd64>, B<armel>, B<i386>, etc. Note that the B<all> "
996 "value is meant for packages that are architecture independent. If the "
997 "source for the package is also being uploaded, the special entry B<source> "
998 "is also present. Architecture wildcards must never be present in the list."
1004 msgid "B<Distribution:> I<distribution>s (required)"
1005 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1010 "Lists one or more space-separated distributions where this version should be "
1011 "installed when it is uploaded to the archive."
1017 msgid "B<Urgency:> I<urgency> (recommended)"
1018 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1023 "The urgency of the upload. The currently known values, in increasing order "
1024 "of urgency, are: B<low>, B<medium>, B<high>, B<critical> and B<emergency>."
1030 msgid "B<Maintainer:> I<fullname-email> (required)"
1031 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1036 "Should be in the format “Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@example.orgE<gt>”, and is "
1037 "typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of "
1038 "the software that was packaged."
1044 msgid "B<Changed-By:> I<fullname-email>"
1045 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1050 "Should be in the format “Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@example.orgE<gt>”, and is "
1051 "typically the person who prepared the package changes for this release."
1057 msgid "B<Description:> (recommended)"
1058 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1063 msgid "S< >I<binary-package-name> B<-> I<binary-package-summary>"
1064 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
1069 "This multiline field contains a list of binary package names followed by a "
1070 "space, a dash (‘B<->’) and their possibly truncated short descriptions. If "
1071 "the upload is source-only, then the field is omitted (since dpkg 1.19.3)."
1077 msgid "B<Closes:> I<bug-number-list>"
1078 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1083 "A space-separated list of bug report numbers for bug reports that have been "
1084 "resolved with this upload. The distribution archive software might use this "
1085 "field to automatically close the referred bug numbers in the distribution "
1086 "bug tracking system."
1092 msgid "B<Binary-Only: yes>"
1093 msgstr "B<--version>"
1098 "This field denotes that the upload is a binary-only non-maintainer build. "
1099 "It originates from the B<binary-only=yes> key/value from the changelog "
1106 msgid "B<Built-For-Profiles:> I<profile-list>"
1107 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1112 "This field specifies a whitespace separated list of build profiles that this "
1113 "upload was built with."
1119 msgid "B<Changes:> (required)"
1120 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1125 msgid "S< >I<changelog-entries>"
1131 "This multiline field contains the concatenated text of all changelog entries "
1132 "that are part of the upload. To make this a valid multiline field empty "
1133 "lines are replaced with a single full stop (‘.’) and all lines are indented "
1134 "by one space character. The exact content depends on the changelog format."
1138 #: deb-changes.pod dsc.pod
1140 #| msgid "B<reinst-required>"
1141 msgid "B<Files:> (required)"
1142 msgstr "B<reinst-required>"
1146 msgid "S< >I<md5sum> I<size> I<section> I<priority> I<filename>"
1152 "This multiline field contains a list of files with an md5sum, size, section "
1153 "and priority for each one."
1159 "The first line of the field value (the part on the same line as the field "
1160 "name followed by a colon) is always empty. The content of the field is "
1161 "expressed as continuation lines, one line per file. Each line consists of "
1162 "space-separated entries describing the file: the md5sum, the file size, the "
1163 "file section, the file priority, and the file name."
1169 "This field lists all files that make up the upload. The list of files in "
1170 "this field must match the list of files in the other related B<Checksums> "
1177 "These multiline fields contain a list of files with a checksum and size for "
1178 "each one. These fields have the same syntax and differ only in the checksum "
1179 "algorithm used: SHA-1 for B<Checksums-Sha1> and SHA-256 for B<Checksums-"
1186 "These fields list all files that make up the upload. The list of files in "
1187 "these fields must match the list of files in the B<Files> field and the "
1188 "other related B<Checksums> fields."
1192 #: deb-changes.pod deb-control.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-deb.pod
1193 #: dpkg-name.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg.pod dsc.pod dselect.pod
1201 "The B<Files> field is inconsistent with the other B<Checksums> fields. The "
1202 "B<Changed-By> and B<Maintainer> fields have confusing names. The "
1203 "B<Distribution> field contains information about what is commonly referred "
1210 msgid "L<deb822(5)>, B<deb-src-control>(5), B<deb-version>(7)."
1212 "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
1216 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1217 msgid "deb-conffiles - package conffiles"
1221 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1223 #| msgid "B<config-files>"
1224 msgid "B<DEBIAN/conffiles>"
1225 msgstr "B<config-files>"
1228 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1230 "A package declares its list of conffiles by including a I<conffiles> file in "
1231 "its control archive (i.e. I<DEBIAN/conffiles> during package creation)."
1235 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1237 "This file contains a list of files, one per line, with an optional leading "
1238 "flag separated by whitespace. The conffiles must be listed as absolute "
1239 "pathnames. Trailing whitespace will be trimmed, but empty or whitespace-"
1240 "only lines are not accepted."
1244 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1246 "Files without a flag should exist in the binary package, otherwise "
1247 "L<dpkg(1)> will ignore them."
1251 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1253 "There is currently only one flag supported, B<remove-on-upgrade>, to mark "
1254 "that a conffile needs to be removed on the next upgrade (since dpkg "
1255 "1.20.6). These files must not exist in the binary package, as both "
1256 "L<dpkg(1)> and L<dpkg-deb(1)> will not accept building nor processing such "
1261 #: deb-conffiles.pod deb-control.pod deb-md5sums.pod deb-origin.pod
1262 #: deb-src-control.pod start-stop-daemon.pod
1268 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1271 " %CONFDIR%/alternatives/README\n"
1272 " %CONFDIR%/cron.daily/dpkg\n"
1273 " %PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg\n"
1274 " %CONFDIR%/logrotate.d/dpkg\n"
1275 " remove-on-upgrade /etc/some-old-file.conf\n"
1280 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1282 msgid "B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)."
1284 "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
1289 msgid "deb-control - Debian binary packages' master control file format"
1295 #| msgid "I<control>"
1296 msgid "B<DEBIAN/control>"
1302 "Each Debian binary package contains a B<control> file in its B<control> "
1303 "member, and its L<deb822(5)> format is a subset of the master B<debian/"
1304 "control> file in Debian source packages, see B<deb-src-control>(5)."
1310 "This file contains a number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such "
1311 "as B<Package> or B<Version> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the "
1312 "body of the field (case sensitive unless stated otherwise). Fields are "
1313 "delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text may be multiple "
1314 "lines in length, but the installation tools will generally join lines when "
1315 "processing the body of the field (except in the case of the B<Description> "
1316 "field, see below)."
1322 msgid "B<Package:> I<package-name> (required)"
1323 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1326 #: deb-control.pod dsc.pod
1328 "The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate "
1329 "file names by most installation tools."
1333 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1335 msgid "B<Package-Type:> B<deb>|B<udeb>|I<type>"
1336 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1339 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1341 "This field defines the type of the package. B<udeb> is for size-constrained "
1342 "packages used by the debian installer. B<deb> is the default value, it is "
1343 "assumed if the field is absent. More types might be added in the future."
1349 "Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form "
1350 "the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number (for "
1351 "non-native packages). The exact format and sorting algorithm are described "
1352 "in B<deb-version>(7)."
1356 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
1358 msgid "B<Maintainer:> I<fullname-email> (recommended)"
1359 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1362 #: deb-control.pod dsc.pod
1364 "Should be in the format “Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>”, and is "
1365 "typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of "
1366 "the software that was packaged."
1370 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1372 msgid "B<Description:> I<short-description> (recommended)"
1373 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1376 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
1378 msgid "S< >I<long-description>"
1379 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1384 "The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first "
1385 "line (after the B<Description> field). The following lines should be used as "
1386 "a longer, more detailed description. Each line of the long description must "
1387 "be preceded by a space, and blank lines in the long description must contain "
1388 "a single ‘B<.>’ following the preceding space."
1392 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1393 msgid "B<Section:> I<section>"
1397 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1399 "This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the "
1400 "software that it installs. Some common sections are B<utils>, B<net>, "
1401 "B<mail>, B<text>, B<x11>, etc."
1405 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1407 msgid "B<Priority:> I<priority>"
1408 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1411 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1413 "Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. "
1414 "Common priorities are B<required>, B<standard>, B<optional>, B<extra>, etc."
1418 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1420 "The B<Section> and B<Priority> fields usually have a defined set of accepted "
1421 "values based on the specific distribution policy."
1427 msgid "B<Installed-Size:> I<size>"
1428 msgstr "B<installed>"
1433 "The approximate total size of the package's installed files, in KiB units. "
1434 "The algorithm to compute the size is described in L<deb-substvars(5)>."
1438 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1440 msgid "B<Protected:> B<yes>|B<no>"
1441 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1446 "This field is usually only needed when the answer is B<yes>. It denotes a "
1447 "package that is required mostly for proper booting of the system or used for "
1448 "custom system-local meta-packages. L<dpkg(1)> or any other installation "
1449 "tool will not allow a B<Protected> package to be removed (at least not "
1450 "without using one of the force options)."
1454 #: deb-control.pod dsc.pod
1456 msgid "Supported since dpkg 1.20.1."
1457 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
1460 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1461 msgid "B<Essential:> B<yes>|B<no>"
1467 "This field is usually only needed when the answer is B<yes>. It denotes a "
1468 "package that is required for the packaging system, for proper operation of "
1469 "the system in general or during boot (although the latter should be "
1470 "converted to B<Protected> field instead). L<dpkg(1)> or any other "
1471 "installation tool will not allow an B<Essential> package to be removed (at "
1472 "least not without using one of the force options)."
1476 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1478 msgid "B<Build-Essential:> B<yes>|B<no>"
1479 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1484 "This field is usually only needed when the answer is B<yes>, and is commonly "
1485 "injected by the archive software. It denotes a package that is required "
1486 "when building other packages."
1492 msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch>|B<all> (required)"
1493 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1498 "The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled "
1499 "for. Common architectures are B<amd64>, B<armel>, B<i386>, B<powerpc>, "
1500 "etc. Note that the B<all> value is meant for packages that are architecture "
1501 "independent. Some examples of this are shell and Perl scripts, and "
1506 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
1508 msgid "B<Origin:> I<name>"
1509 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1512 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1513 msgid "B<Bugs:> I<url>"
1519 "The I<url> of the bug tracking system for this package. The current used "
1520 "format is I<bts-type>B<://>I<bts-address>, like B<debbugs://bugs.debian.org>."
1524 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
1525 msgid "B<Homepage:> I<url>"
1529 #: deb-control.pod dsc.pod
1530 msgid "The upstream project home page I<url>."
1534 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1535 msgid "B<Tag:> I<tag-list>"
1541 "List of tags describing the qualities of the package. The description and "
1542 "list of supported tags can be found in the B<debtags> package."
1547 msgid "B<Multi-Arch:> B<no>|B<same>|B<foreign>|B<allowed>"
1553 "This field is used to indicate how this package should behave on a multi-"
1554 "arch installations."
1558 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1565 "This value is the default when the field is omitted, in which case adding "
1566 "the field with an explicit B<no> value is generally not needed."
1573 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1578 "This package is co-installable with itself, but it must not be used to "
1579 "satisfy the dependency of any package of a different architecture from "
1587 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
1592 "This package is not co-installable with itself, but should be allowed to "
1593 "satisfy a non-arch-qualified dependency of a package of a different arch "
1594 "from itself (if a dependency has an explicit arch-qualifier then the value "
1595 "B<foreign> is ignored)."
1607 "This allows reverse-dependencies to indicate in their B<Depends> field that "
1608 "they accept this package from a foreign architecture by qualifying the "
1609 "package name with B<:any>, but has no effect otherwise."
1615 msgid "B<Source:> I<source-name> [B<(>I<source-version>B<)>]"
1616 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1621 "The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if it is "
1622 "different than the name of the package itself. If the source version "
1623 "differs from the binary version, then the I<source-name> will be followed by "
1624 "a I<source-version> in parenthesis. This can happen for example on a binary-"
1625 "only non-maintainer upload, or when setting a different binary version via "
1626 "«B<dpkg-gencontrol -v>»."
1630 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1632 msgid "B<Subarchitecture:> I<value>"
1633 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1636 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1638 msgid "B<Kernel-Version:> I<value>"
1639 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1642 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1644 msgid "B<Installer-Menu-Item:> I<value>"
1645 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1650 "These fields are used by the debian-installer and are usually not needed. "
1651 "For more details about them, see L<https://salsa.debian.org/installer-team/"
1652 "debian-installer/-/raw/master/doc/devel/modules.txt>."
1656 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1658 msgid "B<Depends:> I<package-list>"
1659 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1664 "List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial "
1665 "amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a "
1666 "package to be installed if the packages listed in its B<Depends> field "
1667 "aren't installed (at least not without using the force options). In an "
1668 "installation, the postinst scripts of packages listed in B<Depends> fields "
1669 "are run before those of the packages which depend on them. On the opposite, "
1670 "in a removal, the prerm script of a package is run before those of the "
1671 "packages listed in its B<Depends> field."
1675 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1677 msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> I<package-list>"
1678 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1683 "List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one "
1684 "can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package "
1685 "requires another package for running its preinst script."
1689 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1691 msgid "B<Recommends:> I<package-list>"
1692 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1697 "Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual "
1698 "installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they "
1699 "install a package without those listed in its B<Recommends> field."
1703 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1705 msgid "B<Suggests:> I<package-list>"
1706 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
1711 "Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its "
1712 "usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly "
1719 "The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> "
1720 "fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of "
1721 "packages separated by vertical bar (or “pipe”) symbols, ‘B<|>’. The groups "
1722 "are separated by commas. Commas are to be read as “AND”, and pipes as “OR”, "
1723 "with pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is optionally followed "
1724 "by an architecture qualifier appended after a colon ‘B<:>’, optionally "
1725 "followed by a version number specification in parentheses."
1731 "An architecture qualifier name can be a real Debian architecture name (since "
1732 "dpkg 1.16.5) or B<any> (since dpkg 1.16.2). If omitted, the default is the "
1733 "current binary package architecture. A real Debian architecture name will "
1734 "match exactly that architecture for that package name, B<any> will match any "
1735 "architecture for that package name if the package has been marked as B<Multi-"
1740 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1742 "A version number may start with a ‘B<E<gt>E<gt>>’, in which case any later "
1743 "version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision "
1744 "(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are ‘B<E<gt>E<gt>>’ "
1745 "for greater than, ‘B<E<lt>E<lt>>’ for less than, ‘B<E<gt>=>’ for greater "
1746 "than or equal to, ‘B<E<lt>=>’ for less than or equal to, and ‘B<=>’ for "
1751 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1753 msgid "B<Breaks:> I<package-list>"
1754 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
1759 "Lists packages that this one breaks, for example by exposing bugs when the "
1760 "named packages rely on this one. The package maintenance software will not "
1761 "allow broken packages to be configured; generally the resolution is to "
1762 "upgrade the packages named in a B<Breaks> field."
1766 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1768 msgid "B<Conflicts:> I<package-list>"
1769 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1774 "Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files "
1775 "with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow "
1776 "conflicting packages to be installed at the same time. Two conflicting "
1777 "packages should each include a B<Conflicts> line mentioning the other."
1781 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1783 msgid "B<Replaces:> I<package-list>"
1784 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
1789 "List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for "
1790 "allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is "
1791 "usually used with the B<Conflicts> field to force removal of the other "
1792 "package, if this one also has the same files as the conflicted package."
1798 "The syntax of B<Breaks>, B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> is a list of package "
1799 "names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the B<Breaks> and "
1800 "B<Conflicts> fields, the comma should be read as “OR”. An optional "
1801 "architecture qualifier can also be appended to the package name with the "
1802 "same syntax as above, but the default is B<any> instead of the binary "
1803 "package architecture. An optional version can also be given with the same "
1804 "syntax as above for the B<Breaks>, B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> fields."
1808 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1810 msgid "B<Enhances:> I<package-list>"
1811 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1816 "This is a list of packages that this one enhances. It is similar to "
1817 "B<Suggests> but in the opposite direction."
1821 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1823 msgid "B<Provides:> I<package-list>"
1824 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1829 "This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is "
1830 "used in the case of several packages all providing the same service. For "
1831 "example, sendmail and exim can serve as a mail server, so they provide a "
1832 "common package (“mail-transport-agent”) on which other packages can depend. "
1833 "This will allow sendmail or exim to serve as a valid option to satisfy the "
1834 "dependency. This prevents the packages that depend on a mail server from "
1835 "having to know the package names for all of them, and using ‘B<|>’ to "
1836 "separate the list."
1842 "The syntax of B<Provides> is a list of package names, separated by commas "
1843 "(and optional whitespace). An optional architecture qualifier can also be "
1844 "appended to the package name with the same syntax as above. If omitted, the "
1845 "default is the current binary package architecture. An optional exact "
1846 "(equal to) version can also be given with the same syntax as above (honored "
1847 "since dpkg 1.17.11)."
1851 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1853 msgid "B<Built-Using:> I<package-list>"
1854 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1859 "This dependency field lists extra source packages that were used during the "
1860 "build of this binary package, for license compliance purposes. This is an "
1861 "indication to the archive maintenance software that these extra source "
1862 "packages must be kept whilst this binary package is maintained. This field "
1863 "must be a comma-separated list of source package names with strict ‘B<=>’ "
1864 "version relationships enclosed within parenthesis. Note that the archive "
1865 "maintenance software is likely to refuse to accept an upload which declares "
1866 "a B<Built-Using> relationship which cannot be satisfied within the archive."
1870 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1872 msgid "B<Static-Built-Using:> I<package-list>"
1873 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1878 "This dependency field lists extra source packages that were used during the "
1879 "build of this binary package, for static building purposes (for example "
1880 "linking against static libraries, builds for source-centered languages such "
1881 "as Go or Rust, usage of header-only C/C++ libraries, injecting data blobs "
1882 "into code, etc.). This is useful to track whether this package might need "
1883 "to be rebuilt when source packages listed here have been updated, for "
1884 "example due to security updates. This field must be a comma-separated list "
1885 "of source package names with strict ‘B<=>’ version relationships enclosed "
1886 "within parenthesis."
1892 msgid "Supported since dpkg 1.21.3."
1893 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
1898 msgid "B<Built-For-Profiles:> I<profile-list> (obsolete)"
1899 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1904 "This field used to specify a whitespace separated list of build profiles "
1905 "that this binary packages was built with (since dpkg 1.17.2 until 1.18.18). "
1906 "The information previously found in this field can now be found in the B<."
1907 "buildinfo> file, which supersedes it."
1913 msgid "B<Auto-Built-Package:> I<reason-list>"
1914 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1919 "This field specifies a whitespace separated list of reasons why this package "
1920 "was auto-generated. Binary packages marked with this field will not appear "
1921 "in the I<debian/control> master source control file. The only currently "
1922 "used reason is B<debug-symbols>."
1928 msgid "B<Build-Ids:> I<elf-build-id-list>"
1929 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1934 "This field specifies a whitespace separated list of ELF build-ids. These are "
1935 "unique identifiers for semantically identical ELF objects, for each of these "
1936 "within the package."
1942 "The format or the way to compute each build-id is not defined by design."
1951 " Priority: required\n"
1953 " Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman <wakkerma@debian.org>\n"
1954 " Architecture: sparc\n"
1956 " Pre-Depends: libc6 (>= 2.0.105)\n"
1957 " Provides: rgrep\n"
1958 " Conflicts: rgrep\n"
1959 " Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n"
1960 " The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n"
1961 " GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n"
1962 " twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n"
1963 " search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n"
1964 " considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n"
1965 " look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n"
1966 " than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n"
1967 " will run more slowly, however).\n"
1974 "The B<Build-Ids> field uses a rather generic name out of its original "
1975 "context within an ELF object, which serves a very specific purpose and "
1976 "executable format."
1983 "L<deb822(5)>, B<deb-src-control>(5), B<deb>(5), B<deb-version>(7), "
1984 "B<debtags>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
1986 "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
1990 #: deb-extra-override.pod
1991 msgid "deb-extra-override - Debian archive extra override file"
1995 #: deb-extra-override.pod deb-override.pod
1998 msgstr "B<--verbose>"
2001 #: deb-extra-override.pod
2003 "While most information about a binary/source package can be found in the "
2004 "control/.dsc file, all of it can be overridden when it's exported to "
2005 "Packages/Sources files. The extra override file contains those overrides."
2009 #: deb-extra-override.pod
2011 "The extra override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments "
2012 "are allowed (denoted with a B<#>)."
2016 #: deb-extra-override.pod
2018 msgid "I<package> I<field-name> I<value>"
2019 msgstr "B<-D>I<octal> B<| --debug=>I<octal>"
2022 #: deb-extra-override.pod
2023 msgid "I<package> is the name of the binary/source package."
2027 #: deb-extra-override.pod
2028 msgid "I<field-name> is the name of the field that is overridden."
2032 #: deb-extra-override.pod
2034 "I<value> is the value to put in the field. It can contain spaces as the line "
2035 "is split in no more than 3 columns when it's parsed."
2039 #: deb-extra-override.pod
2041 "The extra override files used to make the official Packages lists may be "
2042 "found in the I<indices> directory on any Debian mirror."
2046 #: deb-extra-override.pod deb-override.pod
2047 msgid "B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1), B<apt-ftparchive>(1)."
2052 msgid "deb-md5sums - package MD5 file digests"
2058 #| msgid "I<postinst>"
2059 msgid "B<DEBIAN/md5sums>"
2060 msgstr "I<postinst>"
2065 "A package declares the MD5 digests for the package file contents by "
2066 "including an I<md5sums> file in its control archive (i.e. I<DEBIAN/md5sums> "
2067 "during package creation). This file is used for integrity verification and "
2068 "deduplication purposes, and not for any kind of security purpose."
2074 "This file contains a list of MD5 digests (as 32 case-insensitive hexadecimal "
2075 "characters) followed by two spaces (U+0020 B<SPACE>) and the absolute "
2076 "pathname of a plain file, one per line."
2082 "Trailing slashes (U+002F B</>) in the pathname will be trimmed. Neither "
2083 "trailing whitespace nor empty or whitespace-only lines are accepted."
2089 "If the control file does not exist in the binary package, L<dpkg(1)> will "
2090 "generate the matching information at unpack time (since B<dpkg> 1.16.3)."
2097 " 53c0d4afe4bc4eccb5cb234d2e06ef4d usr/bin/dpkg\n"
2098 " f8da2bc74cdcad8b81c48a4f0d7bb0a8 usr/bin/dpkg-deb\n"
2099 " 70b913132de56e95e75de504979309b4 usr/bin/dpkg-divert\n"
2107 msgid "B<md5sum>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)."
2109 "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
2114 msgid "deb-old - old style Debian binary package format"
2118 #: deb-old.pod deb-split.pod deb.pod
2119 msgid "I<filename>B<.deb>"
2125 "The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. This manual "
2126 "page describes the B<old> format, used before Debian 0.93. Please see "
2127 "B<deb>(5) for details of the new format."
2131 #: deb-old.pod deb-split.pod deb.pod
2138 "The file is two lines of format information as ASCII text, followed by two "
2139 "concatenated gzipped ustar files."
2145 "The first line is the format version number padded to 8 digits, and is "
2146 "B<0.939000> for all old-format archives."
2152 "The second line is a decimal string (without leading zeroes) giving the "
2153 "length of the first gzipped tarfile."
2158 msgid "Each of these lines is terminated with a single newline character."
2164 "The first tarfile contains the control information, as a series of ordinary "
2165 "files. The file B<control> must be present, as it contains the core control "
2172 "In some very old archives, the files in the control tarfile may optionally "
2173 "be in a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory. In that case, the B<DEBIAN> subdirectory "
2174 "will be in the control tarfile too, and the control tarfile will have only "
2175 "files in that directory. Optionally the control tarfile may contain an entry "
2176 "for ‘B<.>’, that is, the current directory."
2182 "The second gzipped tarfile is the filesystem archive, containing pathnames "
2183 "relative to the root directory of the system to be installed on. The "
2184 "pathnames do not have leading slashes."
2189 msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
2194 msgid "deb-origin - Vendor-specific information files"
2200 msgid "B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/>I<filename>"
2201 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
2206 "The files in B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins> can provide information about various "
2207 "vendors who are providing Debian packages."
2213 "They contain a number of fields, or comments when the line starts with "
2214 "‘B<#>’. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Vendor> or B<Parent>, "
2215 "followed by a colon and the body of the field. Fields are delimited only by "
2216 "field tags. In other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, but "
2217 "the tools will join lines when processing the body of the field."
2223 "The file should be named according to the vendor name. The usual convention "
2224 "is to name the vendor file using the vendor name in all lowercase, but some "
2225 "variation is permitted."
2231 "Namely (since dpkg 1.21.10), first, non-alphanumeric characters (‘B<[^A-Za-"
2232 "z0-9]>’) are mapped to dashes (‘B<->’), then the resulting name will be "
2233 "tried in sequence by lower-casing it, keeping it as is, lower-casing then "
2234 "capitalizing it (that is upper-casing the first character), and only "
2241 "In addition, for historical and backwards compatibility, the name will be "
2242 "tried keeping it as is without non-alphanumeric characters remapping, then "
2243 "the resulting name will be tried in sequence by lower-casing it, keeping it "
2244 "as is, lower-casing then capitalizing it, and only capitalizing it. And "
2245 "finally the name will be tried by remapping spaces to dashes (‘B<->’), then "
2246 "the resulting name will be tried in sequence by lower-casing it, keeping it "
2247 "as is, lower-casing then capitalizing it, and only capitalizing it."
2253 "But these backwards compatible module lookups will be removed during the "
2254 "dpkg 1.22.x release cycle."
2260 msgid "B<Vendor:> I<vendor-name> (required)"
2261 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
2265 msgid "The value of this field determines the vendor name."
2271 msgid "B<Vendor-URL:> I<vendor-url>"
2272 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
2276 msgid "The value of this field determines the vendor URL."
2282 msgid "B<Bugs:> I<bug-url>"
2283 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
2288 "The value of this field determines the type and address of the bug tracking "
2289 "system used by this vendor. It can be a mailto URL or a debbugs URL (e.g., "
2290 "debbugs://bugs.debian.org/)."
2296 msgid "B<Parent:> I<vendor-name>"
2297 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
2302 "The value of this field determines the vendor name of the vendor that this "
2303 "vendor derives from."
2311 " Vendor-URL: https://www.debian.org/\n"
2312 " Bugs: debbugs://bugs.debian.org\n"
2319 msgid "B<dpkg-vendor>(1)"
2324 msgid "deb-override - Debian archive override file"
2330 "While most information about a package can be found in the control file, "
2331 "some is managed centrally by the distribution czars rather than by the "
2332 "maintainer in order to offer some global consistency. This information is "
2333 "found in the override file."
2339 "The override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments are "
2340 "allowed (denoted with a B<#>)."
2345 msgid "I<package> I<priority> I<section> [I<maintainer-info>]"
2351 "I<package> is the name of the package. Entries in the override file for "
2352 "packages not found in the tree of binary packages are ignored."
2358 "I<priority> and I<section> correspond to the respective control fields "
2359 "available in the .deb. The allowed values are specific to each distribution "
2366 "I<maintainer-info>, if present, can be either the name of a maintainer for "
2367 "an unconditional override, or else I<old-maintainer> B<=E<gt>> I<new-"
2368 "maintainer> to perform a substitution."
2374 "The override files used to make the official Packages lists may be found in "
2375 "the I<indices> directory on any Debian mirror."
2380 msgid "deb-postinst - package post-installation maintainer script"
2386 #| msgid "I<postinst>"
2387 msgid "B<DEBIAN/postinst>"
2388 msgstr "I<postinst>"
2393 "A package can perform several post-installation actions via maintainer "
2394 "scripts, by including an executable I<postinst> file in its control archive "
2395 "(i.e. I<DEBIAN/postinst> during package creation)."
2399 #: deb-postinst.pod deb-postrm.pod deb-preinst.pod deb-prerm.pod
2400 msgid "The script can be called in the following ways:"
2405 msgid "I<postinst> B<configure> I<old-version>"
2411 msgid "After the package was installed."
2412 msgstr "O pacote está instalado e configurado."
2417 msgid "I<postinst> B<triggered> \"I<trigger-name...>\""
2418 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
2423 "After the package was triggered. The list of space-separated I<trigger-"
2424 "name>s is passed as the second argument."
2429 msgid "I<old-postinst> B<abort-upgrade> I<new-version>"
2435 #| msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package."
2436 msgid "If I<prerm> fails during B<upgrade> or fails on B<failed-upgrade>."
2437 msgstr "B<3.> O script I<preinst>, se houver no pacote, é executado."
2441 msgid "I<old-postinst> B<abort-remove>"
2447 msgid "If I<prerm> fails during B<remove>."
2448 msgstr "B<--verbose>"
2453 "I<postinst> B<abort-deconfigure> B<in-favour> I<new-package> I<new-version>"
2457 #: deb-postinst.pod deb-prerm.pod
2458 msgid "S< >[ B<removing> I<old-package> I<old-version> ]"
2464 #| msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package."
2465 msgid "If I<prerm> fails during B<deconfigure in-favour> of a package."
2466 msgstr "B<3.> O script I<preinst>, se houver no pacote, é executado."
2470 msgid "I<postinst> B<abort-remove> B<in-favour> I<new-package> I<new-version>"
2476 "If I<prerm> fails during B<remove in-favour> for replacement due to conflict."
2480 #: deb-postinst.pod deb-postrm.pod deb-preinst.pod deb-prerm.pod
2481 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.cfg.pod
2487 msgid "deb-postrm - package post-removal maintainer script"
2492 msgid "B<DEBIAN/postrm>"
2498 "A package can perform several post-removal actions via maintainer scripts, "
2499 "by including an executable I<postrm> file in its control archive (i.e. "
2500 "I<DEBIAN/postrm> during package creation)."
2506 #| msgid "I<postrm>"
2507 msgid "I<postrm> B<remove>"
2513 msgid "After the package was removed."
2514 msgstr "O pacote está instalado e configurado."
2519 #| msgid "I<postrm>"
2520 msgid "I<postrm> B<purge>"
2526 msgid "After the package was purged."
2527 msgstr "O pacote está instalado e configurado."
2531 msgid "I<old-postrm> B<upgrade> I<new-version>"
2537 msgid "After the package was upgraded."
2538 msgstr "O pacote está instalado e configurado."
2543 msgid "I<new-postrm> B<failed-upgrade> I<old-version> I<new-version>"
2544 msgstr "B<--version>"
2548 msgid "If the above B<upgrade> call fails."
2552 #: deb-postrm.pod deb-preinst.pod deb-prerm.pod
2554 msgid "The I<new-version> is passed only since dpkg 1.18.5."
2555 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
2559 msgid "I<postrm> B<disappear> I<overwriter-package> I<overwriter-version>"
2564 msgid "After all of the packages files have been replaced."
2569 msgid "I<new-postrm> B<abort-install>"
2575 #| msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package."
2576 msgid "If I<preinst> fails during B<install>."
2577 msgstr "B<3.> O script I<preinst>, se houver no pacote, é executado."
2582 msgid "I<new-postrm> B<abort-install> I<old-version> I<new-version>"
2583 msgstr "B<--version>"
2588 #| msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package."
2590 "If I<preinst> fails during B<install> for an upgrade of a removed package."
2591 msgstr "B<3.> O script I<preinst>, se houver no pacote, é executado."
2596 msgid "I<new-postrm> B<abort-upgrade> I<old-version> I<new-version>"
2597 msgstr "B<--version>"
2602 #| msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package."
2603 msgid "If I<preinst> fails during B<upgrade>."
2604 msgstr "B<3.> O script I<preinst>, se houver no pacote, é executado."
2608 msgid "deb-preinst - package pre-installation maintainer script"
2614 #| msgid "B<reinst-required>"
2615 msgid "B<DEBIAN/preinst>"
2616 msgstr "B<reinst-required>"
2621 "A package can perform several pre-installation actions via maintainer "
2622 "scripts, by including an executable I<preinst> file in its control archive "
2623 "(i.e. I<DEBIAN/preinst> during package creation)."
2628 msgid "I<new-preinst> B<install>"
2634 #| msgid "The package is not installed on your system."
2635 msgid "Before the package is installed."
2636 msgstr "O pacote não está instalado em seu sistema."
2641 msgid "I<new-preinst> B<install> I<old-version> I<new-version>"
2642 msgstr "B<--version>"
2647 msgid "Before a removed package is upgraded."
2648 msgstr "O pacote está instalado e configurado."
2653 msgid "I<new-preinst> B<upgrade> I<old-version> I<new-version>"
2654 msgstr "B<--version>"
2658 msgid "Before the package is upgraded."
2663 msgid "I<old-preinst> B<abort-upgrade> I<new-version>"
2668 msgid "If I<postrm> fails during upgrade or fails on failed upgrade."
2673 msgid "deb-prerm - package pre-removal maintainer script"
2678 msgid "B<DEBIAN/prerm>"
2684 "A package can perform several pre-removal actions via maintainer scripts, by "
2685 "including an executable I<prerm> file in its control archive (i.e. I<DEBIAN/"
2686 "prerm> during package creation)."
2692 msgid "I<prerm> B<remove>"
2693 msgstr "B<--verbose>"
2697 msgid "Before the package is removed."
2702 msgid "I<old-prerm> B<upgrade> I<new-version>"
2707 msgid "Before an upgrade."
2713 msgid "I<new-prerm> B<failed-upgrade> I<old-version> I<new-version>"
2714 msgstr "B<--version>"
2718 msgid "If the above B<upgrade> fails."
2723 msgid "I<prerm> B<deconfigure> B<in-favour> I<new-package> I<new-version>"
2729 "Before package is deconfigured while dependency is replaced due to conflict."
2734 msgid "I<prerm> B<remove> B<in-favour> I<new-package> I<new-version>"
2740 #| msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured."
2741 msgid "Before the package is replaced due to conflict."
2742 msgstr "O pacote está descompactado, mas não configurado."
2746 msgid "deb-shlibs - Debian shared library information file"
2751 msgid "B<debian/shlibs>, B<debian/>I<binary-name>B<.shlibs>, B<DEBIAN/shlibs>"
2757 "B<shlibs> files map shared library names and versions (I<SONAMEs>) to "
2758 "dependencies suitable for a package control file. There is one entry per "
2759 "line. Blank lines are B<not> allowed. Lines beginning with a B<#> character "
2760 "are considered commentary, and are ignored. All other lines must have the "
2766 msgid "[I<type>B<:>] I<library> I<version> I<dependencies>"
2772 "The I<library> and I<version> fields are whitespace-delimited, but the "
2773 "I<dependencies> field extends to the end of the line. The I<type> field is "
2774 "optional and normally not needed."
2780 "The I<dependencies> field has the same syntax as the B<Depends> field in a "
2781 "binary control file, see B<deb-control>(5)."
2787 msgid "SONAME FORMATS"
2788 msgstr "SINALIZADORES DOS PACOTES"
2792 msgid "The SONAME formats supported are:"
2798 msgid "I<name>.so.I<version>"
2799 msgstr "B<--version>"
2809 msgid "I<name>-I<version>.so"
2810 msgstr "B<--version>"
2814 msgid "where I<name> is usually prefixed by B<lib>."
2820 "The B<shlibs> file for a typical library package, named I<libcrunch1>, that "
2821 "provides one library whose SONAME is I<libcrunch.so.1>, might read"
2828 " libcrunch 1 libcrunch1 (>= 1.2-1)\n"
2835 "The I<dependencies> must mention the most recent version of the package that "
2836 "added new symbols to the library: in the above example, new symbols were "
2837 "added to version 1.2 of I<libcrunch>. This is not the only reason the "
2838 "dependencies might need to be tightened."
2844 msgid "B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1), B<deb-symbols>(5)."
2845 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
2850 msgid "deb-split - Debian multi-part binary package format"
2857 "The multi-part B<.deb> format is used to split big packages into smaller "
2858 "pieces to ease transport in small media."
2865 "The file is an B<ar> archive with a magic value of B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>. The "
2866 "file names might contain a trailing slash (since dpkg 1.15.6)."
2872 "The first member is named B<debian-split> and contains a series of lines, "
2873 "separated by newlines. Currently eight lines are present:"
2877 #: deb-split.pod deb-src-symbols.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
2878 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dselect.pod
2885 "The format version number, B<2.1> at the time this manual page was written."
2891 msgid "The package name."
2892 msgstr "O pacote está instalado e configurado."
2897 msgid "The package version."
2898 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
2902 msgid "The md5sum of the package."
2908 msgid "The total size of the package."
2909 msgstr "Para procurar na lista de pacotes você mesmo:"
2913 msgid "The maximum part size."
2919 "The current part number, followed by a slash and the total amount of parts "
2925 msgid "The package architecture (since dpkg 1.16.1)."
2931 "Programs which read multi-part archives should be prepared for the minor "
2932 "format version number to be increased and additional lines to be present, "
2933 "and should ignore these if this is the case."
2939 "If the major format version number has changed, an incompatible change has "
2940 "been made and the program should stop. If it has not, then the program "
2941 "should be able to safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member "
2942 "in the archive (except at the end), as described below."
2948 "The second, last required member is named B<data.>I<N>, where I<N> denotes "
2949 "the part number. It contains the raw part data."
2955 "These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations should "
2956 "ignore any additional members after B<data.>I<N>. Further members may be "
2957 "defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these two."
2963 msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-split>(1)."
2965 "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
2969 #: deb-src-control.pod
2970 msgid "deb-src-control - Debian source packages' master control file format"
2974 #: deb-src-control.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
2976 msgid "B<debian/control>"
2980 #: deb-src-control.pod
2982 "Each Debian source package contains the master «B<debian/control>» file, and "
2983 "its L<deb822(5)> format is a superset of the B<control> file shipped in "
2984 "Debian binary packages, see B<deb-control>(5)."
2988 #: deb-src-control.pod
2990 "This file contains at least 2 stanzas, separated by a blank line. The first "
2991 "stanza lists all information about the source package in general, while each "
2992 "following stanza describes exactly one binary package. Each stanza consists "
2993 "of at least one field. A field starts with a fieldname, such as B<Package> "
2994 "or B<Section> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, the body of the field "
2995 "(case sensitive unless stated otherwise) and a newline. Multi-line fields "
2996 "are also allowed, but each supplementary line, without a fieldname, should "
2997 "start with at least one space. The content of the multi-line fields is "
2998 "generally joined to a single line by the tools (except in the case of the "
2999 "B<Description> field, see below). To insert empty lines into a multi-line "
3000 "field, insert a dot after the space. Lines starting with a ‘B<#>’ are "
3001 "treated as comments."
3005 #: deb-src-control.pod
3006 msgid "SOURCE FIELDS"
3010 #: deb-src-control.pod
3012 msgid "B<Source:> I<source-package-name> (required)"
3013 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
3016 #: deb-src-control.pod
3018 "The value of this field is the name of the source package, and should match "
3019 "the name of the source package in the debian/changelog file. A package name "
3020 "must consist only of lowercase letters (a-z), digits (0-9), plus (+) and "
3021 "minus (-) signs, and periods (.). Package names must be at least two "
3022 "characters long and must start with a lowercase alphanumeric character (a-"
3027 #: deb-src-control.pod
3029 "Should be in the format «Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>», and "
3030 "references the person who currently maintains the package, as opposed to the "
3031 "author of the software or the original packager."
3035 #: deb-src-control.pod
3037 msgid "B<Uploaders:> I<fullname-email>"
3038 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
3041 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3043 "Lists all the names and email addresses of co-maintainers of the package, in "
3044 "the same format as the B<Maintainer> field. Multiple co-maintainers should "
3045 "be separated by a comma."
3049 #: deb-src-control.pod
3051 msgid "B<Standards-Version:> I<version-string>"
3052 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
3055 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3057 "This documents the most recent version of the distribution policy standards "
3058 "this package complies with."
3062 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3064 msgid "B<Description> I<short-description>"
3065 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
3068 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3070 "The format for the source package description is a short brief summary on "
3071 "the first line (after the B<Description> field). The following lines should "
3072 "be used as a longer, more detailed description. Each line of the long "
3073 "description must be preceded by a space, and blank lines in the long "
3074 "description must contain a single ‘B<.>’ following the preceding space."
3078 #: deb-src-control.pod
3079 msgid "The upstream project home page URL."
3083 #: deb-src-control.pod
3085 "The I<url> of the bug tracking system for this package. The current used "
3086 "format is I<bts-type>B<://>I<bts-address>, like B<debbugs://bugs.debian."
3087 "org>. This field is usually not needed."
3091 #: deb-src-control.pod
3092 msgid "B<Rules-Requires-Root:> B<no>|B<binary-targets>|I<impl-keywords>"
3096 #: deb-src-control.pod
3098 "This field is used to indicate whether the B<debian/rules> file requires "
3099 "(fake)root privileges to run some of its targets, and if so when."
3103 #: deb-src-control.pod
3104 msgid "The binary targets will not require (fake)root at all."
3108 #: deb-src-control.pod
3110 msgid "B<binary-targets>"
3111 msgstr "B<--version>"
3114 #: deb-src-control.pod
3116 "The binary targets must always be run under (fake)root. This value is the "
3117 "default when the field is omitted; adding the field with an explicit "
3118 "B<binary-targets> while not strictly needed, marks it as having been "
3119 "analyzed for this requirement."
3123 #: deb-src-control.pod
3124 msgid "I<impl-keywords>"
3128 #: deb-src-control.pod
3130 "This is a space-separated list of keywords which define when (fake)root is "
3135 #: deb-src-control.pod
3137 "Keywords consist of I<namespace>/I<cases>. The I<namespace> part cannot "
3138 "contain \"/\" or whitespace. The I<cases> part cannot contain whitespace. "
3139 "Furthermore, both parts must consist entirely of printable ASCII characters."
3143 #: deb-src-control.pod
3145 "Each tool/package will define a namespace named after itself and provide a "
3146 "number of cases where (fake)root is required. (See \"Implementation "
3147 "provided keywords\" in I<rootless-builds.txt>)."
3151 #: deb-src-control.pod
3153 "When the field is set to one of the I<impl-keywords>, the builder will "
3154 "expose an interface that is used to run a command under (fake)root. (See "
3155 "\"Gain Root API\" in I<rootless-builds.txt>.)"
3159 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3161 msgid "B<Testsuite:> I<name-list>"
3162 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
3165 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3167 msgid "B<Testsuite-Triggers:> I<package-list>"
3168 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
3171 #: deb-src-control.pod
3173 "These fields are described in the B<dsc>(5) manual page, as they are "
3174 "generated from information inferred from B<debian/tests/control> or copied "
3175 "literally to the source control file."
3179 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3181 msgid "B<Vcs-Arch:> I<url>"
3182 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
3185 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3187 msgid "B<Vcs-Bzr:> I<url>"
3188 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
3191 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3193 msgid "B<Vcs-Cvs:> I<url>"
3194 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
3197 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3199 msgid "B<Vcs-Darcs:> I<url>"
3200 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
3203 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3205 msgid "B<Vcs-Git:> I<url>"
3206 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
3209 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3211 msgid "B<Vcs-Hg:> I<url>"
3212 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
3215 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3217 msgid "B<Vcs-Mtn:> I<url>"
3218 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
3221 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3223 msgid "B<Vcs-Svn:> I<url>"
3224 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
3227 #: deb-src-control.pod
3229 "The I<url> of the Version Control System repository used to maintain this "
3230 "package. Currently supported are B<Arch>, B<Bzr> (Bazaar), B<Cvs>, B<Darcs>, "
3231 "B<Git>, B<Hg> (Mercurial), B<Mtn> (Monotone) and B<Svn> (Subversion). "
3232 "Usually this field points to the latest version of the package, such as the "
3233 "main branch or the trunk."
3237 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3239 msgid "B<Vcs-Browser:> I<url>"
3240 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
3243 #: deb-src-control.pod
3245 "The I<url> of a webinterface to browse the Version Control System repository."
3249 #: deb-src-control.pod
3251 "The name of the distribution this package is originating from. This field is "
3252 "usually not needed."
3256 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3258 msgid "B<Build-Depends:> I<package-list>"
3259 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
3262 #: deb-src-control.pod
3264 "A list of packages that need to be installed and configured to be able to "
3265 "build from source package. These dependencies need to be satisfied when "
3266 "building binary architecture dependent or independent packages and source "
3267 "packages. Including a dependency in this field does not have the exact same "
3268 "effect as including it in both B<Build-Depends-Arch> and B<Build-Depends-"
3269 "Indep>, because the dependency also needs to be satisfied when building the "
3274 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3276 msgid "B<Build-Depends-Arch:> I<package-list>"
3277 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
3280 #: deb-src-control.pod
3282 "Same as B<Build-Depends>, but they are only needed when building the "
3283 "architecture dependent packages. The B<Build-Depends> are also installed in "
3284 "this case. This field is supported since dpkg 1.16.4; in order to build with "
3285 "older dpkg versions, B<Build-Depends> should be used instead."
3289 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3291 msgid "B<Build-Depends-Indep:> I<package-list>"
3292 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
3295 #: deb-src-control.pod
3297 "Same as B<Build-Depends>, but they are only needed when building the "
3298 "architecture independent packages. The B<Build-Depends> are also installed "
3303 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3305 msgid "B<Build-Conflicts:> I<package-list>"
3306 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
3309 #: deb-src-control.pod
3311 "A list of packages that should not be installed when the package is built, "
3312 "for example because they interfere with the build system used. Including a "
3313 "dependency in this list has the same effect as including it in both B<Build-"
3314 "Conflicts-Arch> and B<Build-Conflicts-Indep>, with the additional effect of "
3315 "being used for source-only builds."
3319 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3321 msgid "B<Build-Conflicts-Arch:> I<package-list>"
3322 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
3325 #: deb-src-control.pod
3327 "Same as B<Build-Conflicts>, but only when building the architecture "
3328 "dependent packages. This field is supported since dpkg 1.16.4; in order to "
3329 "build with older dpkg versions, B<Build-Conflicts> should be used instead."
3333 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3335 msgid "B<Build-Conflicts-Indep:> I<package-list>"
3336 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
3339 #: deb-src-control.pod
3341 "Same as B<Build-Conflicts>, but only when building the architecture "
3342 "independent packages."
3346 #: deb-src-control.pod
3348 "The syntax of the B<Build-Depends>, B<Build-Depends-Arch> and B<Build-"
3349 "Depends-Indep> fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each "
3350 "group is a list of packages separated by vertical bar (or “pipe”) symbols, "
3351 "‘B<|>’. The groups are separated by commas ‘B<,>’, and can end with a "
3352 "trailing comma that will be eliminated when generating the fields for B<deb-"
3353 "control>(5) (since dpkg 1.10.14). Commas are to be read as “AND”, and pipes "
3354 "as “OR”, with pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is optionally "
3355 "followed by an architecture qualifier appended after a colon ‘B<:>’, "
3356 "optionally followed by a version number specification in parentheses ‘B<(>’ "
3357 "and ‘B<)>’, an architecture specification in square brackets ‘B<[>’ and "
3358 "‘B<]>’, and a restriction formula consisting of one or more lists of profile "
3359 "names in angle brackets ‘B<E<lt>>’ and ‘B<E<gt>>’."
3363 #: deb-src-control.pod
3365 "The syntax of the B<Build-Conflicts>, B<Build-Conflicts-Arch> and B<Build-"
3366 "Conflicts-Indep> fields is a list of comma-separated package names, where "
3367 "the comma is read as an “AND”, and where the list can end with a trailing "
3368 "comma that will be eliminated when generating the fields for B<deb-"
3369 "control>(5) (since dpkg 1.10.14). Specifying alternative packages using a "
3370 "“pipe” is not supported. Each package name is optionally followed by a "
3371 "version number specification in parentheses, an architecture specification "
3372 "in square brackets, and a restriction formula consisting of one or more "
3373 "lists of profile names in angle brackets."
3377 #: deb-src-control.pod
3379 "An architecture qualifier name can be a real Debian architecture name (since "
3380 "dpkg 1.16.5), B<any> (since dpkg 1.16.2) or B<native> (since dpkg 1.16.5). "
3381 "If omitted, the default for B<Build-Depends> fields is the current host "
3382 "architecture, the default for B<Build-Conflicts> fields is B<any>. A real "
3383 "Debian architecture name will match exactly that architecture for that "
3384 "package name, B<any> will match any architecture for that package name if "
3385 "the package is marked with B<Multi-Arch: allowed>, and B<native> will match "
3386 "the current build architecture if the package is not marked with B<Multi-"
3391 #: deb-src-control.pod
3393 "An architecture specification consists of one or more architecture names, "
3394 "separated by whitespace. Exclamation marks may be prepended to each of the "
3395 "names, meaning “NOT”."
3399 #: deb-src-control.pod
3401 "A restriction formula consists of one or more restriction lists, separated "
3402 "by whitespace. Each restriction list is enclosed in angle brackets. Items in "
3403 "the restriction list are build profile names, separated by whitespace and "
3404 "can be prefixed with an exclamation mark, meaning “NOT”. A restriction "
3405 "formula represents a disjunctive normal form expression."
3409 #: deb-src-control.pod
3411 "Note that dependencies on packages in the B<build-essential> set can be "
3412 "omitted and that declaring build conflicts against them is impossible. A "
3413 "list of these packages is in the build-essential package."
3417 #: deb-src-control.pod
3419 msgid "BINARY FIELDS"
3423 #: deb-src-control.pod
3425 "Note that the B<Priority>, B<Section> and B<Homepage> fields can also be in "
3426 "a binary stanza to override the global value from the source package."
3430 #: deb-src-control.pod
3432 msgid "B<Package:> I<binary-package-name> (required)"
3433 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
3436 #: deb-src-control.pod
3438 "This field is used to name the binary package name. The same restrictions as "
3439 "to a source package name apply."
3443 #: deb-src-control.pod
3444 msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch>|B<all>|B<any> (required)"
3448 #: deb-src-control.pod
3450 "The architecture specifies on which type of hardware this package runs. For "
3451 "packages that run on all architectures, use the B<any> value. For packages "
3452 "that are architecture independent, such as shell and Perl scripts or "
3453 "documentation, use the B<all> value. To restrict the packages to a certain "
3454 "set of architectures, specify the architecture names, separated by a space. "
3455 "It's also possible to put architecture wildcards in that list (see B<dpkg-"
3456 "architecture>(1) for more information about them)."
3460 #: deb-src-control.pod
3461 msgid "B<Build-Profiles:> I<restriction-formula>"
3465 #: deb-src-control.pod
3467 "This field specifies the conditions for which this binary package does or "
3468 "does not build. To express that condition, the same restriction formula "
3469 "syntax from the B<Build-Depends> field is used (including the angle "
3474 #: deb-src-control.pod
3476 "If a binary package stanza does not contain this field, then it implicitly "
3477 "means that it builds with all build profiles (including none at all)."
3481 #: deb-src-control.pod
3483 "In other words, if a binary package stanza is annotated with a non-empty "
3484 "B<Build-Profiles> field, then this binary package is generated if and only "
3485 "if the condition expressed by the conjunctive normal form expression "
3486 "evaluates to true."
3490 #: deb-src-control.pod
3491 msgid "B<Multi-Arch:> B<same>|B<foreign>|B<allowed>|B<no>"
3495 #: deb-src-control.pod
3497 "These fields are described in the B<deb-control>(5) manual page, as they "
3498 "are copied literally to the control file of the binary package."
3502 #: deb-src-control.pod
3504 "These fields declare relationships between packages. They are discussed in "
3505 "the B<deb-control>(5) manpage. When these fields are found in I<debian/"
3506 "control> they can also end with a trailing comma (since dpkg 1.10.14), have "
3507 "architecture specifications and restriction formulas which will all get "
3508 "reduced when generating the fields for B<deb-control>(5)."
3512 #: deb-src-control.pod
3514 "These fields are used by the debian-installer in B<udeb>s and are usually "
3515 "not needed. For more details about them, see L<https://salsa.debian.org/"
3516 "installer-team/debian-installer/-/raw/master/doc/devel/modules.txt>."
3520 #: deb-src-control.pod
3521 msgid "USER-DEFINED FIELDS"
3525 #: deb-src-control.pod
3527 "It is allowed to add additional user-defined fields to the control file. The "
3528 "tools will ignore these fields. If you want the fields to be copied over to "
3529 "the output files, such as the binary packages, you need to use a custom "
3530 "naming scheme: the fields should start with an B<X>, followed by zero or "
3531 "more of the letters B<SBC> and a hyphen."
3535 #: deb-src-control.pod
3540 #: deb-src-control.pod
3542 "The field will appear in the source package control file, see B<dsc>(5)."
3546 #: deb-src-control.pod
3551 #: deb-src-control.pod
3553 "The field will appear in the control file in the binary package, see B<deb-"
3558 #: deb-src-control.pod
3563 #: deb-src-control.pod
3565 "The field will appear in the upload control (.changes) file, see B<deb-"
3570 #: deb-src-control.pod
3572 "Note that the B<X>[B<SBC>]B<-> prefixes are stripped when the fields are "
3573 "copied over to the output files. A field B<XC-Approved-By> will appear as "
3574 "B<Approved-By> in the changes file and will not appear in the binary or "
3575 "source package control files."
3579 #: deb-src-control.pod
3581 "Take into account that these user-defined fields will be using the global "
3582 "namespace, which might at some point in the future collide with officially "
3583 "recognized fields. To avoid such potential situation you can prefix those "
3584 "fields with B<Private->, such as B<XB-Private-New-Field>."
3588 #: deb-src-control.pod
3594 " Priority: required\n"
3595 " Maintainer: Dpkg Developers <debian-dpkg@lists.debian.org>\n"
3596 " # this field is copied to the binary and source packages\n"
3597 " XBS-Upstream-Release-Status: stable\n"
3598 " Homepage: https://wiki.debian.org/Teams/Dpkg\n"
3599 " Vcs-Browser: https://git.dpkg.org/cgit/dpkg/dpkg.git\n"
3600 " Vcs-Git: https://git.dpkg.org/git/dpkg/dpkg.git\n"
3601 " Standards-Version: 3.7.3\n"
3602 " Build-Depends: pkg-config, debhelper (>= 4.1.81),\n"
3603 " libselinux1-dev (>= 1.28-4) [!linux-any]\n"
3608 #: deb-src-control.pod
3611 " Package: dpkg-dev\n"
3613 " Priority: optional\n"
3614 " Architecture: all\n"
3615 " # this is a custom field in the binary package\n"
3616 " XB-Mentoring-Contact: Raphael Hertzog <hertzog@debian.org>\n"
3617 " Depends: dpkg (>= 1.14.6), perl5, perl-modules, cpio (>= 2.4.2-2),\n"
3618 " bzip2, lzma, patch (>= 2.2-1), make, binutils, libtimedate-perl\n"
3619 " Recommends: gcc | c-compiler, build-essential\n"
3620 " Suggests: gnupg, debian-keyring\n"
3621 " Conflicts: dpkg-cross (<< 2.0.0), devscripts (<< 2.10.26)\n"
3622 " Replaces: manpages-pl (<= 20051117-1)\n"
3623 " Description: Debian package development tools\n"
3624 " This package provides the development tools (including dpkg-source)\n"
3625 " required to unpack, build and upload Debian source packages.\n"
3627 " Most Debian source packages will require additional tools to build;\n"
3628 " for example, most packages need make and the C compiler gcc.\n"
3633 #: deb-src-control.pod
3636 "I<%PKGDOCDIR%/spec/rootless-builds.txt>, L<deb822(5)>, B<deb-control>(5), "
3637 "B<deb-version>(7), B<dpkg-source>(1)"
3639 "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
3643 #: deb-src-files.pod
3644 msgid "deb-src-files - Debian distribute files format"
3648 #: deb-src-files.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
3649 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
3651 msgid "B<debian/files>"
3652 msgstr "B<config-files>"
3655 #: deb-src-files.pod
3657 "This file contains the list of artifacts that are to be distributed via the "
3658 "B<.changes> control file."
3662 #: deb-src-files.pod
3663 msgid "The I<debian/files> file has a simple whitespace-delimited format."
3667 #: deb-src-files.pod
3668 msgid "I<filename> I<section> I<priority> [ I<keyword=value...> ]"
3672 #: deb-src-files.pod
3673 msgid "I<filename> is the name of the artifact to distribute."
3677 #: deb-src-files.pod
3679 "I<section> and I<priority> correspond to the respective control fields "
3680 "available in the .deb. The allowed values are specific to each distribution "
3685 #: deb-src-files.pod
3687 "I<keyword=value...> corresponds to an optional whitespace-delimited list of "
3688 "attributes for this entry. The only currently supported keyword is "
3689 "B<automatic> with value B<yes>, to mark automatically generated files."
3693 #: deb-src-files.pod deb-version.pod dpkg-architecture.pod
3694 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
3699 #: deb-src-files.pod
3701 "This file is not intended to be modified directly, please use one of B<dpkg-"
3702 "gencontrol> or B<dpkg-distaddfile> to add entries to it."
3706 #: deb-src-files.pod
3708 msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges>(1), B<dpkg-distaddfile>(1)."
3709 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
3712 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3713 msgid "deb-src-rules - Debian source package rules file"
3717 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3719 msgid "B<debian/rules>"
3720 msgstr "B<config-files>"
3723 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3725 "This file contains the instructions necessary to build the binary packages "
3726 "from the source package."
3730 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3732 "The I<debian/rules> file is an executable Makefile, with a shebang that is "
3733 "usually set to \"#!/usr/bin/make -f\"."
3737 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3738 msgid "It must support the following make targets:"
3742 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3745 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
3748 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3750 "Clean up the source tree, by undoing any change done by any of the build and "
3751 "binary targets. This target will be called with root privileges."
3755 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3757 msgid "B<build-indep>"
3758 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
3761 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3763 "Build architecture independent files required to build any architecture "
3764 "independent binary package. If there are no architecture independent binary "
3765 "packages to generate, the target must still exist but do nothing. This "
3766 "target must not require root privileges."
3770 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3772 msgid "B<build-arch>"
3773 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
3776 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3778 "Build architecture dependent files required to build any architecture "
3779 "dependent binary package. If there are no architecture dependent binary "
3780 "packages to generate, the target must still exist but do nothing. This "
3781 "target must not require root privileges."
3785 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3788 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
3791 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3793 "Build architecture independent and dependent files, either by depending (at "
3794 "least transitively) on B<build-indep> and/or B<build-arch> or by inlining "
3795 "what those targets would do. This target must not require root privileges."
3799 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3801 msgid "B<binary-indep>"
3802 msgstr "B<--version>"
3805 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3807 "Build architecture independent binary packages. This target must depend (at "
3808 "least transitively) on either B<build-indep> or B<build>. This target will "
3809 "be called with root privileges."
3813 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3815 msgid "B<binary-arch>"
3816 msgstr "B<--version>"
3819 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3821 "Build architecture dependent binary packages. This target must depend (at "
3822 "least transitively) on either B<build-arch> or B<build>. This target will "
3823 "be called with root privileges."
3827 #: deb-src-rules.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
3828 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
3831 msgstr "B<--version>"
3834 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3836 "Build architecture independent and dependent binary packages, either by "
3837 "depending (at least transitively) on B<binary-indep> and/or B<binary-arch> "
3838 "or by inlining what those targets would do. This target will be called with "
3843 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3846 "B<dpkg-architecture>(1), B<dpkg-vendor>(1), B<dpkg-buildflags>(1), B<dpkg-"
3847 "parsechangelog>(1), B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1), B<dpkg-gencontrol>(1), B<dpkg-"
3848 "deb>(1), B<dpkg-distaddfile>(1)."
3850 "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
3854 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
3855 msgid "deb-src-symbols - Debian's extended shared library template file"
3859 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
3861 "B<debian/>I<package>B<.symbols.>I<arch>, B<debian/symbols.>I<arch>, B<debian/"
3862 ">I<package>B<.symbols>, B<debian/symbols>"
3866 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
3868 "The symbol file templates are shipped in Debian source packages, and its "
3869 "format is a superset of the symbols files shipped in binary packages, see "
3870 "L<deb-symbols(5)>."
3874 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
3879 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
3881 "Comments are supported in template symbol files. Any line with ‘#’ as the "
3882 "first character is a comment except if it starts with ‘#include’ (see "
3883 "section B<Using includes>). Lines starting with ‘#MISSING:’ are special "
3884 "comments documenting symbols that have disappeared."
3888 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
3889 msgid "Using #PACKAGE# substitution"
3893 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
3895 "In some rare cases, the name of the library varies between architectures. "
3896 "To avoid hardcoding the name of the package in the symbols file, you can use "
3897 "the marker I<#PACKAGE#>. It will be replaced by the real package name during "
3898 "installation of the symbols files. Contrary to the I<#MINVER#> marker, "
3899 "I<#PACKAGE#> will never appear in a symbols file inside a binary package."
3903 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
3904 msgid "Using symbol tags"
3908 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
3910 "Symbol tagging is useful for marking symbols that are special in some way. "
3911 "Any symbol can have an arbitrary number of tags associated with it. While "
3912 "all tags are parsed and stored, only some of them are understood by B<dpkg-"
3913 "gensymbols> and trigger special handling of the symbols. See subsection "
3914 "B<Standard symbol tags> for reference of these tags."
3918 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
3920 "Tag specification comes right before the symbol name (no whitespace is "
3921 "allowed in between). It always starts with an opening bracket B<(>, ends "
3922 "with a closing bracket B<)> and must contain at least one tag. Multiple tags "
3923 "are separated by the B<|> character. Each tag can optionally have a value "
3924 "which is separated form the tag name by the B<=> character. Tag names and "
3925 "values can be arbitrary strings except they cannot contain any of the "
3926 "special B<)> B<|> B<=> characters. Symbol names following a tag "
3927 "specification can optionally be quoted with either B<'> or B<\"> characters "
3928 "to allow whitespaces in them. However, if there are no tags specified for "
3929 "the symbol, quotes are treated as part of the symbol name which continues up "
3930 "until the first space."
3934 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
3937 " (tag1=i am marked|tag name with space)\"tagged quoted symbol\"@Base 1.0\n"
3938 " (optional)tagged_unquoted_symbol@Base 1.0 1\n"
3939 " untagged_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
3944 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
3946 "The first symbol in the example is named I<tagged quoted symbol> and has two "
3947 "tags: I<tag1> with value I<i am marked> and I<tag name with space> that has "
3948 "no value. The second symbol named I<tagged_unquoted_symbol> is only tagged "
3949 "with the tag named I<optional>. The last symbol is an example of the normal "
3954 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
3956 "Since symbol tags are an extension of the B<deb-symbols>(5) format, they can "
3957 "only be part of the symbols files used in source packages (those files "
3958 "should then be seen as templates used to build the symbols files that are "
3959 "embedded in binary packages). When B<dpkg-gensymbols> is called without the "
3960 "B<-t> option, it will output symbols files compatible to the B<deb-"
3961 "symbols>(5) format: it fully processes symbols according to the requirements "
3962 "of their standard tags and strips all tags from the output. On the contrary, "
3963 "in template mode (B<-t>) all symbols and their tags (both standard and "
3964 "unknown ones) are kept in the output and are written in their original form "
3965 "as they were loaded."
3969 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
3970 msgid "Standard symbol tags"
3974 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
3976 #| msgid "B<not-installed>"
3978 msgstr "B<not-installed>"
3981 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
3983 "A symbol marked as optional can disappear from the library at any time and "
3984 "that will never cause B<dpkg-gensymbols> to fail. However, disappeared "
3985 "optional symbols will continuously appear as MISSING in the diff in each new "
3986 "package revision. This behaviour serves as a reminder for the maintainer "
3987 "that such a symbol needs to be removed from the symbol file or readded to "
3988 "the library. When the optional symbol, which was previously declared as "
3989 "MISSING, suddenly reappears in the next revision, it will be upgraded back "
3990 "to the “existing” status with its minimum version unchanged."
3994 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
3996 "This tag is useful for symbols which are private where their disappearance "
3997 "do not cause ABI breakage. For example, most of C++ template instantiations "
3998 "fall into this category. Like any other tag, this one may also have an "
3999 "arbitrary value: it could be used to indicate why the symbol is considered "
4004 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4006 msgid "B<arch=>I<architecture-list>"
4007 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
4010 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4012 msgid "B<arch-bits=>I<architecture-bits>"
4013 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
4016 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4018 msgid "B<arch-endian=>I<architecture-endianness>"
4019 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
4022 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4024 "These tags allow one to restrict the set of architectures where the symbol "
4025 "is supposed to exist. The B<arch-bits> and B<arch-endian> tags are supported "
4026 "since dpkg 1.18.0. When the symbols list is updated with the symbols "
4027 "discovered in the library, all arch-specific symbols which do not concern "
4028 "the current host architecture are treated as if they did not exist. If an "
4029 "arch-specific symbol matching the current host architecture does not exist "
4030 "in the library, normal procedures for missing symbols apply and it may cause "
4031 "B<dpkg-gensymbols> to fail. On the other hand, if the arch-specific symbol "
4032 "is found when it was not supposed to exist (because the current host "
4033 "architecture is not listed in the tag or does not match the endianness and "
4034 "bits), it is made arch neutral (i.e. the arch, arch-bits and arch-endian "
4035 "tags are dropped and the symbol will appear in the diff due to this change), "
4036 "but it is not considered as new."
4040 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4042 "When operating in the default non-template mode, among arch-specific symbols "
4043 "only those that match the current host architecture are written to the "
4044 "symbols file. On the contrary, all arch-specific symbols (including those "
4045 "from foreign arches) are always written to the symbol file when operating in "
4050 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4052 "The format of I<architecture-list> is the same as the one used in the "
4053 "B<Build-Depends> field of I<debian/control> (except the enclosing square "
4054 "brackets []). For example, the first symbol from the list below will be "
4055 "considered only on alpha, any-amd64 and ia64 architectures, the second only "
4056 "on linux architectures, while the third one anywhere except on armel."
4060 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4063 " (arch=alpha any-amd64 ia64)64bit_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4064 " (arch=linux-any)linux_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4065 " (arch=!armel)symbol_armel_does_not_have@Base 1.0\n"
4070 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4071 msgid "The I<architecture-bits> is either B<32> or B<64>."
4075 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4078 " (arch-bits=32)32bit_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4079 " (arch-bits=64)64bit_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4084 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4085 msgid "The I<architecture-endianness> is either B<little> or B<big>."
4089 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4092 " (arch-endian=little)little_endian_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4093 " (arch-endian=big)big_endian_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4098 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4099 msgid "Multiple restrictions can be chained."
4103 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4106 " (arch-bits=32|arch-endian=little)32bit_le_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4111 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4113 msgid "B<allow-internal>"
4117 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4119 "dpkg-gensymbols has a list of internal symbols that should not appear in "
4120 "symbols files as they are usually only side-effects of implementation "
4121 "details of the toolchain (since dpkg 1.20.1). If for some reason, you "
4122 "really want one of those symbols to be included in the symbols file, you "
4123 "should tag the symbol with B<allow-internal>. It can be necessary for some "
4124 "low level toolchain libraries like “libgcc”."
4128 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4130 msgid "B<ignore-blacklist>"
4131 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
4134 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4136 "A deprecated alias for B<allow-internal> (since dpkg 1.20.1, supported since "
4141 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4147 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4149 "Denotes I<c++> symbol pattern. See B<Using symbol patterns> subsection below."
4153 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4159 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4161 "Denotes I<symver> (symbol version) symbol pattern. See B<Using symbol "
4162 "patterns> subsection below."
4166 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4173 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4175 "Denotes I<regex> symbol pattern. See B<Using symbol patterns> subsection "
4180 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4181 msgid "Using symbol patterns"
4185 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4187 "Unlike a standard symbol specification, a pattern may cover multiple real "
4188 "symbols from the library. B<dpkg-gensymbols> will attempt to match each "
4189 "pattern against each real symbol that does I<not> have a specific symbol "
4190 "counterpart defined in the symbol file. Whenever the first matching pattern "
4191 "is found, all its tags and properties will be used as a basis specification "
4192 "of the symbol. If none of the patterns matches, the symbol will be "
4193 "considered as new."
4197 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4199 "A pattern is considered lost if it does not match any symbol in the library. "
4200 "By default this will trigger a B<dpkg-gensymbols> failure under B<-c1> or "
4201 "higher level. However, if the failure is undesired, the pattern may be "
4202 "marked with the I<optional> tag. Then if the pattern does not match "
4203 "anything, it will only appear in the diff as MISSING. Moreover, like any "
4204 "symbol, the pattern may be limited to the specific architectures with the "
4205 "I<arch> tag. Please refer to B<Standard symbol tags> subsection above for "
4210 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4212 "Patterns are an extension of the B<deb-symbols>(5) format hence they are "
4213 "only valid in symbol file templates. Pattern specification syntax is not any "
4214 "different from the one of a specific symbol. However, symbol name part of "
4215 "the specification serves as an expression to be matched against "
4216 "I<name@version> of the real symbol. In order to distinguish among different "
4217 "pattern types, a pattern will typically be tagged with a special tag."
4221 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4222 msgid "At the moment, B<dpkg-gensymbols> supports three basic pattern types:"
4226 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4228 "This pattern is denoted by the I<c++> tag. It matches only C++ symbols by "
4229 "their demangled symbol name (as emitted by B<c++filt>(1) utility). This "
4230 "pattern is very handy for matching symbols which mangled names might vary "
4231 "across different architectures while their demangled names remain the same. "
4232 "One group of such symbols is I<non-virtual thunks> which have architecture "
4233 "specific offsets embedded in their mangled names. A common instance of this "
4234 "case is a virtual destructor which under diamond inheritance needs a non-"
4235 "virtual thunk symbol. For example, even if _ZThn8_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base on "
4236 "32bit architectures will probably be _ZThn16_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base on 64bit "
4237 "ones, it can be matched with a single I<c++> pattern:"
4241 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4244 " libdummy.so.1 libdummy1 #MINVER#\n"
4246 " (c++)\"non-virtual thunk to NSB::ClassD::~ClassD()@Base\" 1.0\n"
4252 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4254 "The demangled name above can be obtained by executing the following command:"
4258 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4261 " $ echo '_ZThn8_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base' | c++filt\n"
4266 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4268 "Please note that while mangled name is unique in the library by definition, "
4269 "this is not necessarily true for demangled names. A couple of distinct real "
4270 "symbols may have the same demangled name. For example, that's the case with "
4271 "non-virtual thunk symbols in complex inheritance configurations or with most "
4272 "constructors and destructors (since g++ typically generates two real symbols "
4273 "for them). However, as these collisions happen on the ABI level, they should "
4274 "not degrade quality of the symbol file."
4278 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4280 "This pattern is denoted by the I<symver> tag. Well maintained libraries have "
4281 "versioned symbols where each version corresponds to the upstream version "
4282 "where the symbol got added. If that's the case, you can use a I<symver> "
4283 "pattern to match any symbol associated to the specific version. For example:"
4287 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4290 " libc.so.6 libc6 #MINVER#\n"
4291 " (symver)GLIBC_2.0 2.0\n"
4293 " (symver)GLIBC_2.7 2.7\n"
4294 " access@GLIBC_2.0 2.2\n"
4299 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4301 "All symbols associated with versions GLIBC_2.0 and GLIBC_2.7 will lead to "
4302 "minimal version of 2.0 and 2.7 respectively with the exception of the symbol "
4303 "access@GLIBC_2.0. The latter will lead to a minimal dependency on libc6 "
4304 "version 2.2 despite being in the scope of the \"(symver)GLIBC_2.0\" pattern "
4305 "because specific symbols take precedence over patterns."
4309 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4311 "Please note that while old style wildcard patterns (denoted by \"*@version\" "
4312 "in the symbol name field) are still supported, they have been deprecated by "
4313 "new style syntax \"(symver|optional)version\". For example, \"*@GLIBC_2.0 "
4314 "2.0\" should be written as \"(symver|optional)GLIBC_2.0 2.0\" if the same "
4315 "behaviour is needed."
4319 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4321 "Regular expression patterns are denoted by the I<regex> tag. They match by "
4322 "the perl regular expression specified in the symbol name field. A regular "
4323 "expression is matched as it is, therefore do not forget to start it with the "
4324 "I<^> character or it may match any part of the real symbol I<name@version> "
4325 "string. For example:"
4329 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4332 " libdummy.so.1 libdummy1 #MINVER#\n"
4333 " (regex)\"^mystack_.*@Base$\" 1.0\n"
4334 " (regex|optional)\"private\" 1.0\n"
4339 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4341 "Symbols like \"mystack_new@Base\", \"mystack_push@Base\", "
4342 "\"mystack_pop@Base\", etc., will be matched by the first pattern while "
4343 "\"ng_mystack_new@Base\" would not. The second pattern will match all "
4344 "symbols having the string \"private\" in their names and matches will "
4345 "inherit I<optional> tag from the pattern."
4349 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4351 "Basic patterns listed above can be combined where it makes sense. In that "
4352 "case, they are processed in the order in which the tags are specified. For "
4357 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4360 " (c++|regex)\"^NSA::ClassA::Private::privmethod\\d\\(int\\)@Base\" 1.0\n"
4361 " (regex|c++)N3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod\\dEi@Base 1.0\n"
4366 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4368 "will match symbols \"_ZN3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod1Ei@Base\" and "
4369 "\"_ZN3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod2Ei@Base\". When matching the first "
4370 "pattern, the raw symbol is first demangled as C++ symbol, then the demangled "
4371 "name is matched against the regular expression. On the other hand, when "
4372 "matching the second pattern, regular expression is matched against the raw "
4373 "symbol name, then the symbol is tested if it is C++ one by attempting to "
4374 "demangle it. A failure of any basic pattern will result in the failure of "
4375 "the whole pattern. Therefore, for example, "
4376 "\"__N3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod\\dEi@Base\" will not match either of "
4377 "the patterns because it is not a valid C++ symbol."
4381 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4383 "In general, all patterns are divided into two groups: aliases (basic I<c++> "
4384 "and I<symver>) and generic patterns (I<regex>, all combinations of multiple "
4385 "basic patterns). Matching of basic alias-based patterns is fast (O(1)) "
4386 "while generic patterns are O(N) (N - generic pattern count) for each "
4387 "symbol. Therefore, it is recommended not to overuse generic patterns."
4391 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4393 "When multiple patterns match the same real symbol, aliases (first I<c++>, "
4394 "then I<symver>) are preferred over generic patterns. Generic patterns are "
4395 "matched in the order they are found in the symbol file template until the "
4396 "first success. Please note, however, that manual reordering of template "
4397 "file entries is not recommended because B<dpkg-gensymbols> generates diffs "
4398 "based on the alphanumerical order of their names."
4402 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4403 msgid "Using includes"
4407 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4409 "When the set of exported symbols differ between architectures, it may become "
4410 "inefficient to use a single symbol file. In those cases, an include "
4411 "directive may prove to be useful in a couple of ways:"
4415 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4417 "You can factorize the common part in some external file and include that "
4418 "file in your I<package>.symbols.I<arch> file by using an include directive "
4423 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4426 " #include \"I<packages>.symbols.common\"\n"
4431 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4432 msgid "The include directive may also be tagged like any symbol:"
4436 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4439 " (tag|...|tagN)#include \"file-to-include\"\n"
4444 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4446 "As a result, all symbols included from I<file-to-include> will be considered "
4447 "to be tagged with I<tag> ... I<tagN> by default. You can use this feature to "
4448 "create a common I<package>.symbols file which includes architecture specific "
4453 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4456 " common_symbol1@Base 1.0\n"
4457 " (arch=amd64 ia64 alpha)#include \"package.symbols.64bit\"\n"
4458 " (arch=!amd64 !ia64 !alpha)#include \"package.symbols.32bit\"\n"
4459 " common_symbol2@Base 1.0\n"
4464 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4466 "The symbols files are read line by line, and include directives are "
4467 "processed as soon as they are encountered. This means that the content of "
4468 "the included file can override any content that appeared before the include "
4469 "directive and that any content after the directive can override anything "
4470 "contained in the included file. Any symbol (or even another #include "
4471 "directive) in the included file can specify additional tags or override "
4472 "values of the inherited tags in its tag specification. However, there is no "
4473 "way for the symbol to remove any of the inherited tags."
4477 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4479 "An included file can repeat the header line containing the SONAME of the "
4480 "library. In that case, it overrides any header line previously read. "
4481 "However, in general it's best to avoid duplicating header lines. One way to "
4482 "do it is the following:"
4486 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4489 " #include \"libsomething1.symbols.common\"\n"
4490 " arch_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4495 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4497 msgid "B<deb-symbols>(5), B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1), B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1)."
4498 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
4501 #: deb-substvars.pod
4502 msgid "deb-substvars - Debian source substitution variables"
4506 #: deb-substvars.pod
4508 "B<debian/substvars>, B<debian/>I<binary-package>B<.substvars>, variables"
4512 #: deb-substvars.pod
4514 "Before B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges> write their "
4515 "control information (to the source control file B<.dsc> for B<dpkg-source> "
4516 "and to standard output for B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>) they "
4517 "perform some variable substitutions on the output file."
4521 #: deb-substvars.pod
4522 msgid "Variable Syntax"
4526 #: deb-substvars.pod
4528 "A variable substitution has the form B<${>I<variable-name>B<}>. Variable "
4529 "names consist of alphanumerics (a-zA-Z0-9), hyphens (-) and colons (:) and "
4530 "start with an alphanumeric, and are case-sensitive, even though they might "
4531 "refer to other entities which are case-preserving. Variable substitutions "
4532 "are performed repeatedly until none are left; the full text of the field "
4533 "after the substitution is rescanned to look for more substitutions."
4537 #: deb-substvars.pod
4542 #: deb-substvars.pod
4544 "Substitution variables can be specified in a file. These files consist of "
4545 "lines of the form I<name>B<=>I<value> or I<name>B<?=>I<value>. The B<=> "
4546 "operator assigns a normal substitution variable, while the B<?=> operator "
4547 "(since dpkg 1.21.8) assigns an optional substitution variable which will "
4548 "emit no warnings even if unused. Trailing whitespace on each line, blank "
4549 "lines, and lines starting with a B<#> symbol (comments) are ignored."
4553 #: deb-substvars.pod
4554 msgid "Substitution"
4558 #: deb-substvars.pod
4560 "Variables can be set using the B<-V> common option. They can be also "
4561 "specified in the file B<debian/substvars> (or whatever other file is "
4562 "specified using the B<-T> common option)."
4566 #: deb-substvars.pod
4568 "After all the substitutions have been done each occurrence of the string "
4569 "B<${}> (which is not an actual substitution variable) is replaced with a "
4570 "B<$> sign. This can be used as an escape sequence such as B<${}"
4571 "{>I<VARIABLE>B<}> which will end up as B<${>I<VARIABLE>B<}> on the output."
4575 #: deb-substvars.pod
4577 "If a variable is referred to but not defined it generates a warning and an "
4578 "empty value is assumed."
4582 #: deb-substvars.pod
4584 "While variable substitution is done on all control fields, some of those "
4585 "fields are used and needed during the build when the substitution did not "
4586 "yet occur. That's why you can't use variables in the B<Package>, B<Source> "
4587 "and B<Architecture> fields."
4591 #: deb-substvars.pod
4593 "Variable substitution happens on the content of the fields after they have "
4594 "been parsed, thus if you want a variable to expand over multiple lines you "
4595 "do not have to include a space after the newline. This is done implicitly "
4596 "when the field is output. For example, if the variable B<${Description}> is "
4597 "set to \"foo is bar.${Newline}foo is great.\" and if you have the following "
4602 #: deb-substvars.pod
4605 " Description: foo application\n"
4613 #: deb-substvars.pod
4614 msgid "It will result in:"
4618 #: deb-substvars.pod
4621 " Description: foo application\n"
4630 #: deb-substvars.pod
4631 msgid "Built-in Variable"
4635 #: deb-substvars.pod
4636 msgid "Additionally, the following standard variables are always available:"
4640 #: deb-substvars.pod
4645 #: deb-substvars.pod
4647 "The current host architecture (i.e. the architecture the package is being "
4648 "built for, the equivalent of B<DEB_HOST_ARCH>)."
4652 #: deb-substvars.pod
4654 msgid "B<vendor:Name>"
4655 msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
4658 #: deb-substvars.pod
4660 "The current vendor name (since dpkg 1.20.0). This value comes from the "
4661 "B<Vendor> field for the current vendor's origin file, as B<dpkg-vendor>(1) "
4662 "would retrieve it."
4666 #: deb-substvars.pod
4668 msgid "B<vendor:Id>"
4669 msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
4672 #: deb-substvars.pod
4674 "The current vendor ID (since dpkg 1.20.0). This is just the lowercase "
4675 "variant of B<vendor:Name>."
4679 #: deb-substvars.pod dpkg-query.pod
4681 msgid "B<source:Version>"
4682 msgstr "B<--version>"
4685 #: deb-substvars.pod
4687 msgid "The source package version (since dpkg 1.13.19)."
4688 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
4691 #: deb-substvars.pod dpkg-query.pod
4692 msgid "B<source:Upstream-Version>"
4696 #: deb-substvars.pod
4698 "The upstream source package version, including the Debian version epoch if "
4699 "any (since dpkg 1.13.19)."
4703 #: deb-substvars.pod
4705 msgid "B<binary:Version>"
4706 msgstr "B<--version>"
4709 #: deb-substvars.pod
4711 "The binary package version (which may differ from B<source:Version> in a "
4712 "binNMU for example; since dpkg 1.13.19)."
4716 #: deb-substvars.pod
4718 msgid "B<Source-Version>"
4719 msgstr "B<--version>"
4722 #: deb-substvars.pod
4724 "The source package version (from the changelog file). This variable is now "
4725 "B<obsolete> and emits an error when used as its meaning is different from "
4726 "its function, please use the B<source:Version> or B<binary:Version> as "
4731 #: deb-substvars.pod
4733 msgid "B<source:Synopsis>"
4734 msgstr "B<--version>"
4737 #: deb-substvars.pod
4739 "The source package synopsis, extracted from the source stanza B<Description> "
4740 "field, if it exists (since dpkg 1.19.0)."
4744 #: deb-substvars.pod
4746 msgid "B<source:Extended-Description>"
4747 msgstr "B<--version>"
4750 #: deb-substvars.pod
4752 "The source package extended description, extracted from the source stanza "
4753 "B<Description> field, if it exists (since dpkg 1.19.0)."
4757 #: deb-substvars.pod dpkg-query.pod
4759 msgid "B<Installed-Size>"
4760 msgstr "B<installed>"
4763 #: deb-substvars.pod
4765 "The approximate total size of the package's installed files. This value is "
4766 "copied into the corresponding control file field; setting it will modify the "
4767 "value of that field. If this variable is not set B<dpkg-gencontrol> will "
4768 "compute the default value by accumulating the size of each regular file and "
4769 "symlink rounded to 1 KiB used units, and a baseline of 1 KiB for any other "
4770 "filesystem object type. With hardlinks only being counted once as a regular "
4775 #: deb-substvars.pod
4777 "B<Note:> Take into account that this can only ever be an approximation, as "
4778 "the actual size used on the installed system will depend greatly on the "
4779 "filesystem used and its parameters, which might end up using either more or "
4780 "less space than the specified in this field."
4784 #: deb-substvars.pod
4785 msgid "B<Extra-Size>"
4789 #: deb-substvars.pod
4791 "Additional disk space used when the package is installed. If this variable "
4792 "is set its value is added to that of the B<Installed-Size> variable (whether "
4793 "set explicitly or using the default value) before it is copied into the "
4794 "B<Installed-Size> control file field."
4798 #: deb-substvars.pod
4800 msgid "B<S:>I<fieldname>"
4801 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
4804 #: deb-substvars.pod
4806 "The value of the source stanza field I<fieldname> (which must be given in "
4807 "the canonical capitalization; since dpkg 1.18.11). Setting these variables "
4808 "has no effect other than on places where they are expanded explicitly. "
4809 "These variables are only available when generating binary control files."
4813 #: deb-substvars.pod
4815 msgid "B<F:>I<fieldname>"
4816 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
4819 #: deb-substvars.pod
4821 "The value of the output field I<fieldname> (which must be given in the "
4822 "canonical capitalization). Setting these variables has no effect other than "
4823 "on places where they are expanded explicitly."
4827 #: deb-substvars.pod
4832 #: deb-substvars.pod
4834 "The B<.changes> file format version generated by this version of the source "
4835 "packaging scripts. If you set this variable the contents of the B<Format> "
4836 "field in the B<.changes> file will change too."
4840 #: deb-substvars.pod
4841 msgid "B<Newline>, B<Space>, B<Tab>"
4845 #: deb-substvars.pod
4846 msgid "These variables each hold the corresponding character."
4850 #: deb-substvars.pod
4851 msgid "B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>"
4855 #: deb-substvars.pod
4857 "Variable settings with names of this form are generated by B<dpkg-shlibdeps>."
4861 #: deb-substvars.pod
4863 msgid "B<dpkg:Upstream-Version>"
4864 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
4867 #: deb-substvars.pod
4868 msgid "The upstream version of dpkg (since dpkg 1.13.19)."
4872 #: deb-substvars.pod
4874 msgid "B<dpkg:Version>"
4875 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
4878 #: deb-substvars.pod
4879 msgid "The full version of dpkg (since dpkg 1.13.19)."
4883 #: deb-substvars.pod
4885 msgid "B<debian/substvars>"
4886 msgstr "B<deinstall>"
4889 #: deb-substvars.pod
4891 msgid "List of substitution variables and values."
4892 msgstr "Lista dos pacotes disponíveis."
4895 #: deb-substvars.pod
4898 "B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-vendor>(1), B<dpkg-genchanges>(1), B<dpkg-gencontrol>(1), "
4899 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1), B<dpkg-source>(1)."
4901 "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
4906 msgid "deb-symbols - Debian's extended shared library information file"
4911 msgid "B<DEBIAN/symbols>"
4917 "The symbol files are shipped in Debian binary packages, and its format is a "
4918 "subset of the template symbol files used by B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1) in Debian "
4919 "source packages, see L<deb-src-symbols(5)>."
4925 "The format for an extended shared library dependency information entry in "
4934 " I<library-soname> I<main-dependency-template>\n"
4935 " [| I<alternative-dependency-template>]\n"
4937 " [* I<field-name>: I<field-value>]\n"
4939 " I<symbol> I<minimal-version> [I<id-of-dependency-template>]\n"
4946 "The I<library-soname> is exactly the value of the SONAME field as exported "
4947 "by B<objdump>(1). A I<dependency-template> is a dependency where I<#MINVER#> "
4948 "is dynamically replaced either by a version check like “(E<gt>= I<minimal-"
4949 "version>)” or by nothing (if an unversioned dependency is deemed sufficient)."
4955 "Each exported I<symbol> (listed as I<name>@I<version>, with I<version> being "
4956 "“Base” if the library is not versioned) is associated to a I<minimal-"
4957 "version> of its dependency template (the main dependency template is always "
4958 "used and will end up being combined with the dependency template referenced "
4959 "by I<id-of-dependency-template> if present). The first alternative "
4960 "dependency template is numbered 1, the second one 2, etc. Each column is "
4961 "separated by exactly a single whitespace."
4967 "Each entry for a library can also have some fields of meta-information. "
4968 "Those fields are stored on lines starting with an asterisk. Currently, the "
4969 "only valid fields are:"
4975 msgid "B<Build-Depends-Package>"
4976 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
4981 "It indicates the name of the “-dev” package associated to the library and is "
4982 "used by B<dpkg-shlibdeps> to make sure that the dependency generated is at "
4983 "least as strict as the corresponding build dependency (since dpkg 1.14.13)."
4989 msgid "B<Build-Depends-Packages>"
4990 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
4995 "The same as B<Build-Depends-Package> but accepts a comma-separated list of "
4996 "package names (since dpkg 1.20.0). This field will override any B<Build-"
4997 "Depends-Package> field present, and is mostly useful with “-dev” packages "
4998 "and metapackages depending on these, say for a transition period."
5003 msgid "B<Allow-Internal-Symbol-Groups>"
5009 "It indicates what internal symbol groups should be ignored, as a whitespace "
5010 "separated list, so that the symbols contained in those groups get included "
5011 "in the output file (since dpkg 1.20.1). This should only be necessary for "
5012 "toolchain packages providing those internal symbols. The available groups "
5013 "are system dependent, for ELF and GNU-based systems these are B<aeabi> and "
5020 msgid "B<Ignore-Blacklist-Groups>"
5021 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
5026 "A deprecated alias for B<Allow-Internal-Symbol-Groups> (since dpkg 1.20.1, "
5027 "supported since dpkg 1.17.6)."
5032 msgid "Simple symbols file"
5039 " libftp.so.3 libftp3 #MINVER#\n"
5040 " DefaultNetbuf@Base 3.1-1-6\n"
5041 " FtpAccess@Base 3.1-1-6\n"
5048 msgid "Advanced symbols file"
5055 " libGL.so.1 libgl1\n"
5056 " | libgl1-mesa-glx #MINVER#\n"
5057 " * Build-Depends-Package: libgl1-mesa-dev\n"
5058 " publicGlSymbol@Base 6.3-1\n"
5060 " implementationSpecificSymbol@Base 6.5.2-7 1\n"
5069 "L<https://wiki.debian.org/Projects/ImprovedDpkgShlibdeps>, L<deb-src-"
5070 "symbols(5)>, B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1), B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1)."
5071 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
5075 msgid "deb-triggers - package triggers"
5081 "B<debian/triggers>, B<debian/>I<binary-package>B<.triggers>, B<DEBIAN/"
5088 "A package declares its relationship to some trigger(s) by including a "
5089 "I<triggers> file in its control archive (i.e. I<DEBIAN/triggers> during "
5090 "package creation)."
5096 "This file contains directives, one per line. Leading and trailing whitespace "
5097 "and everything after the first B<#> on any line will be trimmed, and empty "
5098 "lines will be ignored."
5103 msgid "The trigger control directives currently supported are:"
5109 msgid "B<interest> I<trigger-name>"
5110 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
5115 msgid "B<interest-await> I<trigger-name>"
5116 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
5121 msgid "B<interest-noawait> I<trigger-name>"
5122 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
5127 "Specifies that the package is interested in the named trigger. All triggers "
5128 "in which a package is interested must be listed using this directive in the "
5129 "triggers control file."
5135 "The “await” variants put the triggering package in triggers-awaited state "
5136 "depending on how the trigger was activated. The “noawait” variant does not "
5137 "put the triggering packages in triggers-awaited state, even if the "
5138 "triggering package declared an “await” activation (either with an B<activate-"
5139 "await> or B<activate> directive, or by using the B<dpkg-trigger> B<--no-"
5140 "await> command-line option). The “noawait” variant should be used when the "
5141 "functionality provided by the trigger is not crucial."
5146 msgid "B<activate> I<trigger-name>"
5152 msgid "B<activate-await> I<trigger-name>"
5153 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
5158 msgid "B<activate-noawait> I<trigger-name>"
5159 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
5164 "Arranges that changes to this package's state will activate the specified "
5165 "trigger. The trigger will be activated at the start of the following "
5166 "operations: unpack, configure, remove (including for the benefit of a "
5167 "conflicting package), purge and deconfigure."
5173 "The “await” variants only put the triggering package in triggers-awaited "
5174 "state if the interest directive is also “await”. The “noawait” variant "
5175 "never puts the triggering packages in triggers-awaited state. The “noawait” "
5176 "variant should be used when the functionality provided by the trigger is not "
5183 "If this package disappears during the unpacking of another package the "
5184 "trigger will be activated when the disappearance is noted towards the end of "
5185 "the unpack. Trigger processing, and transition from triggers-awaited to "
5186 "installed, does not cause activations. In the case of unpack, triggers "
5187 "mentioned in both the old and new versions of the package will be activated."
5193 "Unknown directives are an error which will prevent installation of the "
5200 "The “-noawait” variants should always be favored when possible since "
5201 "triggering packages are not put in triggers-awaited state and can thus be "
5202 "immediately configured without requiring the processing of the trigger. If "
5203 "the triggering packages are dependencies of other upgraded packages, it will "
5204 "avoid an early trigger processing run and make it possible to run the "
5205 "trigger only once as one of the last steps of the upgrade."
5211 "The “-noawait” variants are supported since dpkg 1.16.1, and will lead to "
5212 "errors if used with an older dpkg."
5218 "The “-await” alias variants are supported since dpkg 1.17.21, and will lead "
5219 "to errors if used with an older dpkg."
5225 "When a package provides an B<interest-noawait> directive, any activation "
5226 "will set the triggering package into “noawait” mode, regardless of the "
5227 "awaiting mode requested by the activation (either “await” or “noawait”). "
5228 "When a package provides an B<interest> or B<interest-await> directive, any "
5229 "activation will set the triggering package into “await” or “noawait“ "
5230 "depending on how it was activated."
5236 msgid "B<dpkg-trigger>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B<%PKGDOCDIR%/spec/triggers.txt>."
5237 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
5241 msgid "deb-version - Debian package version number format"
5246 msgid "[I<epoch>B<:>]I<upstream-version>[B<->I<debian-revision>]"
5252 "Version numbers as used for Debian binary and source packages consist of "
5253 "three components. These are:"
5264 "This is a single (generally small) unsigned integer. It may be omitted, in "
5265 "which case zero is assumed. If it is omitted then the I<upstream-version> "
5266 "may not contain any colons."
5272 "It is provided to allow mistakes in the version numbers of older versions of "
5273 "a package, and also a package's previous version numbering schemes, to be "
5280 msgid "I<upstream-version>"
5281 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
5286 "This is the main part of the version number. It is usually the version "
5287 "number of the original (“upstream”) package from which the I<.deb> file has "
5288 "been made, if this is applicable. Usually this will be in the same format "
5289 "as that specified by the upstream author(s); however, it may need to be "
5290 "reformatted to fit into the package management system's format and "
5291 "comparison scheme."
5297 "The comparison behavior of the package management system with respect to the "
5298 "I<upstream-version> is described below. The I<upstream-version> portion of "
5299 "the version number is mandatory."
5305 "The I<upstream-version> may contain only alphanumerics (“A-Za-z0-9”) and the "
5306 "characters B<.> B<+> B<-> B<:> B<~> (full stop, plus, hyphen, colon, tilde) "
5307 "and should start with a digit. If there is no I<debian-revision> then "
5308 "hyphens are not allowed; if there is no I<epoch> then colons are not allowed."
5314 msgid "I<debian-revision>"
5315 msgstr "B<--version>"
5320 "This part of the version number specifies the version of the Debian package "
5321 "based on the upstream version. It may contain only alphanumerics and the "
5322 "characters B<+> B<.> B<~> (plus, full stop, tilde) and is compared in the "
5323 "same way as the I<upstream-version> is."
5329 "It is optional; if it isn't present then the I<upstream-version> may not "
5330 "contain a hyphen. This format represents the case where a piece of software "
5331 "was written specifically to be turned into a Debian package, and so there is "
5332 "only one “debianization” of it and therefore no revision indication is "
5339 "It is conventional to restart the I<debian-revision> at ‘1’ each time the "
5340 "I<upstream-version> is increased."
5346 "Dpkg will break the version number apart at the last hyphen in the string "
5347 "(if there is one) to determine the I<upstream-version> and I<debian-"
5348 "revision>. The absence of a I<debian-revision> compares earlier than the "
5349 "presence of one (but note that the I<debian-revision> is the least "
5350 "significant part of the version number)."
5355 msgid "Sorting algorithm"
5361 "The I<upstream-version> and I<debian-revision> parts are compared by the "
5362 "package management system using the same algorithm:"
5367 msgid "The strings are compared from left to right."
5373 "First the initial part of each string consisting entirely of non-digit "
5374 "characters is determined. These two parts (one of which may be empty) are "
5375 "compared lexically. If a difference is found it is returned. The lexical "
5376 "comparison is a comparison of ASCII values modified so that all the letters "
5377 "sort earlier than all the non-letters and so that a tilde sorts before "
5378 "anything, even the end of a part. For example, the following parts are in "
5379 "sorted order: ‘~~’, ‘~~a’, ‘~’, the empty part, ‘a’."
5385 "Then the initial part of the remainder of each string which consists "
5386 "entirely of digit characters is determined. The numerical values of these "
5387 "two parts are compared, and any difference found is returned as the result "
5388 "of the comparison. For these purposes an empty string (which can only occur "
5389 "at the end of one or both version strings being compared) counts as zero."
5395 "These two steps (comparing and removing initial non-digit strings and "
5396 "initial digit strings) are repeated until a difference is found or both "
5397 "strings are exhausted."
5403 "Note that the purpose of epochs is to allow us to leave behind mistakes in "
5404 "version numbering, and to cope with situations where the version numbering "
5405 "scheme changes. It is B<not> intended to cope with version numbers "
5406 "containing strings of letters which the package management system cannot "
5407 "interpret (such as ‘ALPHA’ or ‘pre-’), or with silly orderings."
5413 "The tilde character and its special sorting properties were introduced in "
5414 "dpkg 1.10 and some parts of the dpkg build scripts only gained support for "
5415 "it later in the 1.10.x series."
5421 msgid "B<deb-control>(5), B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1)"
5423 "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
5428 msgid "deb - Debian binary package format"
5434 "The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. It is "
5435 "understood since dpkg 0.93.76, and is generated by default since dpkg 1.2.0 "
5436 "and 1.1.1elf (i386/ELF builds)."
5442 "The format described here is used since Debian 0.93; details of the old "
5443 "format are described in B<deb-old>(5)."
5449 "The file is an B<ar> archive with a magic value of B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>. Only "
5450 "the common B<ar> archive format is supported, with no long file name "
5451 "extensions, but with file names containing an optional trailing slash, which "
5452 "limits their length to 15 characters (from the 16 allowed). File sizes are "
5453 "limited to 10 ASCII decimal digits, allowing for up to approximately 9536.74 "
5460 "The B<tar> archives currently allowed are, the old-style (v7) format, the "
5461 "pre-POSIX ustar format, a subset of the GNU format (new style long pathnames "
5462 "and long linknames, supported since dpkg 1.4.1.17; large file metadata since "
5463 "dpkg 1.18.24), and the POSIX ustar format (long names supported since dpkg "
5464 "1.15.0). Unrecognized tar typeflags are considered an error. Each tar "
5465 "entry size inside a tar archive is limited to 11 ASCII octal digits, "
5466 "allowing for up to 8 GiB tar entries. The GNU large file metadata support "
5467 "permits 95-bit tar entry sizes and negative timestamps, and 63-bit UID, GID "
5468 "and device numbers."
5474 "The first member is named B<debian-binary> and contains a series of lines, "
5475 "separated by newlines. Currently only one line is present, the format "
5476 "version number, B<2.0> at the time this manual page was written. Programs "
5477 "which read new-format archives should be prepared for the minor number to be "
5478 "increased and new lines to be present, and should ignore these if this is "
5485 "If the major number has changed, an incompatible change has been made and "
5486 "the program should stop. If it has not, then the program should be able to "
5487 "safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member in the archive "
5488 "(except at the end), as described below."
5494 "The second required member is named B<control.tar>. It is a tar archive "
5495 "containing the package control information, either not compressed (supported "
5496 "since dpkg 1.17.6), or compressed with gzip (with B<.gz> extension) or xz "
5497 "(with B<.xz> extension, supported since 1.17.6), zstd (with B<.zst> "
5498 "extension, supported since dpkg 1.21.18), as a series of plain files, of "
5499 "which the file B<control> is mandatory and contains the core control "
5500 "information, the B<md5sums>, B<conffiles>, B<triggers>, B<shlibs> and "
5501 "B<symbols> files contain optional control information, and the B<preinst>, "
5502 "B<postinst>, B<prerm> and B<postrm> files are optional maintainer scripts. "
5503 "The control tarball may optionally contain an entry for ‘B<.>’, the current "
5510 "The third, last required member is named B<data.tar>. It contains the "
5511 "filesystem as a tar archive, either not compressed (supported since dpkg "
5512 "1.10.24), or compressed with gzip (with B<.gz> extension), xz (with B<.xz> "
5513 "extension, supported since dpkg 1.15.6), zstd (with B<.zst> extension, "
5514 "supported since dpkg 1.21.18), bzip2 (with B<.bz2> extension, supported "
5515 "since dpkg 1.10.24) or lzma (with B<.lzma> extension, supported since dpkg "
5522 "These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations should "
5523 "ignore any additional members after B<data.tar>. Further members may be "
5524 "defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these three. "
5525 "Any additional members that may need to be inserted after B<debian-binary> "
5526 "and before B<control.tar> or B<data.tar> and which should be safely ignored "
5527 "by older programs, will have names starting with an underscore, ‘B<_>’."
5533 "Those new members which won't be able to be safely ignored will be inserted "
5534 "before B<data.tar> with names starting with something other than "
5535 "underscores, or will (more likely) cause the major version number to be "
5551 msgid "application/vnd.debian.binary-package"
5561 msgid "application/x-debian-package"
5566 msgid "application/x-deb"
5572 "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5), B<deb-conffiles>(5), B<deb-"
5573 "md5sums>(5), B<deb-triggers>(5), B<deb-shlibs>(5), B<deb-symbols>(5), B<deb-"
5574 "preinst>(5), B<deb-postinst>(5), B<deb-prerm>(5), B<deb-postrm>(5)."
5579 msgid "deb822 - Debian RFC822 control data format"
5585 "The package management system manipulates data represented in a common "
5586 "format, known as I<control data>, stored in I<control files>. Control files "
5587 "are used for source packages, binary packages and the B<.changes> files "
5588 "which control the installation of uploaded files (B<dpkg>'s internal "
5589 "databases are in a similar format)."
5600 "A control file consists of one or more stanzas of fields (the stanzas "
5601 "sometimes used to be referred to as paragraphs). The stanzas are separated "
5602 "by empty lines. Parsers may accept lines consisting solely of U+0020 "
5603 "B<SPACE> and U+0009 B<TAB> as stanza separators, but control files should "
5604 "use empty lines. Some control files allow only one stanza; others allow "
5605 "several, in which case each stanza usually refers to a different package. "
5606 "(For example, in source packages, the first stanza refers to the source "
5607 "package, and later stanzas refer to binary packages generated from the "
5608 "source.) The ordering of the stanzas in control files is significant."
5614 "Each stanza consists of a series of data fields. Each field consists of the "
5615 "field name followed by a colon (U+003A ‘B<:>’), and then the data/value "
5616 "associated with that field. The field name is composed of US-ASCII "
5617 "characters excluding control characters, space, and colon (i.e., characters "
5618 "in the ranges U+0021 ‘B<!>’ through U+0039 ‘B<9>’, and U+003B ‘B<;>’ through "
5619 "U+007E ‘B<~>’, inclusive). Field names must not begin with the comment "
5620 "character (U+0023 ‘B<#>’), nor with the hyphen character (U+002D ‘B<->’)."
5626 "The field ends at the end of the line or at the end of the last continuation "
5627 "line (see below). Horizontal whitespace (U+0020 B<SPACE> and U+0009 B<TAB>) "
5628 "may occur immediately before or after the value and is ignored there; it is "
5629 "conventional to put a single space after the colon. For example, a field "
5643 msgid "the field name is B<Package> and the field value B<dpkg>."
5649 "Empty field values are only permitted in source package control files "
5650 "(I<debian/control>). Such fields are ignored."
5656 "A stanza must not contain more than one instance of a particular field name."
5661 msgid "There are three types of fields:"
5672 "The field, including its value, must be a single line. Folding of the field "
5673 "is not permitted. This is the default field type if the definition of the "
5674 "field does not specify a different type."
5685 "The value of a folded field is a logical line that may span several lines. "
5686 "The lines after the first are called continuation lines and must start with "
5687 "a U+0020 B<SPACE> or a U+0009 B<TAB>. Whitespace, including any newlines, "
5688 "is not significant in the field values of folded fields."
5694 "This folding method is similar to RFC5322, allowing control files that "
5695 "contain only one stanza and no multiline fields to be read by parsers "
5696 "written for RFC5322."
5702 #| msgid "B<half-configured>"
5703 msgid "B<multiline>"
5704 msgstr "B<half-configured>"
5709 "The value of a multiline field may comprise multiple continuation lines. "
5710 "The first line of the value, the part on the same line as the field name, "
5711 "often has special significance or may have to be empty. Other lines are "
5712 "added following the same syntax as the continuation lines of the folded "
5713 "fields. Whitespace, including newlines, is significant in the values of "
5720 "Whitespace must not appear inside names (of packages, architectures, files "
5721 "or anything else) or version numbers, or between the characters of multi-"
5722 "character version relationships."
5728 "The presence and purpose of a field, and the syntax of its value may differ "
5729 "between types of control files."
5735 "Field names are not case-sensitive, but it is usual to capitalize the field "
5736 "names using mixed case as shown below. Field values are case-sensitive "
5737 "unless the description of the field says otherwise."
5743 "Stanza separators (empty lines) and lines consisting only of U+0020 B<SPACE> "
5744 "and U+0009 B<TAB>, are not allowed within field values or between fields. "
5745 "Empty lines in field values are usually escaped by representing them by a "
5746 "U+0020 B<SPACE> followed by a dot (U+002E ‘B<.>’)."
5752 "Lines starting with U+0023 ‘B<#>’, without any preceding whitespace are "
5753 "comments lines that are only permitted in source package control files "
5754 "(I<debian/control>) and in B<deb-origin>(5) files. These comment lines are "
5755 "ignored, even between two continuation lines. They do not end logical lines."
5760 msgid "All control files must be encoded in UTF-8."
5765 msgid "B<RFC822>, B<RFC5322>."
5769 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5771 "dpkg-architecture - set and determine the architecture for package building"
5775 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5777 msgid "B<dpkg-architecture> [I<option>...] [I<command>]"
5778 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
5781 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5783 "B<dpkg-architecture> provides a facility to determine and set the build and "
5784 "host architecture for package building."
5788 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5790 "The build architecture is always determined by either the B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH> "
5791 "variable if set (and B<--force> not being specified) or by an external call "
5792 "to B<dpkg>(1), and cannot be set at the command line."
5796 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5798 "You can specify the host architecture by providing one or both of the "
5799 "options B<--host-arch> and B<--host-type>, otherwise the B<DEB_HOST_ARCH> "
5800 "variable is used if set (and B<--force> not being specified). The default is "
5801 "determined by an external call to B<gcc>(1), or the same as the build "
5802 "architecture if B<CC> or gcc are both not available. One out of B<--host-"
5803 "arch> and B<--host-type> is sufficient, the value of the other will be set "
5804 "to a usable default. Indeed, it is often better to only specify one, because "
5805 "B<dpkg-architecture> will warn you if your choice does not match the default."
5809 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod
5810 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
5811 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg-vendor.pod dselect.pod start-stop-daemon.pod
5812 #: update-alternatives.pod
5817 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5819 msgid "B<-l>, B<--list>"
5820 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
5823 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5825 "Print the environment variables, one each line, in the format "
5826 "I<VARIABLE=value>. This is the default action."
5830 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5832 msgid "B<-e>, B<--equal> I<architecture>"
5833 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
5836 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5838 "Check for equality of architecture (since dpkg 1.13.13). It compares the "
5839 "current or specified Debian host architecture against I<architecture>, to "
5840 "check if they are equal. This action will not expand the architecture "
5841 "wildcards. Command finishes with an exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not "
5846 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5848 msgid "B<-i>, B<--is> I<architecture-wildcard>"
5849 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
5852 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5854 "Check for identity of architecture (since dpkg 1.13.13). It compares the "
5855 "current or specified Debian host architecture against I<architecture-"
5856 "wildcard> after having expanded it as an architecture wildcard, to check if "
5857 "they match. Command finishes with an exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not "
5862 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5864 msgid "B<-q>, B<--query> I<variable-name>"
5865 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
5868 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5869 msgid "Print the value of a single variable."
5873 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5875 msgid "B<-s>, B<--print-set>"
5879 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5881 "Print an export command. This can be used to set the environment variables "
5882 "using the POSIX shell or make B<eval>, depending on the output format."
5886 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5888 msgid "B<-u>, B<--print-unset>"
5892 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5893 msgid "Print a similar command to B<--print-set> but to unset all variables."
5897 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5899 msgid "B<-c>, B<--command> I<command-string>"
5900 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
5903 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5905 "Execute a I<command-string> in an environment which has all variables set to "
5906 "the determined value."
5910 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5912 msgid "B<-L>, B<--list-known>"
5913 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
5916 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5918 "Print a list of valid architecture names. Possibly restricted by one or "
5919 "more of the matching options B<--match-wildcard>, B<--match-bits> or B<--"
5920 "match-endian> (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
5924 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
5925 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
5926 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
5927 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod
5928 #: dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod
5929 #: dpkg-split.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
5931 msgid "B<-?>, B<--help>"
5935 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
5936 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod
5937 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
5938 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
5939 #: dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod
5940 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-split.pod
5941 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg-vendor.pod
5942 #: update-alternatives.pod
5943 msgid "Show the usage message and exit."
5947 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
5948 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod
5949 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
5950 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
5951 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod
5952 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
5953 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
5954 #: dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod update-alternatives.pod
5956 msgid "B<--version>"
5957 msgstr "B<--version>"
5960 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
5961 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod
5962 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
5963 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
5964 #: dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod
5965 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
5966 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
5967 #: dpkg-vendor.pod update-alternatives.pod
5968 msgid "Show the version and exit."
5972 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
5973 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
5974 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
5975 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod
5976 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod
5977 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
5978 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
5979 #: dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod start-stop-daemon.pod
5980 #: update-alternatives.pod
5985 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
5987 msgid "B<-a>, B<--host-arch> I<architecture>"
5988 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
5991 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5993 msgid "Set the host Debian architecture."
5994 msgstr "Projeto Debian"
5997 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
5999 msgid "B<-t>, B<--host-type> I<gnu-system-type>"
6003 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6004 msgid "Set the host GNU system type."
6008 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6010 msgid "B<-A>, B<--target-arch> I<architecture>"
6011 msgstr "B<--auto> I<ligação>"
6014 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6016 msgid "Set the target Debian architecture (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6017 msgstr "Projeto Debian"
6020 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6022 msgid "B<-T>, B<--target-type> I<gnu-system-type>"
6023 msgstr "B<--version>"
6026 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6027 msgid "Set the target GNU system type (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6031 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6033 msgid "B<-W>, B<--match-wildcard> I<architecture-wildcard>"
6034 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
6037 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6039 "Restrict the architectures listed by B<--list-known> to ones matching the "
6040 "specified architecture wildcard (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6044 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6046 msgid "B<-B>, B<--match-bits> I<architecture-bits>"
6047 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
6050 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6052 "Restrict the architectures listed by B<--list-known> to ones with the "
6053 "specified CPU bits (since dpkg 1.17.14). Either B<32> or B<64>."
6057 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6059 msgid "B<-E>, B<--match-endian> I<architecture-endianness>"
6060 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
6063 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6065 "Restrict the architectures listed by B<--list-known> to ones with the "
6066 "specified endianness (since dpkg 1.17.14). Either B<little> or B<big>."
6070 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6072 msgid "B<--print-format> I<format>"
6073 msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
6076 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6078 "Sets the output format for B<--print-set> and B<--print-unset> (since dpkg "
6079 "1.20.6), to either B<shell> (default) or B<make>."
6083 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6085 msgid "B<-f>, B<--force>"
6086 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
6089 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6091 "Values set by existing environment variables with the same name as used by "
6092 "the scripts are honored (i.e. used by B<dpkg-architecture>), except if this "
6093 "force flag is present. This allows the user to override a value even when "
6094 "the call to B<dpkg-architecture> is buried in some other script (for example "
6095 "B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1))."
6099 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6104 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6105 msgid "build machine"
6109 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6110 msgid "The machine the package is built on."
6114 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6115 msgid "host machine"
6119 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6120 msgid "The machine the package is built for."
6124 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6125 msgid "target machine"
6129 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6131 "The machine the compiler is building for, or the emulator will run code "
6132 "for. This is only needed when building a cross-toolchain (or emulator), one "
6133 "that will be built on the build architecture, to be run on the host "
6134 "architecture, and to build (or run emulated) code for the target "
6139 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6141 msgid "Debian architecture"
6142 msgstr "Projeto Debian"
6145 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6147 "The Debian architecture string, which specifies the binary tree in the FTP "
6148 "archive. Examples: i386, sparc, hurd-i386."
6152 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6154 msgid "Debian architecture tuple"
6155 msgstr "Projeto Debian"
6158 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6160 "A Debian architecture tuple is the fully qualified architecture with all its "
6161 "components spelled out. This differs with Debian architectures in that at "
6162 "least the I<cpu> component does not embed the I<abi>. The current tuple has "
6163 "the form I<abi>-I<libc>-I<os>-I<cpu>. Examples: base-gnu-linux-amd64, "
6164 "eabihf-musl-linux-arm."
6168 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6170 msgid "Debian architecture wildcard"
6171 msgstr "Projeto Debian"
6174 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6176 "A Debian architecture wildcard is a special architecture string that will "
6177 "match any real architecture being part of it. The general form is a Debian "
6178 "architecture tuple with four or less elements, and with at least one of them "
6179 "being B<any>. Missing elements of the tuple are prefixed implicitly as "
6180 "B<any>, and thus the following pairs are equivalent:"
6184 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6185 msgid "B<any>-B<any>-B<any>-B<any> = B<any>"
6189 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6190 msgid "B<any>-B<any>-I<os>-B<any> = I<os>-B<any>"
6194 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6195 msgid "B<any>-I<libc>-B<any>-B<any> = I<libc>-B<any>-B<any>"
6199 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6201 "Examples: linux-any, any-i386, hurd-any, eabi-any-any-arm, musl-any-any."
6205 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6206 msgid "GNU system type"
6210 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6212 "An architecture specification string consisting of two parts separated by a "
6213 "hyphen: cpu and system. Examples: i586-linux-gnu, sparc-linux-gnu, i686-"
6214 "gnu, x86_64-netbsd."
6218 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6219 msgid "multiarch triplet"
6223 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6225 "The clarified GNU system type, used for filesystem paths. This triplet does "
6226 "not change even when the baseline ISA gets bumped, so that the resulting "
6227 "paths are stable over time. The only current difference with the GNU system "
6228 "type is that the CPU part for i386 based systems is always i386. Examples: "
6229 "i386-linux-gnu, x86_64-linux-gnu. Example paths: /lib/powerpc64le-linux-"
6230 "gnu/, /usr/lib/i386-kfreebsd-gnu/."
6234 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6237 msgstr "VARIÁVEIS DE AMBIENTE"
6240 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6242 "The following variables are read from the environment (unless B<--force> has "
6243 "been specified) and set by B<dpkg-architecture> (see the B<TERMS> section "
6244 "for a description of the naming scheme):"
6248 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6249 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH>"
6253 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6254 msgid "The Debian architecture of the build machine."
6258 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6260 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6261 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_ABI>"
6262 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6265 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6267 msgid "The Debian ABI name of the build machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
6268 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
6271 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6273 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6274 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_LIBC>"
6275 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6278 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6280 msgid "The Debian libc name of the build machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
6281 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
6284 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6285 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS>"
6289 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6290 msgid "The Debian system name of the build machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)."
6294 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6295 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU>"
6299 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6301 msgid "The Debian CPU name of the build machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)."
6302 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
6305 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6306 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_BITS>"
6310 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6311 msgid "The pointer size of the build machine (in bits; since dpkg 1.15.4)."
6315 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6316 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_ENDIAN>"
6320 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6321 msgid "The endianness of the build machine (little / big; since dpkg 1.15.4)."
6325 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6326 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU>"
6330 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6331 msgid "The GNU CPU part of B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE>."
6335 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6336 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM>"
6340 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6341 msgid "The GNU system part of B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE>."
6345 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6346 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE>"
6350 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6351 msgid "The GNU system type of the build machine."
6355 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6356 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_MULTIARCH>"
6360 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6362 "The clarified GNU system type of the build machine, used for filesystem "
6363 "paths (since dpkg 1.16.0)."
6367 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6369 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6370 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH>"
6371 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6374 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6375 msgid "The Debian architecture of the host machine."
6379 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6381 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6382 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_ABI>"
6383 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6386 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6388 msgid "The Debian ABI name of the host machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
6389 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
6392 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6394 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6395 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_LIBC>"
6396 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6399 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6401 msgid "The Debian libc name of the host machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
6402 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
6405 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6406 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS>"
6410 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6411 msgid "The Debian system name of the host machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)."
6415 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6416 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU>"
6420 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6422 msgid "The Debian CPU name of the host machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)."
6423 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
6426 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6427 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_BITS>"
6431 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6432 msgid "The pointer size of the host machine (in bits; since dpkg 1.15.4)."
6436 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6437 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_ENDIAN>"
6441 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6442 msgid "The endianness of the host machine (little / big; since dpkg 1.15.4)."
6446 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6447 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU>"
6451 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6452 msgid "The GNU CPU part of B<DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE>."
6456 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6457 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM>"
6461 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6462 msgid "The GNU system part of B<DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE>."
6466 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6467 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE>"
6471 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6472 msgid "The GNU system type of the host machine."
6476 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6477 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_MULTIARCH>"
6481 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6483 "The clarified GNU system type of the host machine, used for filesystem paths "
6484 "(since dpkg 1.16.0)."
6488 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6490 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6491 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH>"
6492 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6495 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6496 msgid "The Debian architecture of the target machine (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6500 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6502 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6503 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_ABI>"
6504 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6507 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6509 msgid "The Debian ABI name of the target machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
6510 msgstr "Projeto Debian"
6513 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6515 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6516 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_LIBC>"
6517 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6520 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6522 msgid "The Debian libc name of the target machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
6523 msgstr "Projeto Debian"
6526 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6528 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6529 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_OS>"
6530 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6533 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6534 msgid "The Debian system name of the target machine (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6538 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6540 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6541 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_CPU>"
6542 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6545 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6547 msgid "The Debian CPU name of the target machine (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6548 msgstr "Projeto Debian"
6551 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6553 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6554 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_BITS>"
6555 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6558 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6559 msgid "The pointer size of the target machine (in bits; since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6563 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6565 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6566 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_ENDIAN>"
6567 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6570 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6572 "The endianness of the target machine (little / big; since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6576 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6577 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_CPU>"
6581 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6582 msgid "The GNU CPU part of B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_TYPE> (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6586 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6587 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_SYSTEM>"
6591 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6592 msgid "The GNU system part of B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_TYPE> (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6596 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6597 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_TYPE>"
6601 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6602 msgid "The GNU system type of the target machine (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6606 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6608 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6609 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_MULTIARCH>"
6610 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6613 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6615 "The clarified GNU system type of the target machine, used for filesystem "
6616 "paths (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6620 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6622 msgid "Architecture tables"
6623 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
6626 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6628 "All these files have to be present for B<dpkg-architecture> to work. Their "
6629 "location can be overridden at runtime with the environment variable "
6630 "B<DPKG_DATADIR>. These tables contain a format B<Version> pseudo-field on "
6631 "their first line to mark their format, so that parsers can check if they "
6632 "understand it, such as \"# Version=1.0\"."
6636 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6638 msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/cputable>"
6639 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
6642 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6644 "Table of known CPU names and mapping to their GNU name. Format version 1.0 "
6645 "(since dpkg 1.13.2)."
6649 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6651 msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/ostable>"
6652 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
6655 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6657 "Table of known operating system names and mapping to their GNU name. Format "
6658 "version 2.0 (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
6662 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6664 msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/tupletable>"
6665 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
6668 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6670 "Mapping between Debian architecture tuples and Debian architecture names. "
6671 "Format version 1.0 (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
6675 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6677 msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/abitable>"
6678 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
6681 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6683 "Table of Debian architecture ABI attribute overrides. Format version 2.0 "
6684 "(since dpkg 1.18.11)."
6688 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod
6689 msgid "Packaging support"
6693 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6695 msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/architecture.mk>"
6696 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
6699 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6701 "Makefile snippet that properly sets and exports all the variables that "
6702 "B<dpkg-architecture> outputs (since dpkg 1.16.1)."
6706 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6708 "B<dpkg-buildpackage> accepts the B<-a> option and passes it to B<dpkg-"
6709 "architecture>. Other examples:"
6713 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6716 " CC=i386-gnu-gcc dpkg-architecture -c debian/rules build\n"
6721 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6724 " eval $(dpkg-architecture -u)\n"
6726 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
6729 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6731 "Check if the current or specified host architecture is equal to an "
6736 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6739 " dpkg-architecture -elinux-alpha\n"
6741 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
6744 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6747 " dpkg-architecture -amips -elinux-mips\n"
6749 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
6752 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6753 msgid "Check if the current or specified host architecture is a Linux system:"
6757 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6760 " dpkg-architecture -ilinux-any\n"
6762 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
6765 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6768 " dpkg-architecture -ai386 -ilinux-any\n"
6770 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
6773 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod
6774 msgid "Usage in debian/rules"
6778 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6780 "The environment variables set by B<dpkg-architecture> are passed to I<debian/"
6781 "rules> as make variables (see make documentation). However, you should not "
6782 "rely on them, as this breaks manual invocation of the script. Instead, you "
6783 "should always initialize them using B<dpkg-architecture> with the B<-q> "
6784 "option. Here are some examples, which also show how you can improve the "
6785 "cross compilation support in your package:"
6789 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6790 msgid "Retrieving the GNU system type and forwarding it to ./configure:"
6794 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6797 " DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE ?= $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE)\n"
6798 " DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE ?= $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n"
6800 " ifeq ($(DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE), $(DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE))\n"
6801 " confflags += --build=$(DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n"
6803 " confflags += --build=$(DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE) \\\n"
6804 " --host=$(DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n"
6807 " ./configure $(confflags)\n"
6812 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6813 msgid "Doing something only for a specific architecture:"
6817 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6820 " DEB_HOST_ARCH ?= $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH)\n"
6825 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6828 " ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH),alpha)\n"
6835 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6837 "or if you only need to check the CPU or OS type, use the "
6838 "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU> or B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS> variables."
6842 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6844 "Note that you can also rely on an external Makefile snippet to properly set "
6845 "all the variables that B<dpkg-architecture> can provide:"
6849 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6852 " include %PKGDATADIR%/architecture.mk\n"
6854 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
6857 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6859 "In any case, you should never use B<dpkg --print-architecture> to get "
6860 "architecture information during a package build."
6864 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
6865 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod
6866 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
6867 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
6868 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
6869 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod
6870 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
6871 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
6872 #: update-alternatives.pod
6875 msgstr "VARIÁVEIS DE AMBIENTE"
6878 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6880 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6881 msgid "B<DPKG_DATADIR>"
6882 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6885 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6887 "If set, it will be used as the B<dpkg> data directory, where the "
6888 "architecture tables are located (since dpkg 1.14.17). Defaults to "
6893 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
6894 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod
6895 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
6896 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
6897 #: dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod
6898 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
6899 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
6900 #: dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.pod
6902 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
6903 msgid "B<DPKG_COLORS>"
6904 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
6907 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
6908 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod
6909 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
6910 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod
6911 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-scanpackages.pod
6912 #: dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod
6913 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.pod
6915 "Sets the color mode (since dpkg 1.18.5). The currently accepted values are: "
6916 "B<auto> (default), B<always> and B<never>."
6920 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
6921 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
6922 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod
6923 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
6924 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
6925 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-vendor.pod
6927 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
6929 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
6932 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
6933 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
6934 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod
6935 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
6936 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
6937 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-vendor.pod
6939 "If set, it will be used to decide whether to activate Native Language "
6940 "Support, also known as internationalization (or i18n) support (since dpkg "
6941 "1.19.0). The accepted values are: B<0> and B<1> (default)."
6945 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6946 msgid "All long command and option names available only since dpkg 1.17.17."
6950 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6952 msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1)."
6953 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
6956 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
6957 msgid "dpkg-buildflags - returns build flags to use during package build"
6961 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
6963 msgid "B<dpkg-buildflags> [I<option>...] [I<command>]"
6964 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
6967 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
6969 "B<dpkg-buildflags> is a tool to retrieve compilation flags to use during "
6970 "build of Debian packages."
6974 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
6976 "The default flags are defined by the vendor but they can be extended/"
6977 "overridden in several ways:"
6981 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
6986 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
6987 msgid "system-wide with B<%PKGCONFDIR%/buildflags.conf>;"
6991 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
6997 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
6999 "for the current user with B<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/dpkg/buildflags.conf> where "
7000 "B<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME> defaults to B<$HOME/.config>;"
7004 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7009 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7011 "temporarily by the user with environment variables (see section "
7016 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7021 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7023 "dynamically by the package maintainer with environment variables set via "
7024 "B<debian/rules> (see section B<ENVIRONMENT>)."
7028 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7029 msgid "The configuration files can contain four types of directives:"
7033 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7035 msgid "B<SET> I<flag> I<value>"
7036 msgstr "B<-D>I<octal> B<| --debug=>I<octal>"
7039 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7040 msgid "Override the flag named I<flag> to have the value I<value>."
7044 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7046 msgid "B<STRIP> I<flag> I<value>"
7047 msgstr "B<-D>I<octal> B<| --debug=>I<octal>"
7050 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7052 "Strip from the flag named I<flag> all the build flags listed in I<value>."
7056 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7058 msgid "B<APPEND> I<flag> I<value>"
7059 msgstr "B<-D>I<octal> B<| --debug=>I<octal>"
7062 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7064 "Extend the flag named I<flag> by appending the options given in I<value>. A "
7065 "space is prepended to the appended value if the flag's current value is non-"
7070 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7072 msgid "B<PREPEND> I<flag> I<value>"
7073 msgstr "B<-D>I<octal> B<| --debug=>I<octal>"
7076 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7078 "Extend the flag named I<flag> by prepending the options given in I<value>. "
7079 "A space is appended to the prepended value if the flag's current value is "
7084 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7086 "The configuration files can contain comments on lines starting with a hash "
7087 "(#). Empty lines are also ignored."
7091 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7094 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
7097 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7099 "Print to standard output all compilation flags and their values. It prints "
7100 "one flag per line separated from its value by an equal sign "
7101 "(“I<flag>=I<value>”). This is the default action."
7105 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7111 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7113 "Print the list of flags supported by the current vendor (one per line). See "
7114 "the B<SUPPORTED FLAGS> section for more information about them."
7118 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7121 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
7124 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7126 "Display any information that can be useful to explain the behaviour of "
7127 "B<dpkg-buildflags> (since dpkg 1.16.5): relevant environment variables, "
7128 "current vendor, state of all feature flags. Also print the resulting "
7129 "compiler flags with their origin."
7133 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7135 "This is intended to be run from B<debian/rules>, so that the build log keeps "
7136 "a clear trace of the build flags used. This can be useful to diagnose "
7137 "problems related to them."
7141 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7143 msgid "B<--export=>I<format>"
7144 msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
7147 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7149 "Print to standard output commands that can be used to export all the "
7150 "compilation flags for some particular tool. If the I<format> value is not "
7151 "given, B<sh> is assumed. Only compilation flags starting with an upper case "
7152 "character are included, others are assumed to not be suitable for the "
7153 "environment. Supported formats:"
7157 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7162 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7164 "Shell commands to set and export all the compilation flags in the "
7165 "environment. The flag values are quoted so the output is ready for "
7166 "evaluation by a shell."
7170 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7175 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7177 "Arguments to pass to a build program's command line to use all the "
7178 "compilation flags (since dpkg 1.17.0). The flag values are quoted in shell "
7183 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7185 #| msgid "B<half-configured>"
7186 msgid "B<configure>"
7187 msgstr "B<half-configured>"
7190 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7191 msgid "This is a legacy alias for B<cmdline>."
7195 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7200 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7202 "Make directives to set and export all the compilation flags in the "
7203 "environment. Output can be written to a Makefile fragment and evaluated "
7204 "using an B<include> directive."
7208 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7210 msgid "B<--get> I<flag>"
7211 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
7214 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7216 "Print the value of the flag on standard output. Exits with 0 if the flag is "
7217 "known otherwise exits with 1."
7221 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7223 msgid "B<--origin> I<flag>"
7224 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
7227 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7229 "Print the origin of the value that is returned by B<--get>. Exits with 0 if "
7230 "the flag is known otherwise exits with 1. The origin can be one of the "
7235 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7238 msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
7241 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7242 msgid "the original flag set by the vendor is returned;"
7246 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7252 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7253 msgid "the flag is set/modified by a system-wide configuration;"
7257 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7263 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7264 msgid "the flag is set/modified by a user-specific configuration;"
7268 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7274 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7275 msgid "the flag is set/modified by an environment-specific configuration."
7279 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7285 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7287 "Print any information that can be useful to explain the behaviour of the "
7288 "program: current vendor, relevant environment variables, feature areas, "
7289 "state of all feature flags, whether a feature is handled as a builtin "
7290 "default by the compiler (since dpkg 1.21.14), and the compiler flags with "
7291 "their origin (since dpkg 1.19.0)."
7295 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7296 msgid "For example:"
7300 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7305 " DEB_CFLAGS_SET=-O0 -Wall\n"
7310 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7322 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7325 " Area: hardening\n"
7334 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7337 " Area: reproducible\n"
7345 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7349 " Value: -O0 -Wall\n"
7355 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7359 " Value: -D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2\n"
7365 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7367 msgid "B<--query-features> I<area>"
7368 msgstr "B<--auto> I<ligação>"
7371 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7373 "Print the features enabled for a given area (since dpkg 1.16.2). If the "
7374 "feature is handled (even if only on some architectures) as a builtin default "
7375 "by the compiler, then a B<Builtin> field is printed (since dpkg 1.21.14). "
7376 "The only currently recognized areas on Debian and derivatives are B<future>, "
7377 "B<qa>, B<reproducible>, B<sanitize> and B<hardening>, see the B<FEATURE "
7378 "AREAS> section for more details. Exits with 0 if the area is known "
7379 "otherwise exits with 1."
7383 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7385 "The output is in RFC822 format, with one section per feature. For example:"
7389 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7399 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7402 " Feature: stackprotector\n"
7408 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-scansources.pod
7409 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-vendor.pod update-alternatives.pod
7415 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7416 msgid "SUPPORTED FLAGS"
7420 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7426 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7427 msgid "Options for the assembler. Default value: empty. Since dpkg 1.21.0."
7431 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7437 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7439 "Options for the C compiler. The default value set by the vendor includes B<-"
7440 "g> and the default optimization level (B<-O2> usually, or B<-O0> if the "
7441 "B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> environment variable defines I<noopt>)."
7445 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7450 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7451 msgid "Options for the C preprocessor. Default value: empty."
7455 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7460 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7461 msgid "Options for the C++ compiler. Same as B<CFLAGS>."
7465 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7467 msgid "B<OBJCFLAGS>"
7471 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7472 msgid "Options for the Objective C compiler. Same as B<CFLAGS>."
7476 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7478 msgid "B<OBJCXXFLAGS>"
7482 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7483 msgid "Options for the Objective C++ compiler. Same as B<CXXFLAGS>."
7487 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7493 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7494 msgid "Options for the GNU Java compiler (gcj). A subset of B<CFLAGS>."
7498 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7504 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7505 msgid "Options for the D compiler (ldc or gdc). Since dpkg 1.20.6."
7509 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7514 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7515 msgid "Options for the Fortran 77 compiler. A subset of B<CFLAGS>."
7519 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7525 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7526 msgid "Options for the Fortran 9x compiler. Same as B<FFLAGS>."
7530 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7535 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7537 "Options passed to the compiler when linking executables or shared objects "
7538 "(if the linker is called directly, then B<-Wl> and B<,> have to be stripped "
7539 "from these options). Default value: empty."
7543 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7545 "New flags might be added in the future if the need arises (for example to "
7546 "support other languages)."
7550 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7551 msgid "FEATURE AREAS"
7555 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7557 "Each area feature can be enabled and disabled in the B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> "
7558 "and B<DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS> environment variable's area value with the "
7559 "‘B<+>’ and ‘B<->’ modifier. For example, to enable the B<hardening> “pie” "
7560 "feature and disable the “fortify” feature you can do this in B<debian/rules>:"
7564 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7567 " export DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS=hardening=+pie,-fortify\n"
7572 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7574 "The special feature B<all> (valid in any area) can be used to enable or "
7575 "disable all area features at the same time. Thus disabling everything in "
7576 "the B<hardening> area and enabling only “format” and “fortify” can be "
7581 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7584 " export DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS=hardening=-all,+format,+fortify\n"
7589 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7594 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7596 "Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to enable features "
7597 "that should be enabled by default, but cannot due to backwards compatibility "
7602 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7607 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7609 "This setting (disabled by default) enables Large File Support on 32-bit "
7610 "architectures where their ABI does not include LFS by default, by adding B<-"
7611 "D_LARGEFILE_SOURCE -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64> to B<CPPFLAGS>."
7615 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7620 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7622 "Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to help detect "
7623 "problems in the source code or build system."
7627 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7630 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
7633 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7635 "This setting (disabled by default) adds any warning option that reliably "
7636 "detects problematic source code. The warnings are fatal. The only currently "
7637 "supported flags are B<CFLAGS> and B<CXXFLAGS> with flags set to B<-"
7638 "Werror=array-bounds>, B<-Werror=clobbered>, B<-Werror=implicit-function-"
7639 "declaration> and B<-Werror=volatile-register-var>."
7643 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7648 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7650 "This setting (disabled by default) adds dummy canary options to the build "
7651 "flags, so that the build logs can be checked for how the build flags "
7652 "propagate and to allow finding any omission of normal build flag settings. "
7653 "The only currently supported flags are B<CPPFLAGS>, B<CFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, "
7654 "B<CXXFLAGS> and B<OBJCXXFLAGS> with flags set to B<-"
7655 "D__DEB_CANARY_>I<flag>_I<random-id>B<__>, and B<LDFLAGS> set to B<-Wl,-z,deb-"
7656 "canary->I<random-id>."
7660 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7665 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7667 "Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to help optimize a "
7668 "resulting binary (since dpkg 1.21.0). B<Note>: enabling B<all> these "
7669 "options can result in unreproducible binary artifacts."
7673 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7678 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7680 "This setting (since dpkg 1.21.0; disabled by default) enables Link Time "
7681 "Optimization by adding B<-flto=auto -ffat-lto-objects> to B<CFLAGS>, "
7682 "B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<GCJFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS>, "
7683 "B<FCFLAGS> and B<LDFLAGS>."
7687 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7692 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7694 "Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to help sanitize a "
7695 "resulting binary against memory corruptions, memory leaks, use after free, "
7696 "threading data races and undefined behavior bugs. B<Note>: these options "
7697 "should B<not> be used for production builds as they can reduce reliability "
7698 "for conformant code, reduce security or even functionality."
7702 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7707 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7709 "This setting (disabled by default) adds B<-fsanitize=address> to B<LDFLAGS> "
7710 "and B<-fsanitize=address -fno-omit-frame-pointer> to B<CFLAGS> and "
7715 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7718 msgstr "B<installed>"
7721 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7723 "This setting (disabled by default) adds B<-fsanitize=thread> to B<CFLAGS>, "
7724 "B<CXXFLAGS> and B<LDFLAGS>."
7728 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7733 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7735 "This setting (disabled by default) adds B<-fsanitize=leak> to B<LDFLAGS>. It "
7736 "gets automatically disabled if either the B<address> or the B<thread> "
7737 "features are enabled, as they imply it."
7741 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7743 #| msgid "B<unpacked>"
7744 msgid "B<undefined>"
7745 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
7748 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7750 "This setting (disabled by default) adds B<-fsanitize=undefined> to "
7751 "B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS> and B<LDFLAGS>."
7755 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7760 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7762 "Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to help harden a "
7763 "resulting binary against memory corruption attacks, or provide additional "
7764 "warning messages during compilation. Except as noted below, these are "
7765 "enabled by default for architectures that support them."
7769 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7772 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<número>"
7775 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7777 "This setting (enabled by default) adds B<-Wformat -Werror=format-security> "
7778 "to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS> and B<OBJCXXFLAGS>. This will warn "
7779 "about improper format string uses, and will fail when format functions are "
7780 "used in a way that represent possible security problems. At present, this "
7781 "warns about calls to B<printf> and B<scanf> functions where the format "
7782 "string is not a string literal and there are no format arguments, as in "
7783 "B<printf(foo);> instead of B<printf(\"%s\", foo);> This may be a security "
7784 "hole if the format string came from untrusted input and contains ‘%n’."
7788 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7793 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7795 "This setting (enabled by default) adds B<-D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2> to "
7796 "B<CPPFLAGS>. During code generation the compiler knows a great deal of "
7797 "information about buffer sizes (where possible), and attempts to replace "
7798 "insecure unlimited length buffer function calls with length-limited ones. "
7799 "This is especially useful for old, crufty code. Additionally, format "
7800 "strings in writable memory that contain ‘%n’ are blocked. If an application "
7801 "depends on such a format string, it will need to be worked around."
7805 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7807 "Note that for this option to have any effect, the source must also be "
7808 "compiled with B<-O1> or higher. If the environment variable "
7809 "B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> contains I<noopt>, then B<fortify> support will be "
7810 "disabled, due to new warnings being issued by glibc 2.16 and later."
7814 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7815 msgid "B<stackprotector>"
7819 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7821 "This setting (enabled by default if stackprotectorstrong is not in use) adds "
7822 "B<-fstack-protector --param=ssp-buffer-size=4> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, "
7823 "B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<GCJFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS>. This "
7824 "adds safety checks against stack overwrites. This renders many potential "
7825 "code injection attacks into aborting situations. In the best case this turns "
7826 "code injection vulnerabilities into denial of service or into non-issues "
7827 "(depending on the application)."
7831 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7833 "This feature requires linking against glibc (or another provider of "
7834 "B<__stack_chk_fail>), so needs to be disabled when building with B<-"
7835 "nostdlib> or B<-ffreestanding> or similar."
7839 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7840 msgid "B<stackprotectorstrong>"
7844 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7846 "This setting (enabled by default) adds B<-fstack-protector-strong> to "
7847 "B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<GCJFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> "
7848 "and B<FCFLAGS>. This is a stronger variant of B<stackprotector>, but "
7849 "without significant performance penalties."
7853 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7854 msgid "Disabling B<stackprotector> will also disable this setting."
7858 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7860 "This feature has the same requirements as B<stackprotector>, and in addition "
7861 "also requires gcc 4.9 and later."
7865 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7872 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7874 "This setting (enabled by default) adds B<-Wl,-z,relro> to B<LDFLAGS>. "
7875 "During program load, several ELF memory sections need to be written to by "
7876 "the linker. This flags the loader to turn these sections read-only before "
7877 "turning over control to the program. Most notably this prevents GOT "
7878 "overwrite attacks. If this option is disabled, B<bindnow> will become "
7883 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7888 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7890 "This setting (disabled by default) adds B<-Wl,-z,now> to B<LDFLAGS>. During "
7891 "program load, all dynamic symbols are resolved, allowing for the entire PLT "
7892 "to be marked read-only (due to B<relro> above). The option cannot become "
7893 "enabled if B<relro> is not enabled."
7897 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7902 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7904 "This setting (with no global default since dpkg 1.18.23, as it is enabled by "
7905 "default now by gcc on the amd64, arm64, armel, armhf, hurd-i386, i386, "
7906 "kfreebsd-amd64, kfreebsd-i386, mips, mipsel, mips64el, powerpc, ppc64, "
7907 "ppc64el, riscv64, s390x, sparc and sparc64 Debian architectures) adds the "
7908 "required options to enable or disable PIE via gcc specs files, if needed, "
7909 "depending on whether gcc injects on that architecture the flags by itself or "
7910 "not. When the setting is enabled and gcc injects the flags, it adds "
7911 "nothing. When the setting is enabled and gcc does not inject the flags, it "
7912 "adds B<-fPIE> (via I<%PKGDATADIR%/pie-compiler.specs>) to B<CFLAGS>, "
7913 "B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<GCJFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and "
7914 "B<FCFLAGS>, and B<-fPIE -pie> (via I<%PKGDATADIR%/pie-link.specs>) to "
7915 "B<LDFLAGS>. When the setting is disabled and gcc injects the flags, it adds "
7916 "B<-fno-PIE> (via I<%PKGDATADIR%/no-pie-compile.specs>) to B<CFLAGS>, "
7917 "B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<GCJFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and "
7918 "B<FCFLAGS>, and B<-fno-PIE -no-pie> (via I<%PKGDATADIR%/no-pie-link.specs>) "
7923 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7925 "Position Independent Executable (PIE) is needed to take advantage of Address "
7926 "Space Layout Randomization (ASLR), supported by some kernel versions. While "
7927 "ASLR can already be enforced for data areas in the stack and heap (brk and "
7928 "mmap), the code areas must be compiled as position-independent. Shared "
7929 "libraries already do this (B<-fPIC>), so they gain ASLR automatically, but "
7930 "binary .text regions need to be built as PIE to gain ASLR. When this "
7931 "happens, ROP (Return Oriented Programming) attacks are much harder since "
7932 "there are no static locations to bounce off of during a memory corruption "
7937 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7939 "PIE is not compatible with B<-fPIC>, so in general care must be taken when "
7940 "building shared objects. But because the PIE flags emitted get injected via "
7941 "gcc specs files, it should always be safe to unconditionally set them "
7942 "regardless of the object type being compiled or linked."
7946 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7948 "Static libraries can be used by programs or other shared libraries. "
7949 "Depending on the flags used to compile all the objects within a static "
7950 "library, these libraries will be usable by different sets of objects:"
7954 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7959 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7960 msgid "Cannot be linked into a PIE program, nor a shared library."
7964 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7970 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7971 msgid "Can be linked into any program, but not a shared library (recommended)."
7975 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7981 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7982 msgid "Can be linked into any program and shared library."
7986 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7988 "If there is a need to set these flags manually, bypassing the gcc specs "
7989 "injection, there are several things to take into account. Unconditionally "
7990 "and explicitly passing B<-fPIE>, B<-fpie> or B<-pie> to a build-system using "
7991 "libtool is safe as these flags will get stripped when building shared "
7992 "libraries. Otherwise on projects that build both programs and shared "
7993 "libraries you might need to make sure that when building the shared "
7994 "libraries B<-fPIC> is always passed last (so that it overrides any previous "
7995 "B<-PIE>) to compilation flags such as B<CFLAGS>, and B<-shared> is passed "
7996 "last (so that it overrides any previous B<-pie>) to linking flags such as "
7997 "B<LDFLAGS>. B<Note:> This should not be needed with the default gcc specs "
8002 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8004 "Additionally, since PIE is implemented via a general register, some register "
8005 "starved architectures (but not including i386 anymore since optimizations "
8006 "implemented in gcc E<gt>= 5) can see performance losses of up to 15% in very "
8007 "text-segment-heavy application workloads; most workloads see less than 1%. "
8008 "Architectures with more general registers (e.g. amd64) do not see as high a "
8009 "worst-case penalty."
8013 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8014 msgid "reproducible"
8018 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8020 "The compile-time options detailed below can be used to help improve build "
8021 "reproducibility or provide additional warning messages during compilation. "
8022 "Except as noted below, these are enabled by default for architectures that "
8027 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8030 msgstr "B<installed>"
8033 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8035 "This setting (enabled by default) adds B<-Wdate-time> to B<CPPFLAGS>. This "
8036 "will cause warnings when the B<__TIME__>, B<__DATE__> and B<__TIMESTAMP__> "
8041 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8043 msgid "B<fixfilepath>"
8044 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
8047 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8049 "This setting (enabled by default) adds B<-ffile-prefix-map=>I<BUILDPATH>B<=."
8050 "> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<GCJFLAGS>, "
8051 "B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS> where B<BUILDPATH> is set to the top-level "
8052 "directory of the package being built. This has the effect of removing the "
8053 "build path from any generated file."
8057 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8059 "If both B<fixdebugpath> and B<fixfilepath> are set, this option takes "
8060 "precedence, because it is a superset of the former."
8064 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8066 msgid "B<fixdebugpath>"
8067 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
8070 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8072 "This setting (enabled by default) adds B<-fdebug-prefix-map=>I<BUILDPATH>B<=."
8073 "> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<GCJFLAGS>, "
8074 "B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS> where B<BUILDPATH> is set to the top-level "
8075 "directory of the package being built. This has the effect of removing the "
8076 "build path from any generated debug symbols."
8080 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8082 "There are 2 sets of environment variables doing the same operations, the "
8083 "first one (DEB_I<flag>_I<op>) should never be used within B<debian/rules>. "
8084 "It's meant for any user that wants to rebuild the source package with "
8085 "different build flags. The second set (DEB_I<flag>_MAINT_I<op>) should only "
8086 "be used in B<debian/rules> by package maintainers to change the resulting "
8091 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8092 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_SET>"
8096 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8097 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_SET>"
8101 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8103 "This variable can be used to force the value returned for the given I<flag>."
8107 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8108 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_STRIP>"
8112 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8113 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_STRIP>"
8117 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8119 "This variable can be used to provide a space separated list of options that "
8120 "will be stripped from the set of flags returned for the given I<flag>."
8124 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8125 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_APPEND>"
8129 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8130 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_APPEND>"
8134 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8136 "This variable can be used to append supplementary options to the value "
8137 "returned for the given I<flag>."
8141 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8142 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_PREPEND>"
8146 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8147 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_PREPEND>"
8151 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8153 "This variable can be used to prepend supplementary options to the value "
8154 "returned for the given I<flag>."
8158 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
8159 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS>"
8163 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8164 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS>"
8168 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8170 "These variables can be used by a user or maintainer to disable/enable "
8171 "various area features that affect build flags. The "
8172 "B<DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS> variable overrides any setting in the "
8173 "B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> feature areas. See the B<FEATURE AREAS> section for "
8178 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-vendor.pod
8179 msgid "B<DEB_VENDOR>"
8183 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8185 "This setting defines the current vendor. If not set, it will discover the "
8186 "current vendor by reading B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/default>."
8190 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8192 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
8193 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_PATH>"
8194 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
8197 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8199 "This variable sets the build path (since dpkg 1.18.8) to use in features "
8200 "such as B<fixdebugpath> so that they can be controlled by the caller. This "
8201 "variable is currently Debian and derivatives-specific."
8205 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8207 #| msgid "Configuration file with default options."
8208 msgid "Configuration files"
8209 msgstr "Arquivo de configuração com as opções padrões."
8212 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8214 #| msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
8215 msgid "B<%PKGCONFDIR%/buildflags.conf>"
8216 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
8219 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8220 msgid "System wide configuration file."
8224 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8226 #| msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
8227 msgid "B<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/dpkg/buildflags.conf> or"
8228 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
8231 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8233 #| msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
8234 msgid "B<$HOME/.config/dpkg/buildflags.conf>"
8235 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
8238 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8239 msgid "User configuration file."
8243 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8245 #| msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
8246 msgid "B<%PKGDATADIR%/buildflags.mk>"
8247 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
8250 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8252 "Makefile snippet that will load (and optionally export) all flags supported "
8253 "by B<dpkg-buildflags> into variables (since dpkg 1.16.1)."
8257 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8258 msgid "To pass build flags to a build command in a Makefile:"
8262 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8265 " $(MAKE) $(shell dpkg-buildflags --export=cmdline)\n"
8270 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8273 " ./configure $(shell dpkg-buildflags --export=cmdline)\n"
8278 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8280 "To set build flags in a shell script or shell fragment, B<eval> can be used "
8281 "to interpret the output and to export the flags in the environment:"
8285 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8288 " eval \"$(dpkg-buildflags --export=sh)\" && make\n"
8293 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8294 msgid "or to set the positional parameters to pass to a command:"
8298 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8301 " eval \"set -- $(dpkg-buildflags --export=cmdline)\"\n"
8302 " for dir in a b c; do (cd $dir && ./configure \"$@\" && make); done\n"
8307 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8309 "You should call B<dpkg-buildflags> or include B<buildflags.mk> from the "
8310 "B<debian/rules> file to obtain the needed build flags to pass to the build "
8311 "system. Note that older versions of B<dpkg-buildpackage> (before dpkg "
8312 "1.16.1) exported these flags automatically. However, you should not rely on "
8313 "this, since this breaks manual invocation of B<debian/rules>."
8317 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8319 "For packages with autoconf-like build systems, you can pass the relevant "
8320 "options to configure or B<make>(1) directly, as shown above."
8324 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8326 "For other build systems, or when you need more fine-grained control about "
8327 "which flags are passed where, you can use B<--get>. Or you can include "
8328 "B<buildflags.mk> instead, which takes care of calling B<dpkg-buildflags> and "
8329 "storing the build flags in make variables."
8333 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8335 "If you want to export all buildflags into the environment (where they can be "
8336 "picked up by your build system):"
8340 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8343 " DPKG_EXPORT_BUILDFLAGS = 1\n"
8344 " include %PKGDATADIR%/buildflags.mk\n"
8349 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8351 "For some extra control over what is exported, you can manually export the "
8352 "variables (as none are exported by default):"
8356 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8359 " include %PKGDATADIR%/buildflags.mk\n"
8360 " export CPPFLAGS CFLAGS LDFLAGS\n"
8365 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8366 msgid "And you can of course pass the flags to commands manually:"
8370 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8373 " include %PKGDATADIR%/buildflags.mk\n"
8375 " \t$(CC) -o hello hello.c $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS)\n"
8380 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8381 msgid "dpkg-buildpackage - build binary or source packages from sources"
8385 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8387 msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> [I<option>...]"
8388 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
8391 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8393 "B<dpkg-buildpackage> is a program that automates the process of building a "
8394 "Debian package. It consists of the following steps:"
8398 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8404 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8406 "It prepares the build environment by setting various environment variables "
8407 "(see B<ENVIRONMENT>), runs the B<init> hook, and calls B<dpkg-source --"
8408 "before-build> (unless B<-T> or B<--target> has been used)."
8412 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8418 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8420 "It checks that the build-dependencies and build-conflicts are satisfied "
8421 "(unless B<-d> or B<--no-check-builddeps> is specified)."
8425 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8431 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8433 "If one or more specific targets have been selected with the B<-T> or B<--"
8434 "target> option, it calls those targets and stops here. Otherwise it runs the "
8435 "B<preclean> hook and calls B<fakeroot debian/rules clean> to clean the build-"
8436 "tree (unless B<-nc> or B<--no-pre-clean> is specified)."
8440 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8446 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8448 "It runs the B<source> hook and calls B<dpkg-source -b> to generate the "
8449 "source package (if a B<source> build has been requested with B<--build> or "
8450 "equivalent options)."
8454 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8460 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8462 "It runs the B<build> hook and calls B<debian/rules> I<build-target>, then "
8463 "runs the B<binary> hook followed by B<fakeroot debian/rules> I<binary-"
8464 "target> (unless a source-only build has been requested with B<--"
8465 "build=source> or equivalent options). Note that I<build-target> and "
8466 "I<binary-target> are either B<build> and B<binary> (default case, or if an "
8467 "B<any> and B<all> build has been requested with B<--build> or equivalent "
8468 "options), or B<build-arch> and B<binary-arch> (if an B<any> and not B<all> "
8469 "build has been requested with B<--build> or equivalent options), or B<build-"
8470 "indep> and B<binary-indep> (if an B<all> and not B<any> build has been "
8471 "requested with B<--build> or equivalent options)."
8475 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8481 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8483 "It runs the B<buildinfo> hook and calls B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> to generate a "
8484 "B<.buildinfo> file. Several B<dpkg-buildpackage> options are forwarded to "
8485 "B<dpkg-genbuildinfo>."
8489 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8495 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8497 "It runs the B<changes> hook and calls B<dpkg-genchanges> to generate a B<."
8498 "changes> file. The name of the B<.changes> file will depend on the type of "
8499 "build and will be as specific as necessary but not more; for a build that "
8500 "includes B<any> the name will be I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-"
8501 "version>B<_>I<arch>B<.changes>, or otherwise for a build that includes "
8502 "B<all> the name will be I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>B<all."
8503 "changes>, or otherwise for a build that includes B<source> the name will be "
8504 "I<source-name>B<_>I<source-version>B<_>B<source.changes>. Many B<dpkg-"
8505 "buildpackage> options are forwarded to B<dpkg-genchanges>."
8509 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8515 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8517 "It runs the B<postclean> hook and if B<-tc> or B<--post-clean> is specified, "
8518 "it will call B<fakeroot debian/rules clean> again."
8522 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8528 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8529 msgid "It calls B<dpkg-source --after-build>."
8533 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8538 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8540 "It runs the B<check> hook and calls a package checker for the B<.changes> "
8541 "file (if a command is specified in B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND> or with B<--check-"
8546 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8551 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8553 "It runs the B<sign> hook and signs using the OpenPGP backend (as long as it "
8554 "is not an UNRELEASED build, or B<--no-sign> is specified) to sign the B<."
8555 "dsc> file (if any, unless B<-us> or B<--unsigned-source> is specified), the "
8556 "B<.buildinfo> file (unless B<-ui>, B<--unsigned-buildinfo>, B<-uc> or B<--"
8557 "unsigned-changes> is specified) and the B<.changes> file (unless B<-uc> or "
8558 "B<--unsigned-changes> is specified)."
8562 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8567 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8568 msgid "It runs the B<done> hook."
8572 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8575 "All long options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg-"
8576 "buildpackage> system and user configuration files. Each line in the "
8577 "configuration file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line "
8578 "option but without leading hyphens) or a comment (if it starts with a "
8581 "Todas as opções podem ser especificadas tanto na linha de comando quanto no "
8582 "arquivo de configuração do B<dpkg> chamado I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>. Cada "
8583 "linha no arquivo de configuração é uma opção (exatamente a mesma opção da "
8584 "linha de comando, mas sem os hífens) ou um comentário (se começar com uma "
8588 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
8590 msgid "B<--build=>I<type>"
8591 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
8594 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8596 "Specifies the build I<type> from a comma-separated list of components (since "
8597 "dpkg 1.18.5). All the specified components get combined to select the "
8598 "single build type to use, which implies a single build run with a single F<."
8599 "changes> file generated. Passed to B<dpkg-genchanges>."
8603 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
8604 msgid "The allowed values are:"
8608 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
8611 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
8614 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8616 msgid "Builds the source package."
8617 msgstr "O pacote está instalado e configurado."
8620 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8622 "B<Note:> When using this value standalone and if what you want is simply to "
8623 "(re-)build the source package from a clean source tree, using B<dpkg-source> "
8624 "directly is always a better option as it does not require any build "
8625 "dependencies to be installed which are otherwise needed to be able to call "
8626 "the B<clean> target."
8630 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
8635 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8636 msgid "Builds the architecture specific binary packages."
8640 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
8646 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8647 msgid "Builds the architecture independent binary packages."
8651 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8653 "Builds the architecture specific and independent binary packages. This is "
8654 "an alias for B<any,all>."
8658 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
8663 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8665 "Builds everything. This is an alias for B<source,any,all>, and the same as "
8666 "the default case when no build option is specified."
8670 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
8675 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
8676 msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=source,all> (since dpkg 1.17.11)."
8680 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg.pod
8685 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
8686 msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=source,any> (since dpkg 1.17.11)."
8690 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
8696 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
8697 msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=binary> or B<--build=any,all>."
8701 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
8707 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
8708 msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=any>."
8712 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
8718 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
8719 msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=all>."
8723 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
8729 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
8730 msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=source>."
8734 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8739 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8741 "Equivalent to B<--build=full>, B<--build=source,binary> or B<--build=source,"
8742 "any,all> (since dpkg 1.15.8)."
8746 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8748 msgid "B<--target=>I<target>[,...]"
8749 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<número>"
8752 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8754 msgid "B<--target> I<target>[,...]"
8755 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<número>"
8758 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8760 msgid "B<-T>, B<--rules-target=>I<target>[,...]"
8761 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<número>"
8764 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8766 "Calls B<debian/rules> I<target> once per target specified, after having "
8767 "setup the build environment (except for calling B<dpkg-source --before-"
8768 "build>), and stops the package build process here (since dpkg 1.15.0, long "
8769 "option since dpkg 1.18.8, multi-target support since dpkg 1.18.16). If B<--"
8770 "as-root> is also given, then the command is executed as root (see B<--root-"
8771 "command>). Note that known targets that are required to be run as root do "
8772 "not need this option (i.e. the B<clean>, B<binary>, B<binary-arch> and "
8773 "B<binary-indep> targets)."
8777 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8779 msgid "B<--as-root>"
8783 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8785 "Only meaningful together with B<--target> (since dpkg 1.15.0). Requires "
8786 "that the target be run with root rights."
8790 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
8796 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
8802 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
8808 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
8809 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
8811 msgid "B<-v>I<version>"
8812 msgstr "B<--version>"
8815 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
8817 msgid "B<-C>I<changes-description>"
8818 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
8821 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
8822 msgid "B<-m>I<maintainer-address>"
8826 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
8827 msgid "B<-e>I<maintainer-address>"
8831 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8832 msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-genchanges>. See its manual page."
8836 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8838 msgid "B<--build-by=>I<maintainer-address>"
8839 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
8842 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8844 msgid "B<--source-by=>I<maintainer-address> (since dpkg 1.21.10)"
8845 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
8848 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8849 msgid "Pass as B<-m> to B<dpkg-genchanges>. See its manual page."
8853 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8855 msgid "B<--release-by=>I<maintainer-address>"
8856 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
8859 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8861 msgid "B<--changed-by=>I<maintainer-address> (since dpkg 1.21.10)"
8862 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
8865 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8866 msgid "Pass as B<-e> to B<dpkg-genchanges>. See its manual page."
8870 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8872 "Specify the Debian architecture we build for (long option since dpkg "
8873 "1.17.17). The architecture of the machine we build on is determined "
8874 "automatically, and is also the default for the host machine."
8878 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8880 "Specify the GNU system type we build for (long option since dpkg 1.17.17). "
8881 "It can be used in place of B<--host-arch> or as a complement to override the "
8882 "default GNU system type of the host Debian architecture."
8886 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8888 msgid "B<--target-arch> I<architecture>"
8889 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
8892 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8894 "Specify the Debian architecture the binaries built will build for (since "
8895 "dpkg 1.17.17). The default value is the host machine."
8899 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8901 msgid "B<--target-type> I<gnu-system-type>"
8902 msgstr "B<--version>"
8905 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8907 "Specify the GNU system type the binaries built will build for (since dpkg "
8908 "1.17.17). It can be used in place of B<--target-arch> or as a complement to "
8909 "override the default GNU system type of the target Debian architecture."
8913 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8915 msgid "B<-P>, B<--build-profiles=>I<profile>[B<,>...]"
8919 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8921 "Specify the profile(s) we build, as a comma-separated list (since dpkg "
8922 "1.17.2, long option since dpkg 1.18.8). The default behavior is to build "
8923 "for no specific profile. Also sets them (as a space separated list) as the "
8924 "B<DEB_BUILD_PROFILES> environment variable which allows, for example, "
8925 "B<debian/rules> files to use this information for conditional builds."
8929 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8931 msgid "B<-j>, B<--jobs>[=I<jobs>|B<auto>]"
8932 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
8935 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8937 "Specifies the number of jobs allowed to be run simultaneously (since dpkg "
8938 "1.14.7, long option since dpkg 1.18.8). The number of jobs matching the "
8939 "number of online processors if B<auto> is specified (since dpkg 1.17.10), or "
8940 "unlimited number if I<jobs> is not specified. The default behavior is "
8941 "B<auto> (since dpkg 1.18.11) in non-forced mode (since dpkg 1.21.10), and as "
8942 "such it is always safer to use with any package including those that are not "
8943 "parallel-build safe. Setting the number of jobs to B<1> will restore serial "
8948 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8950 "Will add B<parallel=>I<jobs> or B<parallel> to the B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> "
8951 "environment variable which allows debian/rules files to opt-in to use this "
8952 "information for their own purposes. The I<jobs> value will override the "
8953 "B<parallel=>I<jobs> or B<parallel> option in the B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> "
8954 "environment variable. Note that the B<auto> value will get replaced by the "
8955 "actual number of currently active processors, and as such will not get "
8956 "propagated to any child process. If the number of online processors cannot "
8957 "be inferred then the code will fallback to using serial execution (since "
8958 "dpkg 1.18.15), although this should only happen on exotic and unsupported "
8963 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8965 msgid "B<-J>, B<--jobs-try>[=I<jobs>|B<auto>]"
8966 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
8969 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8971 "This option (since dpkg 1.18.2, long option since dpkg 1.18.8) is equivalent "
8972 "to the B<-j> above."
8976 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8978 "Since the behavior for B<-j> changed in dpkg 1.21.10 to the opt-in mode, you "
8979 "can use this option instead if you need to guarantee semantics across dpkg "
8984 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8986 msgid "B<--jobs-force>[=I<jobs>|B<auto>]"
8987 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
8990 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8992 "This option (since dpkg 1.21.10) is equivalent to the B<--jobs> option "
8993 "except that it will enable forced parallel mode, by adding the B<make> B<-j> "
8994 "option with the computed number of parallel jobs to the B<MAKEFLAGS> "
8995 "environment variable."
8999 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9001 "This should cause all subsequent make invocations to inherit the option, "
9002 "thus forcing the parallel setting on the packaging (and possibly the "
9003 "upstream build system if that uses L<make(1)>) regardless of their support "
9004 "for parallel builds, which might cause build failures."
9008 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9010 "Note: Any Makefile that is not parallel-safe should be considered to be "
9011 "buggy. These should either be made parallel-safe, or marked as not being "
9012 "safe with the L<make(1)> B<.NOTPARALLEL> target."
9016 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9018 msgid "B<-D>, B<--check-builddeps>"
9022 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9024 "Check build dependencies and conflicts; abort if unsatisfied (long option "
9025 "since dpkg 1.18.8). This is the default behavior."
9029 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9031 msgid "B<-d>, B<--no-check-builddeps>"
9032 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
9035 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9038 "Do not check build dependencies and conflicts (long option since dpkg "
9040 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
9043 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9045 msgid "B<--ignore-builtin-builddeps>"
9046 msgstr "B<--version>"
9049 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9051 "Do not check built-in build dependencies and conflicts (since dpkg 1.18.2). "
9052 "These are the distribution specific implicit build dependencies usually "
9053 "required in a build environment, the so called Build-Essential package set."
9057 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9059 msgid "B<--rules-requires-root>"
9063 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9065 "Do not honor the B<Rules-Requires-Root> field, falling back to its legacy "
9066 "default value (since dpkg 1.19.1)."
9070 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9072 msgid "B<-nc>, B<--no-pre-clean>"
9073 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
9076 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9078 "Do not clean the source tree before building (long option since dpkg "
9079 "1.18.8). Implies B<-b> if nothing else has been selected among B<-F>, B<-"
9080 "g>, B<-G>, B<-B>, B<-A> or B<-S>. Implies B<-d> with B<-S> (since dpkg "
9085 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9087 msgid "B<--pre-clean>"
9088 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
9091 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9094 "Clean the source tree before building (since dpkg 1.18.8). This is the "
9096 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
9099 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9101 msgid "B<-tc>, B<--post-clean>"
9102 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
9105 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9107 "Clean the source tree (using I<gain-root-command> B<debian/rules clean>) "
9108 "after the package has been built (long option since dpkg 1.18.8)."
9112 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9114 msgid "B<--no-post-clean>"
9115 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
9118 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9120 "Do not clean the source tree after the package has been built (since dpkg "
9121 "1.19.1). This is the default behavior."
9125 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9127 msgid "B<--sanitize-env>"
9128 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
9131 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9133 "Sanitize the build environment (since dpkg 1.20.0). This will reset or "
9134 "remove environment variables, umask, and any other process attributes that "
9135 "might otherwise adversely affect the build of packages. Because the "
9136 "official entry point to build packages is B<debian/rules>, packages cannot "
9137 "rely on these settings being in place, and thus should work even when they "
9138 "are not. What to sanitize is vendor specific."
9142 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9144 msgid "B<-r>, B<--root-command=>I<gain-root-command>"
9145 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
9148 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9150 "When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute part of the build process as "
9151 "root, it prefixes the command it executes with I<gain-root-command> if one "
9152 "has been specified (long option since dpkg 1.18.8). Otherwise, if none has "
9153 "been specified, B<fakeroot> will be used by default, if the command is "
9154 "present. I<gain-root-command> should start with the name of a program on "
9155 "the B<PATH> and will get as arguments the name of the real command to run "
9156 "and the arguments it should take. I<gain-root-command> can include "
9157 "parameters (they must be space-separated) but no shell metacharacters. "
9158 "I<gain-root-command> might typically be B<fakeroot>, B<sudo>, B<super> or "
9159 "B<really>. B<su> is not suitable, since it can only invoke the user's shell "
9160 "with B<-c> instead of passing arguments individually to the command to be "
9165 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9167 msgid "B<-R>, B<--rules-file=>I<rules-file>"
9168 msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>"
9171 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9173 "Building a Debian package usually involves invoking B<debian/rules> as a "
9174 "command with several standard parameters (since dpkg 1.14.17, long option "
9175 "since dpkg 1.18.8). With this option it's possible to use another program "
9176 "invocation to build the package (it can include space separated "
9177 "parameters). Alternatively it can be used to execute the standard rules "
9178 "file with another make program (for example by using B</usr/local/bin/make -"
9179 "f debian/rules> as I<rules-file>)."
9183 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9184 msgid "B<--check-command=>I<check-command>"
9188 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9190 "Command used to check the B<.changes> file itself and any artifact built "
9191 "referenced in the file (since dpkg 1.17.6). The command should take the B<."
9192 "changes> pathname as an argument. This command will usually be B<lintian>."
9196 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9198 msgid "B<--check-option=>I<opt>"
9199 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
9202 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9204 "Pass option I<opt> to the I<check-command> specified with "
9205 "B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND> or B<--check-command> (since dpkg 1.17.6). Can be used "
9210 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9211 msgid "B<--hook->I<hook-name>B<=>I<hook-command>"
9215 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9217 "Set the specified shell code I<hook-command> as the hook I<hook-name>, which "
9218 "will run at the times specified in the run steps (since dpkg 1.17.6). The "
9219 "hooks will always be executed even if the following action is not performed "
9220 "(except for the B<binary> hook). All the hooks will run in the unpacked "
9225 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9227 "B<Note:> Hooks can affect the build process, and cause build failures if "
9228 "their commands fail, so watch out for unintended consequences."
9232 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9233 msgid "The current I<hook-name> supported are:"
9237 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9239 "B<init preclean source build binary buildinfo changes postclean check sign "
9244 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9246 "The I<hook-command> supports the following substitution format string, which "
9247 "will get applied to it before execution:"
9251 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9256 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9257 msgid "A single % character."
9261 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9266 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9268 "A boolean value (0 or 1), representing whether the following action is being "
9273 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9278 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9280 msgid "The source package name."
9281 msgstr "O pacote está instalado e configurado."
9284 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9289 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9290 msgid "The source package version."
9294 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9299 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9300 msgid "The source package version (without the epoch)."
9304 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9309 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9311 msgid "The upstream version."
9312 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
9315 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9317 msgid "B<--buildinfo-file=>I<filename>"
9318 msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
9321 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9324 "Set the I<filename> for the generated B<.buildinfo> file (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
9325 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
9328 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9330 msgid "B<--buildinfo-option=>I<opt>"
9331 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
9334 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9336 "Pass option I<opt> to B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> (since dpkg 1.18.11). Can be "
9337 "used multiple times."
9341 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9343 msgid "B<--sign-backend=>I<sign-backend>"
9344 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
9347 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9349 "Specify an OpenPGP backend interface to use when invoking the I<sign-"
9350 "command> (since dpkg 1.21.10)."
9354 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9356 "The default is B<auto>, where the best current backend available will be "
9357 "used. The specific OpenPGP backends supported in order of preference are:"
9361 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9362 msgid "B<sop> (any conforming Stateless OpenPGP implementation)"
9366 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9367 msgid "B<sq> (from Sequoia-PGP)"
9371 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9372 msgid "B<gpg> (from GnuPG)"
9376 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9378 msgid "B<-p>, B<--sign-command=>I<sign-command>"
9379 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
9382 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9384 "When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute an OpenPGP backend command to "
9385 "sign a source control (B<.dsc>) file or a B<.changes> file it will run "
9386 "I<sign-command> (searching the B<PATH> if necessary) instead of the default "
9387 "or auto-detected backend command (long option since dpkg 1.18.8). I<sign-"
9388 "command> will get all the arguments defined by the B<--sign-backend>. "
9389 "I<sign-command> should not contain spaces or any other shell metacharacters."
9393 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9395 msgid "B<-k>, B<--sign-keyid=>I<key-id>"
9396 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
9399 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9401 msgid "B<--sign-key=>I<key-id>"
9402 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
9405 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9407 "Specify an OpenPGP key-ID (either a fingerprint or a user-ID) for the secret "
9408 "key to use when signing packages (B<--sign-key> since dpkg 1.18.8, B<--sign-"
9409 "keyid> since dpkg 1.21.10)."
9413 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9415 msgid "B<--sign-keyfile=>I<key-file>"
9416 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
9419 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9421 "Specify an OpenPGP I<key-file> containing the secret key to use when signing "
9422 "packages (since dpkg 1.21.10)."
9426 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9428 "Note: For security reasons the I<key-file> is best kept locked with a "
9433 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9435 msgid "B<-us>, B<--unsigned-source>"
9439 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9441 msgid "Do not sign the source package (long option since dpkg 1.18.8)."
9442 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
9445 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9447 msgid "B<-ui>, B<--unsigned-buildinfo>"
9451 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9453 msgid "Do not sign the B<.buildinfo> file (since dpkg 1.18.19)."
9454 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
9457 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9459 msgid "B<-uc>, B<--unsigned-changes>"
9463 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9466 "Do not sign the B<.buildinfo> and B<.changes> files (long option since dpkg "
9468 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
9471 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9473 msgid "B<--no-sign>"
9474 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
9477 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9479 "Do not sign any file, this includes the source package, the B<.buildinfo> "
9480 "file and the B<.changes> file (since dpkg 1.18.20)."
9484 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9486 msgid "B<--force-sign>"
9487 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
9490 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9492 "Force the signing of the resulting files (since dpkg 1.17.0), regardless of "
9493 "B<-us>, B<--unsigned-source>, B<-ui>, B<--unsigned-buildinfo>, B<-uc>, B<--"
9494 "unsigned-changes> or other internal heuristics."
9498 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-source.pod
9504 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-source.pod
9510 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9516 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-source.pod
9522 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-source.pod
9528 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-source.pod
9534 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9540 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9546 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9552 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9554 msgid "B<-i>, B<--diff-ignore>[=I<regex>]"
9555 msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>"
9558 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9560 msgid "B<-I>, B<--tar-ignore>[=I<pattern>]"
9561 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
9564 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9566 msgid "B<-z>, B<--compression-level=>I<level>"
9567 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
9570 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9572 msgid "B<-Z>, B<--compression=>I<compressor>"
9573 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
9576 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9577 msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-source>. See its manual page."
9581 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9583 msgid "B<--source-option=>I<opt>"
9584 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
9587 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9589 "Pass option I<opt> to B<dpkg-source> (since dpkg 1.15.6). Can be used "
9594 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9596 msgid "B<--changes-file=>I<filename>"
9597 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
9600 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9603 "Set the I<filename> for the generated B<.changes> file (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
9604 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
9607 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9608 msgid "B<--changes-option=>I<opt>"
9612 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9614 "Pass option I<opt> to B<dpkg-genchanges> (since dpkg 1.15.6). Can be used "
9619 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
9620 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod
9622 msgid "B<--admindir=>I<dir>"
9623 msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
9626 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9628 msgid "B<--admindir> I<dir>"
9629 msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
9632 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
9634 "Change the location of the B<dpkg> database (since dpkg 1.14.0). The "
9635 "default location is I<%ADMINDIR%>."
9639 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
9640 msgid "External environment"
9644 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9645 msgid "B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND>"
9649 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9651 "If set, it will be used as the command to check the B<.changes> file (since "
9652 "dpkg 1.17.6). Overridden by the B<--check-command> option."
9656 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9657 msgid "B<DEB_SIGN_KEYID>"
9661 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9663 "If set, it will be used to sign the B<.changes>, B<.buildinfo> and B<.dsc> "
9664 "files (since dpkg 1.17.2). Overridden by the B<--sign-key> option."
9668 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9670 msgid "B<DEB_SIGN_KEYFILE>"
9671 msgstr "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>"
9674 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9676 "If set, it will be used to sign the B<.changes>, B<.buildinfo> and B<.dsc> "
9677 "files (since dpkg 1.21.10). Overridden by the B<--sign-keyfile> option."
9681 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9683 "If set, it will contain a space-separated list of options that might affect "
9684 "the build process in I<debian/rules>, and the behavior of some dpkg commands."
9688 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9690 "With B<nocheck> the B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND> variable will be ignored. With "
9691 "B<parallel=>I<N> the parallel jobs will be set to I<N>, overridden by the "
9692 "B<--jobs-try> option."
9696 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
9697 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_PROFILES>"
9701 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9703 "If set, it will be used as the active build profile(s) for the package being "
9704 "built (since dpkg 1.17.2). It is a space separated list of profile names. "
9705 "Overridden by the B<-P> option."
9709 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
9710 msgid "Internal environment"
9714 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9716 "Even if B<dpkg-buildpackage> exports some variables, B<debian/rules> should "
9717 "not rely on their presence and should instead use the respective interface "
9718 "to retrieve the needed values, because that file is the main entry point to "
9719 "build packages and running it standalone should be supported."
9723 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9724 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_*>"
9728 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9730 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
9731 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_*>"
9732 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
9735 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9737 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
9738 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_*>"
9739 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
9742 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9744 "B<dpkg-architecture> is called with the B<-a> and B<-t> parameters "
9745 "forwarded. Any variable that is output by its B<-s> option is integrated in "
9746 "the build environment."
9750 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9751 msgid "B<DEB_RULES_REQUIRES_ROOT>"
9755 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9757 "This variable is set to the value obtained from the B<Rules-Requires-Root> "
9758 "field or from the command-line. When set, it will be a valid value for the "
9759 "B<Rules-Requires-Root> field. It is used to notify B<debian/rules> whether "
9760 "the B<rootless-builds.txt> specification is supported."
9764 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9766 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
9767 msgid "B<DEB_GAIN_ROOT_CMD>"
9768 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
9771 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9773 "This variable is set to I<gain-root-command> when the field B<Rules-Requires-"
9774 "Root> is set to a value different to B<no> and B<binary-targets>."
9778 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod
9779 msgid "B<SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH>"
9783 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9785 "This variable is set to the Unix timestamp since the epoch of the latest "
9786 "entry in I<debian/changelog>, if it is not already defined."
9790 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9792 #| msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
9793 msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/buildpackage.conf>"
9794 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
9797 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9799 #| msgid "Configuration file with default options."
9800 msgid "System wide configuration file"
9801 msgstr "Arquivo de configuração com as opções padrões."
9804 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9806 #| msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
9807 msgid "I<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/dpkg/buildpackage.conf> or"
9808 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
9811 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9813 #| msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
9814 msgid "I<$HOME/.config/dpkg/buildpackage.conf>"
9815 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
9818 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9819 msgid "Compiler flags are no longer exported"
9823 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9825 "Between dpkg 1.14.17 and 1.16.1, B<dpkg-buildpackage> exported compiler "
9826 "flags (B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS>, B<CPPFLAGS> and B<LDFLAGS>) with "
9827 "values as returned by B<dpkg-buildflags>. This is no longer the case."
9831 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9832 msgid "Default build targets"
9836 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9838 "B<dpkg-buildpackage> is using the B<build-arch> and B<build-indep> targets "
9839 "since dpkg 1.16.2. Those targets are thus mandatory. But to avoid breakages "
9840 "of existing packages, and ease the transition, if the source package does "
9841 "not build both architecture independent and dependent binary packages (since "
9842 "dpkg 1.18.8) it will fallback to use the B<build> target if B<make -f debian/"
9843 "rules -qn> I<build-target> returns 2 as exit code."
9847 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9849 "It should be possible to specify spaces and shell metacharacters and initial "
9850 "arguments for I<gain-root-command> and I<sign-command>."
9854 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9857 "I<%PKGDOCDIR%/spec/rootless-builds.txt>, B<dpkg-source>(1), B<dpkg-"
9858 "architecture>(1), B<dpkg-buildflags>(1), B<dpkg-genbuildinfo>(1), B<dpkg-"
9859 "genchanges>(1), B<fakeroot>(1), B<lintian>(1), L<https://datatracker.ietf."
9860 "org/doc/draft-dkg-openpgp-stateless-cli/>, B<sq>(1), B<gpg>(1)."
9862 "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
9866 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
9867 msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps - check build dependencies and conflicts"
9871 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
9873 msgid "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> [I<option>...] [I<control-file>]"
9874 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
9877 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
9879 "This program checks the installed packages in the system against the build "
9880 "dependencies and build conflicts listed in the control file. If any are not "
9881 "met, it displays them and exits with a nonzero return code."
9885 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
9887 "By default, B<debian/control> is read, but an alternate control filename may "
9888 "be specified on the command line."
9892 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
9894 "Ignore B<Build-Depends-Arch> and B<Build-Conflicts-Arch> lines (since dpkg "
9895 "1.16.4). Use when only arch-indep packages will be built, or combine with "
9896 "B<-B> when only a source package is to be built."
9900 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
9902 "Ignore B<Build-Depends-Indep> and B<Build-Conflicts-Indep> lines. Use when "
9903 "only arch-dep packages will be built, or combine with B<-A> when only a "
9904 "source package is to be built."
9908 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
9913 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
9915 "Ignore built-in build depends and conflicts (since dpkg 1.18.2). These are "
9916 "implicit dependencies that are usually required on a specific distribution, "
9917 "the so called Build-Essential package set."
9921 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
9922 msgid "B<-d> I<build-depends-string>"
9926 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
9927 msgid "B<-c> I<build-conflicts-string>"
9931 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
9933 "Use the given build dependencies/conflicts instead of those contained in the "
9934 "I<debian/control> file (since dpkg 1.14.17)."
9938 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
9940 msgid "B<-a> I<arch>"
9941 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
9944 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
9946 "Check build dependencies/conflicts assuming that the package described in "
9947 "the control file is to be built for the given host architecture instead of "
9948 "the architecture of the current system (since dpkg 1.16.2)."
9952 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
9953 msgid "B<-P> I<profile>[B<,>...]"
9957 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
9959 "Check build dependencies/conflicts assuming that the package described in "
9960 "the control file is to be built for the given build profile(s) (since dpkg "
9961 "1.17.2). The argument is a comma-separated list of profile names."
9965 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
9967 "If set, it will be used as the active build profile(s) for the package being "
9968 "built. It is a space separated list of profile names. Overridden by the B<-"
9974 msgid "dpkg-deb - Debian package archive (.deb) manipulation tool"
9980 msgid "B<dpkg-deb> [I<option>...] I<command>"
9981 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
9987 "B<dpkg-deb> packs, unpacks and provides information about Debian archives."
9988 msgstr "Veja B<dpkg-deb>(1) para mais informações sobre as seguintes ações."
9992 msgid "Use B<dpkg> to install and remove packages from your system."
9998 "You can also invoke B<dpkg-deb> by calling B<dpkg> with whatever options you "
9999 "want to pass to B<dpkg-deb>. B<dpkg> will spot that you wanted B<dpkg-deb> "
10000 "and run it for you."
10006 "For most commands taking an input archive argument, the archive can be read "
10007 "from standard input if the archive name is given as a single minus character "
10008 "(«B<->»); otherwise lack of support will be documented in their respective "
10009 "command description."
10015 msgid "B<-b>, B<--build> I<binary-directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]"
10016 msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>"
10021 "Creates a debian archive from the filesystem tree stored in I<binary-"
10022 "directory>. I<binary-directory> must have a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory, which "
10023 "contains the control information files such as the control file itself. This "
10024 "directory will I<not> appear in the binary package's filesystem archive, but "
10025 "instead the files in it will be put in the binary package's control "
10026 "information area."
10032 "Unless you specify B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> will read B<DEBIAN/control> and "
10033 "parse it. It will check the file for syntax errors and other problems, and "
10034 "display the name of the binary package being built. B<dpkg-deb> will also "
10035 "check the permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the "
10036 "B<DEBIAN> control information directory."
10042 "If no I<archive> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will write the package into "
10043 "the file I<binary-directory>B<.deb>."
10048 msgid "If the archive to be created already exists it will be overwritten."
10054 "If the second argument is a directory then B<dpkg-deb> will write to the "
10055 "file I<directory>B</>I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb.> When a "
10056 "target directory is specified, rather than a file, the B<--nocheck> option "
10057 "may not be used (since B<dpkg-deb> needs to read and parse the package "
10058 "control file to determine which filename to use)."
10064 msgid "B<-I>, B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file-name>...]"
10065 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
10070 msgid "Provides information about a binary package archive."
10071 msgstr "Apaga as informações existentes sobre quais pacotes estão disponíveis."
10076 "If no I<control-file-name>s are specified then it will print a summary of "
10077 "the contents of the package as well as its control file."
10083 "If any I<control-file-name>s are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print them "
10084 "in the order they were specified; if any of the components weren't present "
10085 "it will print an error message to stderr about each one and exit with status "
10092 msgid "B<-W>, B<--show> I<archive>"
10093 msgstr "B<-R> | B<--recursive>"
10098 "Provides information about a binary package archive in the format specified "
10099 "by the B<--showformat> argument. The default format displays the package's "
10100 "name and version on one line, separated by a tabulator."
10106 msgid "B<-f>, B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field-name>...]"
10107 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
10112 msgid "Extracts control file information from a binary package archive."
10113 msgstr "B<1.> Os arquivos de controle do novo pacote são extraídos."
10118 "If no I<control-field-name>s are specified then it will print the whole "
10125 "If any are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print their contents, in the "
10126 "order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one I<control-"
10127 "field-name> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will precede each with its field "
10128 "name (and a colon and space)."
10133 msgid "No errors are reported for fields requested but not found."
10137 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod
10139 msgid "B<-c>, B<--contents> I<archive>"
10140 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
10145 "Lists the contents of the filesystem tree archive portion of the package "
10146 "archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B<tar>'s "
10151 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod
10153 msgid "B<-x>, B<--extract> I<archive> I<directory>"
10154 msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>"
10159 "Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into the specified "
10166 "Note that extracting a package to the root directory will I<not> result in a "
10167 "correct installation! Use B<dpkg> to install packages."
10173 "I<directory> (but not its parents) will be created if necessary, and its "
10174 "permissions modified to match the contents of the package."
10178 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod
10180 msgid "B<-X>, B<--vextract> I<archive> I<directory>"
10181 msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>"
10186 "Is like B<--extract> (B<-x>) with B<--verbose> (B<-v>) which prints a "
10187 "listing of the files extracted as it goes."
10193 msgid "B<-R>, B<--raw-extract> I<archive> I<directory>"
10194 msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>"
10199 "Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into a specified "
10200 "directory, and the control information files into a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory "
10201 "of the specified directory (since dpkg 1.16.1)."
10207 "The target directory (but not its parents) will be created if necessary."
10213 "The input archive is not (currently) processed sequentially, so reading it "
10214 "from standard input («B<->») is B<not> supported."
10218 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod
10220 msgid "B<--ctrl-tarfile> I<archive>"
10221 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
10226 "Extracts the control data from a binary package and sends it to standard "
10227 "output in B<tar> format (since dpkg 1.17.14). Together with B<tar>(1) this "
10228 "can be used to extract a particular control file from a package archive. "
10229 "The input archive will always be processed sequentially."
10233 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod
10234 msgid "B<--fsys-tarfile> I<archive>"
10240 "Extracts the filesystem tree data from a binary package and sends it to "
10241 "standard output in B<tar> format. Together with B<tar>(1) this can be used "
10242 "to extract a particular file from a package archive. The input archive will "
10243 "always be processed sequentially."
10247 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod
10249 msgid "B<-e>, B<--control> I<archive> [I<directory>]"
10250 msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>"
10255 "Extracts the control information files from a package archive into the "
10256 "specified directory."
10262 "If no directory is specified then a subdirectory B<DEBIAN> in the current "
10263 "directory is used."
10268 msgid "B<--showformat=>I<format>"
10274 "This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will "
10275 "produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed."
10281 "The string may reference any status field using the “${I<field-name>}” form, "
10282 "a list of the valid fields can be easily produced using B<-I> on the same "
10283 "package. A complete explanation of the formatting options (including escape "
10284 "sequences and field tabbing) can be found in the explanation of the B<--"
10285 "showformat> option in B<dpkg-query>(1)."
10290 msgid "The default for this field is “${Package}\\t${Version}\\n”."
10296 msgid "B<-z>I<compress-level>"
10297 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
10302 "Specify which compression level to use on the compressor backend, when "
10303 "building a package (default is 9 for gzip, 6 for xz, 3 for zstd). The "
10304 "accepted values are compressor specific. For gzip, from 0-9 with 0 being "
10305 "mapped to compressor none. For xz from 0-9. For zstd from 0-22, with "
10306 "levels from 20 to 22 enabling its ultra mode. Before dpkg 1.16.2 level 0 "
10307 "was equivalent to compressor none for all compressors."
10313 msgid "B<-S>I<compress-strategy>"
10314 msgstr "B<--version>"
10319 "Specify which compression strategy to use on the compressor backend, when "
10320 "building a package (since dpkg 1.16.2). Allowed values are B<none> (since "
10321 "dpkg 1.16.4), B<filtered>, B<huffman>, B<rle> and B<fixed> for gzip (since "
10322 "dpkg 1.17.0) and B<extreme> for xz."
10328 msgid "B<-Z>I<compress-type>"
10329 msgstr "B<--version>"
10334 "Specify which compression type to use when building a package. Allowed "
10335 "values are B<gzip>, B<xz> (since dpkg 1.15.6), B<zstd> (since dpkg 1.21.18) "
10336 "and B<none> (default is B<xz>)."
10342 msgid "B<--[no-]uniform-compression>"
10343 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
10348 "Specify that the same compression parameters should be used for all archive "
10349 "members (i.e. B<control.tar> and B<data.tar>; since dpkg 1.17.6). Otherwise "
10350 "only the B<data.tar> member will use those parameters. The only supported "
10351 "compression types allowed to be uniformly used are B<none>, B<gzip>, B<xz> "
10352 "and B<zstd>. The B<--no-uniform-compression> option disables uniform "
10353 "compression (since dpkg 1.19.0). Uniform compression is the default (since "
10358 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-source.pod
10360 msgid "B<--threads-max=>I<threads>"
10361 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<número>"
10366 "Sets the maximum number of threads allowed for compressors that support "
10367 "multi-threaded operations (since dpkg 1.21.9)."
10372 msgid "B<--root-owner-group>"
10378 "Set the owner and group for each entry in the filesystem tree data to root "
10379 "with id 0 (since dpkg 1.19.0)."
10385 "B<Note>: This option can be useful for rootless builds (see I<rootless-"
10386 "builds.txt>), but should B<not> be used when the entries have an owner or "
10387 "group that is not root. Support for these will be added later in the form "
10388 "of a meta manifest."
10394 msgid "B<--deb-format=>I<format>"
10395 msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
10400 "Set the archive format version used when building (since dpkg 1.17.0). "
10401 "Allowed values are B<2.0> for the new format, and B<0.939000> for the old "
10402 "one (default is B<2.0>)."
10408 "The old archive format is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now "
10409 "obsolete; its only use is when building packages to be parsed by versions of "
10410 "dpkg older than 0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out "
10416 msgid "B<--nocheck>"
10417 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
10422 "Inhibits B<dpkg-deb --build>'s usual checks on the proposed contents of an "
10423 "archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way."
10427 #: dpkg-deb.pod start-stop-daemon.pod
10429 msgid "B<-v>, B<--verbose>"
10430 msgstr "B<--verbose>"
10435 "Enables verbose output (since dpkg 1.16.1). This currently only affects B<--"
10436 "extract> making it behave like B<--vextract>."
10442 msgid "B<-D>, B<--debug>"
10443 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
10447 msgid "Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting."
10451 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-split.pod
10452 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
10453 #: start-stop-daemon.pod update-alternatives.pod
10455 msgid "EXIT STATUS"
10456 msgstr "STATUS DE SAÍDA"
10459 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-split.pod
10460 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
10461 #: start-stop-daemon.pod update-alternatives.pod
10466 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod update-alternatives.pod
10468 msgid "The requested action was successfully performed."
10469 msgstr "A ação requisitada foi completada com sucesso."
10472 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-split.pod
10473 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
10474 #: start-stop-daemon.pod update-alternatives.pod
10479 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
10480 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
10482 "Fatal or unrecoverable error due to invalid command-line usage, or "
10483 "interactions with the system, such as accesses to the database, memory "
10484 "allocations, etc."
10490 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
10491 msgid "B<DPKG_DEB_THREADS_MAX>"
10492 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
10496 msgid "The B<--threads-max> option overrides this value."
10502 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
10503 msgid "B<DPKG_DEB_COMPRESSOR_TYPE>"
10504 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
10509 msgid "Sets the compressor type to use (since dpkg 1.21.10)."
10510 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
10514 msgid "The B<-Z> option overrides this value."
10520 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
10521 msgid "B<DPKG_DEB_COMPRESSOR_LEVEL>"
10522 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
10527 msgid "Sets the compressor level to use (since dpkg 1.21.10)."
10528 msgstr "Projeto Debian"
10532 msgid "The B<-z> option overrides this value."
10536 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod
10543 "If set, B<dpkg-deb> will use it as the directory in which to create "
10544 "temporary files and directories."
10550 "If set, it will be used as the timestamp (as seconds since the epoch) in the "
10551 "B<deb>(5)'s B<ar>(5) container and used to clamp the mtime in the B<tar>(5) "
10558 "Do not attempt to use just B<dpkg-deb> to install software! You must use "
10559 "B<dpkg> proper to ensure that all the files are correctly placed and the "
10560 "package's scripts run and its status and contents recorded."
10566 "B<dpkg-deb -I> I<package1>B<.deb> I<package2>B<.deb> does the wrong thing."
10572 "There is no authentication on B<.deb> files; in fact, there isn't even a "
10573 "straightforward checksum. (Higher level tools like APT support "
10574 "authenticating B<.deb> packages retrieved from a given repository, and most "
10575 "packages nowadays provide an md5sum control file generated by debian/rules. "
10576 "Though this is not directly supported by the lower level tools.)"
10582 "F<%PKGDOCDIR%/spec/rootless-builds.txt>, B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), "
10583 "B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)."
10587 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod
10588 msgid "dpkg-distaddfile - add entries to debian/files"
10592 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod
10594 msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> [I<option>...] I<filename section priority>"
10595 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
10598 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod
10599 msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> adds an entry for a named file to B<debian/files>."
10603 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod
10605 "It takes three non-option arguments, the filename and the section and "
10606 "priority for the B<.changes> file."
10610 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod
10612 "The filename should be specified relative to the directory where B<dpkg-"
10613 "genchanges> will expect to find the files, usually B<..>, rather than being "
10614 "a pathname relative to the current directory when B<dpkg-distaddfile> is run."
10618 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
10619 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
10621 msgid "B<-f>I<files-list-file>"
10622 msgstr "I<control>"
10625 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
10627 "Read or write the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using "
10632 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod
10634 "The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. "
10635 "B<dpkg-distaddfile> can be used to add additional files."
10639 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod
10641 msgid "B<deb-src-files>(5)."
10642 msgstr "I<control>"
10646 msgid "dpkg-divert - override a package's version of a file"
10652 msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<option>...] I<command>"
10653 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
10658 "B<dpkg-divert> is the utility used to set up and update the list of "
10665 "File I<diversions> are a way of forcing B<dpkg>(1) not to install a file "
10666 "into its location, but to a I<diverted> location. Diversions can be used "
10667 "through the Debian package scripts to move a file away when it causes a "
10668 "conflict. System administrators can also use it to override some package's "
10669 "configuration file, or whenever some files (which aren't marked as "
10670 "“conffiles”) need to be preserved by B<dpkg>, when installing a newer "
10671 "version of a package which contains those files."
10677 msgid "[B<--add>] I<file>"
10678 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
10683 "Add a diversion for I<file>. The file is currently not renamed, see B<--"
10690 msgid "B<--remove> I<file>"
10691 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
10696 "Remove a diversion for I<file>. The file is currently not renamed, see B<--"
10701 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
10703 msgid "B<--list> [I<glob-pattern>]"
10704 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
10708 msgid "List all diversions, or ones matching I<glob-pattern>."
10714 msgid "B<--listpackage> I<file>"
10715 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
10720 "Print the name of the package that diverts I<file> (since dpkg 1.15.0). "
10721 "Prints LOCAL if I<file> is locally diverted and nothing if I<file> is not "
10728 msgid "B<--truename> I<file>"
10729 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
10733 msgid "Print the real name for a diverted file."
10737 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dselect.pod
10738 #: update-alternatives.pod
10740 msgid "B<--admindir> I<directory>"
10741 msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
10747 "Set the administrative directory to I<directory>. Defaults to "
10748 "«I<%ADMINDIR%>» if B<DPKG_ADMINDIR> has not been set."
10750 "Especifica o dirtório administrativo, quando este este configurado para algo "
10751 "diferente do padrão."
10754 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dselect.pod
10755 #: update-alternatives.pod
10757 msgid "B<--instdir> I<directory>"
10758 msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
10761 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
10763 "Set the installation directory, which refers to the directory where packages "
10764 "get installed (since dpkg 1.19.2). Defaults to «I</>» if B<DPKG_ROOT> has "
10769 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
10770 #: dselect.pod update-alternatives.pod
10772 msgid "B<--root> I<directory>"
10773 msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>"
10776 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
10778 "Set the root directory to B<directory>, which sets the installation "
10779 "directory to «I<directory>» and the administrative directory to "
10780 "«I<directory>B<%ADMINDIR%>» (since dpkg 1.19.2) if B<DPKG_ROOT> has not "
10787 msgid "B<--divert> I<divert-to>"
10788 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
10793 "I<divert-to> is the location where the versions of I<file>, as provided by "
10794 "other packages, will be diverted."
10806 "Specifies that all packages' versions of this file are diverted. This "
10807 "means, that there are no exceptions, and whatever package is installed, the "
10808 "file is diverted. This can be used by an admin to install a locally modified "
10815 msgid "B<--package> I<package>"
10816 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
10821 "I<package> is the name of a package whose copy of I<file> will not be "
10822 "diverted. i.e. I<file> will be diverted for all packages except I<package>."
10826 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod update-alternatives.pod
10829 msgstr "B<--quiet>"
10833 msgid "Quiet mode, i.e. no verbose output."
10839 msgid "B<--rename>"
10840 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
10845 "Actually move the file aside (or back). B<dpkg-divert> will abort operation "
10846 "in case the destination file already exists. This is the common behavior "
10847 "used for diversions of files from the non-B<Essential> package set (see B<--"
10848 "no-rename> for more details)."
10854 msgid "B<--no-rename>"
10855 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
10860 "Specifies that the file should not be renamed while adding or removing the "
10861 "diversion into the database (since dpkg 1.19.1). This is intended for "
10862 "diversions of files from the B<Essential> package set, where the temporary "
10863 "disappearance of the original file is not acceptable, as it can render the "
10864 "system non-functional. This is the default behavior, but that will change "
10865 "in the dpkg 1.20.x cycle."
10876 msgid "Test mode, i.e. don't actually perform any changes, just demonstrate."
10880 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod
10881 #: dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
10883 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
10884 msgid "B<DPKG_ROOT>"
10885 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
10888 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
10890 "If set and the B<--instdir> or B<--root> options have not been specified, it "
10891 "will be used as the filesystem root directory (since dpkg 1.19.2)."
10895 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-split.pod
10896 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
10898 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
10899 msgid "B<DPKG_ADMINDIR>"
10900 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
10903 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
10905 "If set and the B<--admindir> or B<--root> options have not been specified, "
10906 "it will be used as the B<dpkg> data directory."
10910 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg.pod
10912 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
10913 msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE>"
10914 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
10919 "If set and the B<--local> and B<--package> options have not been specified, "
10920 "B<dpkg-divert> will use it as the package name."
10924 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
10925 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod
10928 msgid "B<DPKG_DEBUG>"
10932 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
10933 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
10935 "Sets the debug mask (since dpkg 1.21.10) from an octal value. The currently "
10936 "accepted flags are described in the B<dpkg --debug> option, but not all "
10937 "these flags might have an effect on this program."
10943 msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/diversions>"
10944 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/status>"
10949 "File which contains the current list of diversions of the system. It is "
10950 "located in the B<dpkg> administration directory, along with other files "
10951 "important to B<dpkg>, such as I<status> or I<available>."
10957 "B<Note:> B<dpkg-divert> preserves the old copy of this file, with extension "
10958 "I<-old>, before replacing it with the new one."
10964 "When adding, default is B<--local> and B<--divert> I<original>B<.distrib>. "
10965 "When removing, B<--package> or B<--local> and B<--divert> must match if "
10971 msgid "Directories can't be diverted with B<dpkg-divert>."
10977 "Care should be taken when diverting shared libraries, B<ldconfig>(8) "
10978 "creates a symbolic link based on the DT_SONAME field embedded in the "
10979 "library. Because B<ldconfig> does not honor diverts (only B<dpkg> does), "
10980 "the symlink may end up pointing at the diverted library, if a diverted "
10981 "library has the same SONAME as the undiverted one."
10987 "To divert all copies of a I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/example.foo>, i."
10988 "e. directs all packages providing I</usr/bin/example> to install it as I</"
10989 "usr/bin/example.foo>, performing the rename if required:"
10996 " dpkg-divert --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/example\n"
11002 msgid "To remove that diversion:"
11009 " dpkg-divert --rename --remove /usr/bin/example\n"
11016 "To divert any package trying to install I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/"
11017 "example.foo>, except your own I<wibble> package:"
11024 " dpkg-divert --package wibble --divert /usr/bin/example.foo \\\n"
11025 " --rename /usr/bin/example\n"
11033 " dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/example\n"
11038 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11039 msgid "dpkg-fsys-usrunmess - undoes the merged-/usr-via-aliased-dirs mess"
11043 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11045 msgid "B<dpkg-fsys-usrunmess> [B<option>...]"
11046 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
11049 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11051 "B<dpkg-fsys-usrunmess> is a tool to fix up filesystems that have been "
11052 "installed anew with recent installers with unfortunate defaults or migrated "
11053 "to the broken merged /usr via aliased directories layout, which is B<not> "
11054 "supported by dpkg. See the dpkg FAQ."
11058 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11060 "B<Note>: In Debian its tech-ctte has decreed that on the release after "
11061 "bookworm the non-usrmerged layout is not going to be supported, and thus "
11062 "some of its maintainers might not fix issues or intentionally remove non-"
11063 "usrmerged support, so you will need decide and pick your poison."
11067 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11068 msgid "The program will perform the following overall actions:"
11072 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11073 msgid "Check whether the system needs to be switched, otherwise do nothing,"
11077 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11078 msgid "Check for dpkg database consistency and otherwise abort."
11082 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11084 "Generate and install a regression prevention package, if requested on the "
11085 "command-line or otherwise on the prompt."
11089 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11090 msgid "Get the list of files and alternatives that need to be restored."
11094 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11095 msgid "Look for untracked kernel modules files that need to be moved too."
11099 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11101 "Create a shadow hierarchy under F</.usrunmess>, by creating the directories "
11102 "symlinks or hardlinking or copying the files as needed."
11106 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11108 "Prompt for confirmation before proceeding, if requested on the command-line."
11112 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11113 msgid "Lock the dpkg database."
11117 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11119 "Mark all packages as half-configured to force running maintainer scripts "
11120 "that might need to recreate files."
11124 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11126 "Replace the aliased directories with the shadow ones, by creating a backup "
11127 "of the old symlinked directories and renaming the shadow ones over."
11131 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11132 msgid "Relabel MAC information for directories and symlinks if necessary."
11136 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11137 msgid "Remove backup symlinks."
11141 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11142 msgid "Remove old moved objects, but defer directory removal."
11146 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11147 msgid "Remove old deferred directories that are not referenced by dpkg-query."
11151 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11152 msgid "Remove shadow root directory."
11156 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11158 "Register a B<policy-rc.d> to disallow service actions, which means that "
11159 "services might need to be restarted afterwards, ideally via a reboot."
11163 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11165 #| msgid "List of available packages."
11166 msgid "Reconfigure all packages."
11167 msgstr "Lista dos pacotes disponíveis."
11170 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11171 msgid "Unregister the B<policy-rc.d> and restore the alternatives state."
11175 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11177 "B<Note>: When running the program from some shells such as L<bash(1)> or "
11178 "L<zsh(1)>, after executing it, you might need to request the shell to forget "
11179 "all remembered executable locations with for example C<hash -r>."
11183 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11185 "B<Note>: Some directories might linger after the migration in case they "
11186 "contain untracked files. A list is printed once the script has finished for "
11187 "further investigation."
11191 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11193 "B<Warning>: Note that this operation has the potential to render the system "
11194 "unusable or broken in case of a sudden crash or reboot, unexpected state of "
11195 "the system, or possible bugs in the script. Be prepared with recovery media "
11196 "and consider doing backups beforehand."
11200 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11202 msgid "B<-p>, B<--prompt>"
11203 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
11206 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11208 "Prompt at the time of no return, so that the debug output or the shadow "
11209 "hierarchy can be evaluated before proceeding."
11213 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11215 msgid "B<--prevention>"
11216 msgstr "B<--version>"
11219 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11221 msgid "B<--no-prevention>"
11222 msgstr "B<--version>"
11225 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11227 "Enables or disables generating and installing a regression prevention "
11228 "package into the system. If no option has been specified, the action to "
11229 "take will be prompted."
11233 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11235 "The generated package contains the B<Protected> field set to B<yes> to "
11236 "protect against accidental removal of the package."
11240 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11242 msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-act>"
11243 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
11246 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11248 msgid "B<--dry-run>"
11249 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
11252 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11254 "This option enables the dry-run mode, where no destructive action takes "
11255 "place, only the preparatory part."
11259 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11261 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
11262 msgid "B<DPKG_USRUNMESS_NOACT>"
11263 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
11266 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11267 msgid "This setting defines whether to enable dry-run mode."
11271 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11272 msgid "L<https://wiki.debian.org/Teams/Dpkg/FAQ#broken-usrmerge>."
11276 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
11277 msgid "dpkg-genbuildinfo - generate Debian .buildinfo files"
11281 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
11283 msgid "B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> [I<option>...]"
11284 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
11287 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
11289 "B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> reads information from an unpacked and built Debian "
11290 "source tree and from the files it has generated and generates a Debian "
11291 "control file describing the build environment and the build artifacts (B<."
11292 "buildinfo> file)."
11296 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
11297 msgid "This command was introduced in dpkg 1.18.11."
11301 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
11302 msgid "Specifies the build I<type> from a comma-separated list of components."
11306 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
11308 "Generate build information including unqualified build dependencies (B<Build-"
11309 "Depends>) and architecture specific build dependencies (B<Build-Depends-"
11314 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
11316 "Generate build information including unqualified build dependencies (B<Build-"
11317 "Depends>) and architecture independent build dependencies (B<Build-Depends-"
11322 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
11324 "Effectively ignored; generate build information with just the unqualified "
11325 "build dependencies (B<Build-Depends>)."
11329 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
11331 "Generate build information with all three types of build dependencies. This "
11332 "is an alias for B<any,all>."
11336 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
11338 "Generate build information with all three types of build dependencies. This "
11339 "is an alias for B<any,all,source>, and the same as the default case when no "
11340 "build option is specified."
11344 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
11346 msgid "B<-c>I<controlfile>"
11347 msgstr "I<control>"
11350 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
11352 "Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The default "
11353 "is B<debian/control>."
11357 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
11360 msgid "B<-l>I<changelog-file>"
11361 msgstr "I<control>"
11364 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
11367 "Specifies the changelog file to read information from. The default is "
11368 "B<debian/changelog>."
11370 "Especifica o diretório de alternativas, quando este está configurado para "
11371 "algo diferente do padrão."
11374 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
11376 "Specifies where is the list of files that have been produced by the build, "
11377 "rather than using B<debian/files>."
11381 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
11383 msgid "B<-F>I<changelog-format>"
11387 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
11390 "Specifies the format of the changelog. See B<dpkg-parsechangelog>(1) for "
11391 "information about alternative formats."
11395 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
11396 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
11398 msgid "B<-O>[I<filename>]"
11399 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
11402 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
11404 "Print the buildinfo file to standard output (or I<filename> if specified) "
11405 "rather than to I<dir>B</>I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>I<arch>B<."
11406 "buildinfo> (where I<dir> is B<..> by default or I<upload-files-dir> if B<-u> "
11411 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
11413 msgid "B<-u>I<upload-files-dir>"
11414 msgstr "I<control>"
11417 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
11419 "Look for the files to be uploaded in I<upload-files-dir> rather than B<..> "
11420 "(B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> needs to find these files so that it can include their "
11421 "sizes and checksums in the B<.buildinfo> file)."
11425 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
11427 msgid "B<--always-include-kernel>"
11428 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
11431 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
11432 msgid "By default, the B<Build-Kernel-Version> field will not be written out."
11436 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
11438 "Specify this option (since dpkg 1.19.0) to always write a B<Build-Kernel-"
11439 "Version> field when generating the B<.buildinfo>."
11443 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
11445 msgid "B<--always-include-path>"
11446 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
11449 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
11451 "By default, the B<Build-Path> field will only be written if the current "
11452 "directory starts with an allowed pattern."
11456 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
11458 "On Debian and derivatives the pattern matches on B</build/> at the start of "
11463 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
11465 "Specify this option to always write a B<Build-Path> field when generating "
11466 "the B<.buildinfo>."
11470 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
11472 "Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. The default location is I</var/"
11477 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod
11484 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
11486 "B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> might produce informative messages on standard error. "
11487 "B<-q> suppresses these messages."
11491 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
11493 "This variable can be used to enable or disable various features that affect "
11494 "the information included in the .buildinfo file, via the B<buildinfo> option "
11495 "(since dpkg 1.18.19). This option contains a comma-separated list of "
11496 "features, prefixed with the ‘B<+>’ or ‘B<->’ modifiers, to denote whether to "
11497 "enable or disable them. The special feature “B<all>” can be used to enable "
11498 "or disable all other features. The feature “B<path>” controls whether to "
11499 "unconditionally include the B<Build-Path> field."
11503 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
11505 "The list of generated files. B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> reads the data here when "
11506 "producing a B<.buildinfo> file."
11510 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
11512 msgid "B<deb-buildinfo>(5)."
11513 msgstr "I<control>"
11516 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
11517 msgid "dpkg-genchanges - generate Debian .changes files"
11521 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
11523 msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> [I<option>...]"
11524 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
11527 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
11529 "B<dpkg-genchanges> reads information from an unpacked and built Debian "
11530 "source tree and from the files it has generated and generates a Debian "
11531 "upload control file (B<.changes> file)."
11535 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
11537 "Specifies the build I<type> from a comma-separated list of components (since "
11542 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
11544 msgid "Upload the source package."
11545 msgstr "O pacote está instalado e configurado."
11548 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
11549 msgid "Upload the architecture specific binary packages."
11553 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
11554 msgid "Upload the architecture independent binary packages."
11558 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
11560 "Upload the architecture specific and independent binary packages. This is "
11561 "an alias for B<any,all>."
11565 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
11567 "Upload everything. This is alias for B<source,any,all>, and the same as the "
11568 "default case when no build option is specified."
11572 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
11574 "The B<-s>I<x> options control whether the original source archive is "
11575 "included in the upload if any source is being generated (i.e. B<-b> or B<-"
11576 "B> haven't been used)."
11580 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
11582 "By default, or if specified, the original source will be included only if "
11583 "the upstream version number (the version without epoch and without Debian "
11584 "revision) differs from the upstream version number of the previous changelog "
11589 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
11590 msgid "Forces the inclusion of the original source."
11594 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
11595 msgid "Forces the exclusion of the original source and includes only the diff."
11599 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
11601 "Causes changelog information from all versions strictly later than "
11602 "I<version> to be used."
11606 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
11608 "Read the description of the changes from the file I<changes-description> "
11609 "rather than using the information from the source tree's changelog file."
11613 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
11615 "Use I<maintainer-address> as the name and email address of the maintainer "
11616 "for this package, rather than using the information from the source tree's "
11621 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
11623 "Use I<maintainer-address> as the name and email address of the maintainer "
11624 "for this upload, rather than using the information from the source tree's "
11629 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-source.pod
11630 msgid "B<-V>I<name>B<=>I<value>"
11634 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-source.pod
11636 "Set an output substitution variable. See B<deb-substvars>(5) for a "
11637 "discussion of output substitution."
11641 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod
11643 msgid "B<-T>I<substvars-file>"
11644 msgstr "I<control>"
11647 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
11649 "Read substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is B<debian/"
11650 "substvars>. No variable substitution is done on any of the fields that are "
11651 "output, except for the contents extracted from each binary package "
11652 "B<Description> field (since dpkg 1.19.0), however the special variable "
11653 "I<Format> will override the field of the same name. This option can be used "
11654 "multiple times to read substitution variables from multiple files (since "
11659 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-source.pod
11661 msgid "B<-D>I<field>B<=>I<value>"
11662 msgstr "B<-D>I<octal> B<| --debug=>I<octal>"
11665 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-source.pod
11666 msgid "Override or add an output control file field."
11670 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-source.pod
11672 msgid "B<-U>I<field>"
11673 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
11676 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-source.pod
11677 msgid "Remove an output control file field."
11681 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
11683 "Read the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using B<debian/"
11688 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
11690 "Look for the files to be uploaded in I<upload-files-dir> rather than B<..> "
11691 "(B<dpkg-genchanges> needs to find these files so that it can include their "
11692 "sizes and checksums in the B<.changes> file)."
11696 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
11698 "Usually B<dpkg-genchanges> will produce informative messages on standard "
11699 "error, for example about how many of the package's source files are being "
11700 "uploaded. B<-q> suppresses these messages."
11704 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
11706 "Print the changes file to standard output (the default) or to I<filename> if "
11707 "specified (since dpkg 1.18.5)."
11711 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
11713 "The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. "
11714 "B<dpkg-genchanges> reads the data here when producing a B<.changes> file."
11718 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
11721 "B<deb-substvars>(5), B<deb-src-control>(5), B<deb-src-files>(5), B<deb-"
11722 "changelog>(5), B<deb-changes>(5)."
11724 "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
11728 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
11729 msgid "dpkg-gencontrol - generate Debian control files"
11733 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
11735 msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> [I<option>...]"
11736 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
11739 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
11741 "B<dpkg-gencontrol> reads information from an unpacked Debian source tree and "
11742 "generates a binary package control file (which defaults to debian/tmp/DEBIAN/"
11743 "control); during this process it will simplify the relation fields."
11747 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
11749 "Thus B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> are "
11750 "simplified in this order by removing dependencies which are known to be true "
11751 "according to the stronger dependencies already parsed. It will also remove "
11752 "any self-dependency (in fact it will remove any dependency which evaluates "
11753 "to true given the current version of the package as installed). Logically it "
11754 "keeps the intersection of multiple dependencies on the same package. The "
11755 "order of dependencies is preserved as best as possible: if any dependency "
11756 "must be discarded due to another dependency appearing further in the field, "
11757 "the superseding dependency will take the place of the discarded one."
11761 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
11763 "The other relation fields (B<Enhances>, B<Conflicts>, B<Breaks>, B<Replaces> "
11764 "and B<Provides>) are also simplified individually by computing the union of "
11765 "the various dependencies when a package is listed multiple times in the "
11770 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
11772 "B<dpkg-gencontrol> also adds an entry for the binary package to B<debian/"
11777 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
11778 msgid "Sets the version number of the binary package which will be generated."
11782 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
11784 "Set an output substitution variable. See B<deb-substvars>(5) for discussion "
11785 "of output substitution."
11789 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
11791 "Read substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is B<debian/"
11792 "substvars>. This option can be used multiple times to read substitution "
11793 "variables from multiple files (since dpkg 1.15.6)."
11797 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-source.pod
11799 msgid "B<-c>I<control-file>"
11800 msgstr "I<control>"
11803 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod
11805 msgid "B<-p>I<package>"
11806 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
11809 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
11811 "Generate information for the binary package I<package>. If the source "
11812 "control file lists only one binary package then this option may be omitted; "
11813 "otherwise it is essential to select which binary package's information to "
11818 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
11820 msgid "B<-n>I<filename>"
11821 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
11824 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
11826 "Assume the filename of the package will be I<filename> instead of the normal "
11827 "package_version_arch.deb filename."
11831 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
11832 msgid "B<-is>, B<-ip>, B<-isp>"
11836 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
11838 "These options are ignored for compatibility with older versions of the dpkg "
11839 "build scripts but are now deprecated. Previously they were used to tell "
11840 "B<dpkg-gencontrol> to include the Section and Priority fields in the control "
11841 "file. This is now the default behaviour. If you want to get the old "
11842 "behaviour you can use the B<-U> option to delete the fields from the control "
11847 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod
11849 msgid "B<-P>I<package-build-dir>"
11850 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
11853 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
11855 "Scan I<package-build-dir> instead of B<debian/tmp>. This value is used to "
11856 "find the default value of the B<Installed-Size> substitution variable and "
11857 "control file field, and for the default location of the output file."
11861 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
11863 "Print the control file to standard output (or I<filename> if specified, "
11864 "since dpkg 1.17.2), rather than to B<debian/tmp/DEBIAN/control> (or "
11865 "I<package-build-dir>B</DEBIAN/control> if B<-P> was used)."
11869 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
11871 "The main source control information file, giving version-independent "
11872 "information about the source package and the binary packages it can produce."
11876 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
11878 "The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. "
11879 "B<dpkg-gencontrol> adds the presumed filenames of binary packages whose "
11880 "control files it generates here."
11884 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
11887 "B<deb-substvars>(5), B<deb-src-control>(5), B<deb-changelog>(5), B<deb-"
11890 "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
11894 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
11896 "dpkg-gensymbols - generate symbols files (shared library dependency "
11901 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
11903 msgid "B<dpkg-gensymbols> [I<option>...]"
11904 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
11907 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
11909 "B<dpkg-gensymbols> scans a temporary build tree (debian/tmp by default) "
11910 "looking for libraries and generates a I<symbols> file describing them. This "
11911 "file, if non-empty, is then installed in the DEBIAN subdirectory of the "
11912 "build tree so that it ends up included in the control information of the "
11917 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
11919 "When generating those files, it uses as input some symbols files provided by "
11920 "the maintainer. It looks for the following files (and uses the first that is "
11925 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
11926 msgid "debian/I<package>.symbols.I<arch>"
11930 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
11932 msgid "debian/symbols.I<arch>"
11933 msgstr "B<deinstall>"
11936 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
11937 msgid "debian/I<package>.symbols"
11941 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
11943 msgid "debian/symbols"
11944 msgstr "B<config-files>"
11947 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
11949 "The main interest of those files is to provide the minimal version "
11950 "associated to each symbol provided by the libraries. Usually it corresponds "
11951 "to the first version of that package that provided the symbol, but it can be "
11952 "manually incremented by the maintainer if the ABI of the symbol is extended "
11953 "without breaking backwards compatibility. It's the responsibility of the "
11954 "maintainer to keep those files up-to-date and accurate, but B<dpkg-"
11955 "gensymbols> helps with that."
11959 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
11961 "When the generated symbols files differ from the maintainer supplied one, "
11962 "B<dpkg-gensymbols> will print a diff between the two versions. Furthermore "
11963 "if the difference is too significant, it will even fail (you can customize "
11964 "how much difference you can tolerate, see the B<-c> option)."
11968 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
11969 msgid "MAINTAINING SYMBOLS FILES"
11973 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
11975 "The base interchange format of the symbols file is described in B<deb-"
11976 "symbols>(5), which is used by the symbols files included in binary packages. "
11977 "These are generated from template symbols files with a format based on the "
11978 "former, described in B<deb-src-symbols>(5) and included in source packages."
11982 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
11984 "The symbols files are really useful only if they reflect the evolution of "
11985 "the package through several releases. Thus the maintainer has to update them "
11986 "every time that a new symbol is added so that its associated minimal version "
11991 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
11993 "The diffs contained in the build logs can be used as a starting point, but "
11994 "the maintainer, additionally, has to make sure that the behaviour of those "
11995 "symbols has not changed in a way that would make anything using those "
11996 "symbols and linking against the new version, stop working with the old "
12001 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12003 "In most cases, the diff applies directly to the debian/I<package>.symbols "
12004 "file. That said, further tweaks are usually needed: it's recommended for "
12005 "example to drop the Debian revision from the minimal version so that "
12006 "backports with a lower version number but the same upstream version still "
12007 "satisfy the generated dependencies. If the Debian revision can't be dropped "
12008 "because the symbol really got added by the Debian specific change, then one "
12009 "should suffix the version with ‘B<~>’."
12013 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12015 "Before applying any patch to the symbols file, the maintainer should double-"
12016 "check that it's sane. Public symbols are not supposed to disappear, so the "
12017 "patch should ideally only add new lines."
12021 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12022 msgid "Note that you can put comments in symbols files."
12026 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12028 "Do not forget to check if old symbol versions need to be increased. There "
12029 "is no way B<dpkg-gensymbols> can warn about this. Blindly applying the diff "
12030 "or assuming there is nothing to change if there is no diff, without checking "
12031 "for such changes, can lead to packages with loose dependencies that claim "
12032 "they can work with older packages they cannot work with. This will introduce "
12033 "hard to find bugs with (partial) upgrades."
12037 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12038 msgid "Good library management"
12042 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12043 msgid "A well-maintained library has the following features:"
12047 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12049 "its API is stable (public symbols are never dropped, only new public symbols "
12050 "are added) and changes in incompatible ways only when the SONAME changes;"
12054 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12056 "ideally, it uses symbol versioning to achieve ABI stability despite internal "
12057 "changes and API extension;"
12061 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12063 "it doesn't export private symbols (such symbols can be tagged optional as "
12068 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12070 "While maintaining the symbols file, it's easy to notice appearance and "
12071 "disappearance of symbols. But it's more difficult to catch incompatible API "
12072 "and ABI change. Thus the maintainer should read thoroughly the upstream "
12073 "changelog looking for cases where the rules of good library management have "
12074 "been broken. If potential problems are discovered, the upstream author "
12075 "should be notified as an upstream fix is always better than a Debian "
12076 "specific work-around."
12080 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12081 msgid "Scan I<package-build-dir> instead of debian/tmp."
12085 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12087 "Define the package name. Required if more than one binary package is listed "
12088 "in debian/control (or if there's no debian/control file)."
12092 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12094 "Define the package version. Defaults to the version extracted from debian/"
12095 "changelog. Required if called outside of a source package tree."
12099 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12101 msgid "B<-e>I<library-file>"
12102 msgstr "I<control>"
12105 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12107 "Only analyze libraries explicitly listed instead of finding all public "
12108 "libraries. You can use shell patterns used for pathname expansions (see the "
12109 "B<File::Glob>(3perl) manual page for details) in I<library-file> to match "
12110 "multiple libraries with a single argument (otherwise you need multiple B<-"
12115 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
12117 msgid "B<-l>I<directory>"
12118 msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>"
12121 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12123 "Prepend I<directory> to the list of directories to search for private shared "
12124 "libraries (since dpkg 1.19.1). This option can be used multiple times."
12128 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
12130 "B<Note:> Use this option instead of setting B<LD_LIBRARY_PATH>, as that "
12131 "environment variable is used to control the run-time linker and abusing it "
12132 "to set the shared library paths at build-time can be problematic when cross-"
12133 "compiling for example."
12137 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12139 msgid "B<-I>I<filename>"
12140 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
12143 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12145 "Use I<filename> as reference file to generate the symbols file that is "
12146 "integrated in the package itself."
12150 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12152 "Print the generated symbols file to standard output or to I<filename> if "
12153 "specified, rather than to B<debian/tmp/DEBIAN/symbols> (or I<package-build-"
12154 "dir>B</DEBIAN/symbols> if B<-P> was used). If I<filename> is pre-existing, "
12155 "its contents are used as basis for the generated symbols file. You can use "
12156 "this feature to update a symbols file so that it matches a newer upstream "
12157 "version of your library."
12161 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12167 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12169 "Write the symbol file in template mode rather than the format compatible "
12170 "with B<deb-symbols>(5). The main difference is that in the template mode "
12171 "symbol names and tags are written in their original form contrary to the "
12172 "post-processed symbol names with tags stripped in the compatibility mode. "
12173 "Moreover, some symbols might be omitted when writing a standard B<deb-"
12174 "symbols>(5) file (according to the tag processing rules) while all symbols "
12175 "are always written to the symbol file template."
12179 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12181 msgid "B<-c>I<[0-4]>"
12182 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
12185 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12187 "Define the checks to do when comparing the generated symbols file with the "
12188 "template file used as starting point. By default the level is 1. Increasing "
12189 "levels do more checks and include all checks of lower levels."
12193 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12198 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12199 msgid "Never fails."
12203 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12208 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12209 msgid "Fails if some symbols have disappeared."
12213 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12218 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12219 msgid "Fails if some new symbols have been introduced."
12223 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12228 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12229 msgid "Fails if some libraries have disappeared."
12233 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12238 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12239 msgid "Fails if some libraries have been introduced."
12243 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12245 "This value can be overridden by the environment variable "
12246 "B<DPKG_GENSYMBOLS_CHECK_LEVEL>."
12250 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12252 "Keep quiet and never generate a diff between generated symbols file and the "
12253 "template file used as starting point or show any warnings about new/lost "
12254 "libraries or new/lost symbols. This option only disables informational "
12255 "output but not the checks themselves (see B<-c> option)."
12259 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12261 msgid "B<-a>I<arch>"
12262 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
12265 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12267 "Assume I<arch> as host architecture when processing symbol files. Use this "
12268 "option to generate a symbol file or diff for any architecture provided its "
12269 "binaries are already available."
12273 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12279 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12281 "Enable debug mode. Numerous messages are displayed to explain what B<dpkg-"
12282 "gensymbols> does."
12286 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12293 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12295 "Enable verbose mode. The generated symbols file contains deprecated symbols "
12296 "as comments. Furthermore in template mode, pattern symbols are followed by "
12297 "comments listing real symbols that have matched the pattern."
12301 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12302 msgid "B<DPKG_GENSYMBOLS_CHECK_LEVEL>"
12306 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12308 "Overrides the command check level, even if the B<-c> command-line argument "
12309 "was given (note that this goes against the common convention of command-line "
12310 "arguments having precedence over environment variables)."
12314 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12316 "L<https://people.redhat.com/drepper/symbol-versioning>, L<https://people."
12317 "redhat.com/drepper/goodpractice.pdf>, L<https://people.redhat.com/drepper/"
12318 "dsohowto.pdf>, B<deb-src-symbol>(5), B<deb-symbols>(5), B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1)."
12322 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12324 "dpkg-maintscript-helper - works around known dpkg limitations in maintainer "
12329 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12331 "B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> I<command> [I<parameter>...] B<--> I<maint-script-"
12336 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12337 msgid "COMMANDS AND PARAMETERS"
12341 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12343 msgid "B<supports> I<command>"
12344 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
12347 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12348 msgid "B<rm_conffile> I<conffile> [I<prior-version> [I<package>]]"
12352 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12354 "B<mv_conffile> I<old-conffile> I<new-conffile> [I<prior-version> "
12359 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12361 "B<symlink_to_dir> I<pathname> I<old-target> [I<prior-version> [I<package>]]"
12365 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12367 "B<dir_to_symlink> I<pathname> I<new-target> [I<prior-version> [I<package>]]"
12371 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12373 "This program is designed to be run within maintainer scripts to achieve some "
12374 "tasks that B<dpkg> can't (yet) handle natively either because of design "
12375 "decisions or due to current limitations."
12379 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12381 "Many of those tasks require coordinated actions from several maintainer "
12382 "scripts (B<preinst>, B<postinst>, B<prerm>, B<postrm>). To avoid mistakes "
12383 "the same call simply needs to be put in all scripts and the program will "
12384 "automatically adapt its behaviour based on the environment variable "
12385 "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_NAME> and on the maintainer scripts arguments that you "
12386 "have to forward after a double hyphen."
12390 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12392 msgid "COMMON PARAMETERS"
12393 msgstr "OPÇÕES COMUNS"
12396 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12398 msgid "I<prior-version>"
12399 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
12402 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12404 "Defines the latest version of the package whose upgrade should trigger the "
12405 "operation. It is important to calculate I<prior-version> correctly so that "
12406 "the operations are correctly performed even if the user rebuilt the package "
12407 "with a local version. If I<prior-version> is empty or omitted, then the "
12408 "operation is tried on every upgrade (note: it's safer to give the version "
12409 "and have the operation tried only once)."
12413 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12415 "If the conffile has not been shipped for several versions, and you are now "
12416 "modifying the maintainer scripts to clean up the obsolete file, I<prior-"
12417 "version> should be based on the version of the package that you are now "
12418 "preparing, not the first version of the package that lacked the conffile. "
12419 "This applies to all other actions in the same way."
12423 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12425 "For example, for a conffile removed in version B<2.0-1> of a package, "
12426 "I<prior-version> should be set to B<2.0-1~>. This will cause the conffile to "
12427 "be removed even if the user rebuilt the previous version B<1.0-1> as "
12428 "B<1.0-1local1>. Or a package switching a path from a symlink (shipped in "
12429 "version B<1.0-1>) to a directory (shipped in version B<2.0-1>), but only "
12430 "performing the actual switch in the maintainer scripts in version B<3.0-1>, "
12431 "should set I<prior-version> to B<3.0-1~>."
12435 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12438 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
12441 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12443 "The package name owning the pathname(s). When the package is “Multi-Arch: "
12444 "same” this parameter must include the architecture qualifier, otherwise it "
12445 "should B<not> usually include the architecture qualifier (as it would "
12446 "disallow cross-grades, or switching from being architecture specific to "
12447 "architecture B<all> or vice versa). If the parameter is empty or omitted, "
12448 "the B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE> and B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_ARCH> environment "
12449 "variables (as set by B<dpkg> when running the maintainer scripts) will be "
12450 "used to generate an arch-qualified package name."
12454 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12460 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12462 "All the parameters of the maintainer scripts have to be forwarded to the "
12463 "program after B<-->."
12467 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12468 msgid "CONFFILE RELATED TASKS"
12472 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12474 "When upgrading a package, B<dpkg> will not automatically remove a conffile "
12475 "(a configuration file for which B<dpkg> should preserve user changes) if it "
12476 "is not present in the newer version. There are two principal reasons for "
12477 "this; the first is that the conffile could've been dropped by accident and "
12478 "the next version could restore it, users wouldn't want their changes thrown "
12479 "away. The second is to allow packages to transition files from a dpkg-"
12480 "maintained conffile to a file maintained by the package's maintainer "
12481 "scripts, usually with a tool like debconf or ucf."
12485 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12487 "This means that if a package is intended to rename or remove a conffile, it "
12488 "must explicitly do so and B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> can be used to "
12489 "implement graceful deletion and moving of conffiles within maintainer "
12494 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12495 msgid "Removing a conffile"
12499 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12501 "Note: This can be replaced in most cases by the C<remove-on-upgrade> flag in "
12502 "F<DEBIAN/conffiles> (since dpkg 1.20.6), see L<deb-conffiles(5)>."
12506 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12508 "If a conffile is completely removed, it should be removed from disk, unless "
12509 "the user has modified it. If there are local modifications, they should be "
12510 "preserved. If the package upgrades aborts, the newly obsolete conffile "
12511 "should not disappear."
12515 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12517 "All of this is implemented by putting the following shell snippet in the "
12518 "B<preinst>, B<postinst> and B<postrm> maintainer scripts:"
12522 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12526 " dpkg-maintscript-helper rm_conffile \\\n"
12527 " I<conffile> I<prior-version> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n"
12532 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12533 msgid "I<conffile> is the filename of the conffile to remove."
12537 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12539 "Current implementation: in the B<preinst>, it checks if the conffile was "
12540 "modified and renames it either to I<conffile>B<.dpkg-remove> (if not "
12541 "modified) or to I<conffile>B<.dpkg-backup> (if modified). In the "
12542 "B<postinst>, the latter file is renamed to I<conffile>B<.dpkg-bak> and kept "
12543 "for reference as it contains user modifications but the former will be "
12544 "removed. If the package upgrade aborts, the B<postrm> reinstalls the "
12545 "original conffile. During purge, the B<postrm> will also delete the B<.dpkg-"
12546 "bak> file kept up to now."
12550 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12551 msgid "Renaming a conffile"
12555 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12557 "If a conffile is moved from one location to another, you need to make sure "
12558 "you move across any changes the user has made. This may seem a simple change "
12559 "to the B<preinst> script at first, however that will result in the user "
12560 "being prompted by B<dpkg> to approve the conffile edits even though they are "
12561 "not responsible of them."
12565 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12567 "Graceful renaming can be implemented by putting the following shell snippet "
12568 "in the B<preinst>, B<postinst> and B<postrm> maintainer scripts:"
12572 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12576 " dpkg-maintscript-helper mv_conffile \\\n"
12577 " I<old-conffile> I<new-conffile> I<prior-version> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n"
12582 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12584 "I<old-conffile> and I<new-conffile> are the old and new name of the conffile "
12589 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12591 "Current implementation: the B<preinst> checks if the conffile has been "
12592 "modified, if yes it's left on place otherwise it's renamed to I<old-"
12593 "conffile>B<.dpkg-remove>. On configuration, the B<postinst> removes I<old-"
12594 "conffile>B<.dpkg-remove> and renames I<old-conffile> to I<new-conffile> if "
12595 "I<old-conffile> is still available. On abort-upgrade/abort-install, the "
12596 "B<postrm> renames I<old-conffile>B<.dpkg-remove> back to I<old-conffile> if "
12601 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12602 msgid "SYMLINK AND DIRECTORY SWITCHES"
12606 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12608 "When upgrading a package, B<dpkg> will not automatically switch a symlink to "
12609 "a directory or vice-versa. Downgrades are not supported and the path will be "
12614 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12616 "Note: The symlinks and directories created during these switches need to be "
12617 "shipped in the new packages, or B<dpkg> will not be able to remove them on "
12622 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12623 msgid "Switching a symlink to directory"
12627 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12629 "If a symlink is switched to a real directory, you need to make sure before "
12630 "unpacking that the symlink is removed. This may seem a simple change to the "
12631 "B<preinst> script at first, however that will result in some problems in "
12632 "case of admin local customization of the symlink or when downgrading the "
12637 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12641 " dpkg-maintscript-helper symlink_to_dir \\\n"
12642 " I<pathname> I<old-target> I<prior-version> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n"
12647 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12649 "I<pathname> is the absolute name of the old symlink (the path will be a "
12650 "directory at the end of the installation) and I<old-target> is the target "
12651 "name of the former symlink at I<pathname>. It can either be absolute or "
12652 "relative to the directory containing I<pathname>."
12656 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12658 "Current implementation: the B<preinst> checks if the symlink exists and "
12659 "points to I<old-target>, if not then it's left in place, otherwise it's "
12660 "renamed to I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup>. On configuration, the B<postinst> "
12661 "removes I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> if I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> is still a "
12662 "symlink. On abort-upgrade/abort-install, the B<postrm> renames I<pathname>B<."
12663 "dpkg-backup> back to I<pathname> if required."
12667 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12668 msgid "Switching a directory to symlink"
12672 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12674 "If a real directory is switched to a symlink, you need to make sure before "
12675 "unpacking that the directory is removed. This may seem a simple change to "
12676 "the B<preinst> script at first, however that will result in some problems in "
12677 "case the directory contains conffiles, pathnames owned by other packages, "
12678 "locally created pathnames, or when downgrading the package."
12682 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12684 "Graceful switching can be implemented by putting the following shell snippet "
12685 "in the B<preinst>, B<postinst> and B<postrm> maintainer scripts:"
12689 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12693 " dpkg-maintscript-helper dir_to_symlink \\\n"
12694 " I<pathname> I<new-target> I<prior-version> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n"
12699 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12701 "I<pathname> is the absolute name of the old directory (the path will be a "
12702 "symlink at the end of the installation) and I<new-target> is the target of "
12703 "the new symlink at I<pathname>. It can either be absolute or relative to the "
12704 "directory containing I<pathname>."
12708 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12710 "Current implementation: the B<preinst> checks if the directory exists, does "
12711 "not contain conffiles, pathnames owned by other packages, or locally created "
12712 "pathnames, if not then it's left in place, otherwise it's renamed to "
12713 "I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup>, and an empty staging directory named I<pathname> "
12714 "is created, marked with a file so that dpkg can track it. On configuration, "
12715 "the B<postinst> finishes the switch if I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> is still a "
12716 "directory and I<pathname> is the staging directory; it removes the staging "
12717 "directory mark file, moves the newly created files inside the staging "
12718 "directory to the symlink target I<new-target>/, replaces the now empty "
12719 "staging directory I<pathname> with a symlink to I<new-target>, and removes "
12720 "I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup>. On abort-upgrade/abort-install, the B<postrm> "
12721 "renames I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> back to I<pathname> if required."
12725 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12727 #| msgid "INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES"
12728 msgid "INTEGRATION IN PACKAGES"
12729 msgstr "INFORMAÇÃO SOBRE PACOTES"
12732 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12734 "When using a packaging helper, please check if it has native B<dpkg-"
12735 "maintscript-helper> integration, which might make your life easier. See for "
12736 "example B<dh_installdeb>(1)."
12740 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12742 "Given that B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> is used in the B<preinst>, using it "
12743 "unconditionally requires a pre-dependency to ensure that the required "
12744 "version of B<dpkg> has been unpacked before. The required version depends on "
12745 "the command used, for B<rm_conffile> and B<mv_conffile> it is 1.15.7.2, for "
12746 "B<symlink_to_dir> and B<dir_to_symlink> it is 1.17.14:"
12750 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12753 " Pre-Depends: dpkg (>= 1.17.14)\n"
12758 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12760 "But in many cases the operation done by the program is not critical for the "
12761 "package, and instead of using a pre-dependency we can call the program only "
12762 "if we know that the required command is supported by the currently installed "
12767 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12771 " if dpkg-maintscript-helper supports I<command>; then\n"
12772 " dpkg-maintscript-helper I<command> ...\n"
12778 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12780 "The command B<supports> will return 0 on success, 1 otherwise. The "
12781 "B<supports> command will check if the environment variables as set by dpkg "
12782 "and required by the script are present, and will consider it a failure in "
12783 "case the environment is not sufficient."
12787 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12788 msgid "If set, it will be used as the filesystem root directory."
12792 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12793 msgid "If set, it will be used as the B<dpkg> data directory."
12797 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12799 "Sets the color mode (since dpkg 1.19.1). The currently accepted values are: "
12800 "B<auto> (default), B<always> and B<never>."
12804 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12806 #| msgid "B<installed>"
12807 msgid "B<dh_installdeb>(1)."
12808 msgstr "B<installed>"
12811 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
12812 msgid "dpkg-mergechangelogs - 3-way merge of debian/changelog files"
12816 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
12819 "B<dpkg-mergechangelogs> [I<option>...] I<old> I<new-a> I<new-b> [I<out>]"
12820 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
12823 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
12825 "This program will use the 3 provided versions of the Debian changelog to "
12826 "generate a merged changelog file. The resulting changelog is stored in the "
12827 "file I<out> or output to the standard output if that parameter is not given."
12831 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
12833 "Each entry is identified by its version number and they are assumed to be "
12834 "not conflicting, they are simply merged in the right order (by decreasing "
12835 "version number). When B<--merge-prereleases> is used, the part of the "
12836 "version number after the last tilde is dropped so that 1.0-1~exp1 and "
12837 "1.0-1~exp5 are considered to be the same entry. When the same version is "
12838 "available in both I<new-a> and I<new-b>, a standard line-based 3-way merge "
12839 "is attempted (provided that the module Algorithm::Merge is available — it's "
12840 "part of the package libalgorithm-merge-perl — otherwise you get a global "
12841 "conflict on the content of the entry)."
12845 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
12847 msgid "B<--merge-unreleased>"
12848 msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>"
12851 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
12853 "Ignore the version number when the entries are marked as B<UNRELEASED> "
12854 "(since dpkg 1.21.0)."
12858 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
12860 "This is useful when you have diverging development for versions that have "
12861 "not yet been released. For instance 2.1-1 is released, then development "
12862 "happens for the new 2.2-1 and then for 2.3-1, where it makes sense to just "
12863 "end with a coalesced entry for 2.3-1 including all the development done in "
12868 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
12870 msgid "B<-m>, B<--merge-prereleases>"
12871 msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>"
12874 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
12876 "Drop the part after the last tilde in the version number when doing version "
12877 "comparison to identify if two entries are supposed to be the same or not."
12881 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
12883 "This is useful when you keep using the same changelog entry but you increase "
12884 "its version number regularly. For instance, you might have 2.3-1~exp1, "
12885 "2.3-1~exp2, ... until the official release 2.3-1 and they are all the same "
12886 "changelog entry that has evolved over time."
12890 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
12893 msgid "LIMITATIONS"
12897 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
12899 "Anything that is not parsed by Dpkg::Changelog is lost during the merge. "
12900 "This might include stuff like comments which were not supposed to be there, "
12905 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
12906 msgid "INTEGRATION WITH GIT"
12910 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
12912 "If you want to use this program to merge Debian changelog files in a git "
12913 "repository, you have first to register a new merge driver in B<.git/config> "
12914 "or B<~/.gitconfig>:"
12918 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
12921 " [merge \"dpkg-mergechangelogs\"]\n"
12922 " name = debian/changelog merge driver\n"
12923 " driver = dpkg-mergechangelogs -m %O %A %B %A\n"
12928 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
12930 "Then you have to setup the merge attribute for the debian/changelog file "
12931 "either in B<.gitattributes> in the repository itself, or in B<.git/info/"
12936 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
12938 msgid " debian/changelog merge=dpkg-mergechangelogs\n"
12943 msgid "dpkg-name - rename Debian packages to full package names"
12949 msgid "B<dpkg-name> [I<option>...] [B<-->] I<file>..."
12950 msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<optções>] B<--auto> I<nome>"
12955 "This manual page documents the B<dpkg-name> program which provides an easy "
12956 "way to rename B<Debian> packages into their full package names. A full "
12957 "package name consists of I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<architecture>B<."
12958 ">I<package-type> as specified in the control file of the package. The "
12959 "I<version> part of the filename consists of the upstream version information "
12960 "optionally followed by a hyphen and the revision information. The I<package-"
12961 "type> part comes from that field if present or fallbacks to B<deb>."
12967 msgid "B<-a>, B<--no-architecture>"
12968 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
12972 msgid "The destination filename will not have the architecture information."
12978 msgid "B<-k>, B<--symlink>"
12979 msgstr "B<--display> I<ligação>"
12983 msgid "Create a symlink, instead of moving."
12989 msgid "B<-o>, B<--overwrite>"
12990 msgstr "B<--verbose>"
12995 "Existing files will be overwritten if they have the same name as the "
12996 "destination filename."
13002 msgid "B<-s>, B<--subdir> [I<dir>]"
13003 msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>"
13008 "Files will be moved into a subdirectory. If the directory given as argument "
13009 "exists the files will be moved into that directory otherwise the name of the "
13010 "target directory is extracted from the section field in the control part of "
13011 "the package. The target directory will be «unstable/binary-I<architecture>/"
13012 "I<section>». If the section is not found in the control, then B<no-section> "
13013 "is assumed, and in this case, as well as for sections B<non-free> and "
13014 "B<contrib> the target directory is «I<section>/binary-I<architecture>». The "
13015 "section field is not required so a lot of packages will find their way to "
13016 "the B<no-section> area."
13021 msgid "B<Warning:> I<Use this option with care, it is messy.>"
13027 msgid "B<-c>, B<--create-dir>"
13028 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
13033 "This option can used together with the B<-s> option. If a target directory "
13034 "isn't found it will be created automatically."
13039 msgid "B<Warning:> I<Use this option with care.>"
13045 msgid "B<-v>, B<--version>"
13046 msgstr "B<--version>"
13051 "Some packages don't follow the name structure "
13052 "I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<architecture>B<.deb>. Packages renamed by "
13053 "B<dpkg-name> will follow this structure. Generally this will have no impact "
13054 "on how packages are installed by B<dselect>(1)/B<dpkg>(1), but other "
13055 "installation tools might depend on this naming structure."
13060 msgid "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>"
13066 "The file B<bar-foo.deb> will be renamed to bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb or "
13067 "something similar (depending on whatever information is in the control part "
13068 "of B<bar-foo.deb>)."
13073 msgid "B<find /root/debian/ -name '*.deb' | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>"
13079 "All files with the extension B<deb> in the directory /root/debian and its "
13080 "subdirectory's will be renamed by B<dpkg-name> if required into names with "
13081 "no architecture information."
13086 msgid "B<find -name '*.deb' | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>"
13092 "B<Don't do this.> Your archive will be messed up completely because a lot of "
13093 "packages don't come with section information. B<Don't do this.>"
13098 msgid "B<dpkg-deb --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>"
13103 msgid "This can be used when building new packages."
13109 "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<find>(1), "
13114 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13115 msgid "dpkg-parsechangelog - parse Debian changelog files"
13119 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13121 msgid "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> [I<option>...]"
13122 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
13125 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13127 "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> reads and parses the changelog of an unpacked Debian "
13128 "source tree and outputs the information in it to standard output in a "
13129 "machine-readable form."
13133 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13135 msgid "B<-l>, B<--file> I<changelog-file>"
13136 msgstr "I<control>"
13139 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13142 "Specifies the changelog file to read information from. A ‘-’ can be used to "
13143 "specify reading from standard input. The default is B<debian/changelog>."
13145 "Especifica o diretório de alternativas, quando este está configurado para "
13146 "algo diferente do padrão."
13149 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13151 msgid "B<-F> I<changelog-format>"
13152 msgstr "I<control>"
13155 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13157 "Specifies the format of the changelog. By default the format is read from a "
13158 "special line near the bottom of the changelog or failing that defaults to "
13159 "the B<debian> standard format. See also B<CHANGELOG FORMATS>."
13163 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13165 msgid "B<-L> I<libdir>"
13166 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
13169 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13171 "Obsolete option without effect (since dpkg 1.18.8). Setting the perl "
13172 "environment variables B<PERL5LIB> or B<PERLLIB> has a similar effect when "
13173 "looking for the parser perl modules."
13177 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13179 msgid "B<-S>, B<--show-field> I<field>"
13180 msgstr "B<-R> | B<--recursive>"
13183 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13185 "Specifies the name of the field to show (since dpkg 1.17.0). The field name "
13186 "is not printed, only its value."
13190 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13191 msgid "Parser Options"
13195 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13197 "The following options can be used to influence the output of the changelog "
13198 "parser, for example the range of entries or the format of the output."
13202 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13204 msgid "B<--format> I<output-format>"
13205 msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
13208 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13210 "Set the output format. Currently supported values are B<dpkg> and "
13211 "B<rfc822>. B<dpkg> is the classic output format (from before this option "
13212 "existed) and the default. It consists of one stanza in Debian control format "
13213 "(see B<deb-control>(5)). If more than one entry is requested, then most "
13214 "fields are taken from the first entry (usually the most recent entry), "
13215 "except otherwise stated:"
13219 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13221 msgid "B<Source:> I<pkg-name>"
13222 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
13225 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13227 msgid "B<Version:> I<version>"
13228 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
13231 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13232 msgid "B<Distribution:> I<target-distribution>"
13236 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13238 msgid "B<Urgency:> I<urgency>"
13239 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
13242 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13244 "The highest urgency of all included entries is used, followed by the "
13245 "concatenated (space-separated) comments from all the versions requested."
13249 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13251 msgid "B<Maintainer:> I<author>"
13252 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
13255 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13257 msgid "B<Date:> I<date>"
13258 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
13261 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13263 "The date of the entry as a string, as it appears in the changelog. With a "
13264 "B<strptime>(3) format \"B<%a, %d %b %Y %T %z>\", but where the day of the "
13265 "week might not actually correspond to the real day obtained from the rest of "
13266 "the date string. If you need a more accurate representation of the date, "
13267 "use the B<Timestamp> field, but take into account it might not be possible "
13268 "to map it back to the exact value in this field."
13272 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13274 msgid "B<Timestamp:> I<timestamp>"
13275 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
13278 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13280 "The date of the entry as a timestamp in seconds since the epoch (since dpkg "
13285 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13287 msgid "B<Closes:> I<bug-number>"
13288 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
13291 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13292 msgid "The Closes fields of all included entries are merged."
13296 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13297 msgid "B<Changes:> I<changelog-entries>"
13301 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13303 "The text of all changelog entries is concatenated. To make this field a "
13304 "valid Debian control format multiline field empty lines are replaced with a "
13305 "single full stop and all lines is intended by one space character. The exact "
13306 "content depends on the changelog format."
13310 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13312 "The B<Version>, B<Distribution>, B<Urgency>, B<Maintainer> and B<Changes> "
13313 "fields are mandatory."
13317 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13318 msgid "There might be additional user-defined fields present."
13322 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13324 "The B<rfc822> format uses the same fields but outputs a separate stanza for "
13325 "each changelog entry so that all metadata for each entry is preserved."
13329 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13331 msgid "B<--reverse>"
13332 msgstr "B<--verbose>"
13335 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13337 msgid "Include all changes in reverse order (since dpkg 1.19.1)."
13338 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
13341 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13343 "B<Note:> For the B<dpkg> format the first entry will be the most ancient "
13348 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod update-alternatives.pod
13354 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13356 "Include all changes. B<Note:> Other options have no effect when this is in "
13361 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13363 msgid "B<-s>, B<--since> I<version>"
13364 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
13367 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13369 msgid "B<-v> I<version>"
13370 msgstr "B<--version>"
13373 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13374 msgid "Include all changes later than I<version>."
13378 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13380 msgid "B<-u>, B<--until> I<version>"
13381 msgstr "B<--version>"
13384 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13385 msgid "Include all changes earlier than I<version>."
13389 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13391 msgid "B<-f>, B<--from> I<version>"
13392 msgstr "B<--version>"
13395 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13396 msgid "Include all changes equal or later than I<version>."
13400 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13402 msgid "B<-t>, B<--to> I<version>"
13403 msgstr "B<--version>"
13406 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13407 msgid "Include all changes up to or equal than I<version>."
13411 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13413 msgid "B<-c>, B<--count> I<number>"
13414 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
13417 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13419 msgid "B<-n> I<number>"
13420 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
13423 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13425 "Include I<number> entries from the top (or the tail if I<number> is lower "
13430 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13432 msgid "B<-o>, B<--offset> I<number>"
13433 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
13436 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13438 "Change the starting point for B<--count>, counted from the top (or the tail "
13439 "if I<number> is lower than 0)."
13443 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13445 msgid "CHANGELOG FORMATS"
13446 msgstr "SINALIZADORES DOS PACOTES"
13449 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13451 "It is possible to use a different format to the standard one, by providing a "
13452 "parser for that alternative format."
13456 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13458 "In order to have B<dpkg-parsechangelog> run the new parser, a line must be "
13459 "included within the last 40 lines of the changelog file, matching the Perl "
13460 "regular expression: “B<\\schangelog-format:\\s+([0-9a-z]+)\\W>”. The part "
13461 "in parentheses should be the name of the format. For example:"
13465 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13466 msgid "@@@ changelog-format: I<otherformat> @@@"
13470 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13472 "Changelog format names are non-empty strings of lowercase alphanumerics (“a-"
13477 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13479 "If such a line exists then B<dpkg-parsechangelog> will look for the parser "
13480 "as a B<Dpkg::Changelog::>I<Otherformat> perl module; it is an error for it "
13481 "not being present. The parser name in the perl module will be automatically "
13482 "capitalized. The default changelog format is B<debian>, and a parser for it "
13483 "is provided by default."
13487 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13489 "The parser should be derived from the Dpkg::Changelog class and implement "
13490 "the required documented interface."
13494 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13496 "If the changelog format which is being parsed always or almost always leaves "
13497 "a blank line between individual change notes, these blank lines should be "
13498 "stripped out, so as to make the resulting output compact."
13502 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13504 "If the changelog format does not contain date or package name information "
13505 "this information should be omitted from the output. The parser should not "
13506 "attempt to synthesize it or find it from other sources."
13510 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13512 "If the changelog does not have the expected format the parser should error "
13513 "out, rather than trying to muddle through and possibly generating incorrect "
13518 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13519 msgid "A changelog parser may not interact with the user at all."
13523 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13525 "All B<Parser Options> except for B<-v> are only supported since dpkg 1.14.16."
13529 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13531 "Short option parsing with non-bundled values available only since dpkg "
13536 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13538 "The changelog file, used to obtain version-dependent information about the "
13539 "source package, such as the urgency and distribution of an upload, the "
13540 "changes made since a particular release, and the source version number "
13545 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13547 msgid "B<deb-changelog>(5)."
13548 msgstr "I<control>"
13552 msgid "dpkg-query - a tool to query the dpkg database"
13558 msgid "B<dpkg-query> [I<option>...] I<command>"
13559 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
13564 "B<dpkg-query> is a tool to show information about packages listed in the "
13565 "B<dpkg> database."
13571 msgid "B<-l>, B<--list> [I<package-name-pattern>...]"
13572 msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<padrão>...]"
13577 "List all known packages matching one or more patterns, regardless of their "
13578 "status, which includes any real or virtual package referenced in any "
13579 "dependency relationship field (such as B<Breaks>, B<Enhances>, etc.). If no "
13580 "I<package-name-pattern> is given, list all packages in I<%ADMINDIR%/status>, "
13581 "excluding the ones marked as not-installed (i.e. those which have been "
13582 "previously purged). Normal shell wildcard characters are allowed in "
13583 "I<package-name-pattern>. Please note you will probably have to quote "
13584 "I<package-name-pattern> to prevent the shell from performing filename "
13585 "expansion. For example this will list all package names starting with "
13593 " dpkg-query -l 'libc6*'\n"
13595 msgstr " B<dpkg -l '*vi*'>"
13600 "The first three columns of the output show the desired action, the package "
13601 "status, and errors, in that order."
13606 msgid "Desired action:"
13611 msgid "u = Unknown"
13617 msgid "i = Install"
13618 msgstr "B<install>"
13637 msgid "Package status:"
13643 #| msgid "B<not-installed>"
13644 msgid "n = Not-installed"
13645 msgstr "B<not-installed>"
13650 #| msgid "B<config-files>"
13651 msgid "c = Config-files"
13652 msgstr "B<config-files>"
13657 #| msgid "B<half-installed>"
13658 msgid "H = Half-installed"
13659 msgstr "B<half-installed>"
13664 #| msgid "B<unpacked>"
13665 msgid "U = Unpacked"
13666 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
13671 #| msgid "B<half-configured>"
13672 msgid "F = Half-configured"
13673 msgstr "B<half-configured>"
13677 msgid "W = Triggers-awaiting"
13682 msgid "t = Triggers-pending"
13688 #| msgid "B<installed>"
13689 msgid "i = Installed"
13690 msgstr "B<installed>"
13694 msgid "Error flags:"
13699 msgid "E<lt>emptyE<gt> = (none)"
13704 msgid "R = Reinst-required"
13710 "An uppercase status or error letter indicates the package is likely to cause "
13711 "severe problems. Please refer to B<dpkg>(1) for information about the above "
13712 "states and flags."
13718 "The output format of this option is not configurable, but varies "
13719 "automatically to fit the terminal width. It is intended for human readers, "
13720 "and is not easily machine-readable. See B<-W> (B<--show>) and B<--"
13721 "showformat> for a way to configure the output format."
13727 msgid "B<-W>, B<--show> [I<package-name-pattern>...]"
13728 msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<padrão>...]"
13733 "Just like the B<--list> option this will list all packages matching the "
13734 "given patterns. However the output can be customized using the B<--"
13735 "showformat> option."
13741 "The default output format gives one line per matching package, each line "
13742 "consisting of the package name and its installed version, separated by a "
13743 "tab. The package name will be architecture qualified for packages with a "
13744 "B<Multi-Arch> field with the value B<same> or with a foreign architecture, "
13745 "which is an architecture that is neither the native one nor B<all>."
13751 msgid "B<-s>, B<--status> [I<package-name>...]"
13752 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
13757 "Report status of specified packages. This just displays the entry in the "
13758 "installed package status database. If no I<package-name> is specified it "
13759 "will display all package entries in the status database (since dpkg "
13760 "1.19.1). When multiple I<package-name> entries are listed, the requested "
13761 "status entries are separated by an empty line, with the same order as "
13762 "specified on the argument list."
13766 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
13768 msgid "B<-L>, B<--listfiles> I<package-name>..."
13769 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
13774 "List files installed to your system from I<package-name>. When multiple "
13775 "I<package-name>s are listed, the requested lists of files are separated by "
13776 "an empty line, with the same order as specified on the argument list."
13782 "Each file diversion is printed on its own line after its diverted file, "
13783 "prefixed with one of the following localized strings:"
13791 " locally diverted to: I<diverted-to>\n"
13792 " package diverts others to: I<diverted-to>\n"
13793 " diverted by I<pkg> to: I<diverted-to>\n"
13800 "Hint: When machine parsing the output, it is customary to set the locale to "
13801 "B<C.UTF-8> to get reproducible results."
13807 "This command will not list extra files created by maintainer scripts, nor "
13808 "will it list alternatives."
13814 msgid "B<--control-list> I<package-name>"
13815 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
13820 "List control files installed to your system from I<package-name> (since dpkg "
13821 "1.16.5). These can be used as input arguments to B<--control-show>."
13827 msgid "B<--control-show> I<package-name> I<control-file>"
13828 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
13833 "Print the I<control-file> installed to your system from I<package-name> to "
13834 "the standard output (since dpkg 1.16.5)."
13840 msgid "B<-c>, B<--control-path> I<package-name> [I<control-file>]"
13841 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
13846 "List paths for control files installed to your system from I<package-name> "
13847 "(since dpkg 1.15.4). If I<control-file> is specified then only list the "
13848 "path for that control file if it is present."
13854 "B<Warning>: this command is deprecated as it gives direct access to the "
13855 "internal dpkg database, please switch to use B<--control-list> and B<--"
13856 "control-show> instead for all cases where those commands might give the same "
13857 "end result. Although, as long as there is still at least one case where this "
13858 "command is needed (i.e. when having to remove a damaging postrm maintainer "
13859 "script), and while there is no good solution for that, this command will not "
13864 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
13866 msgid "B<-S>, B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern>..."
13867 msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<padrão>...]"
13872 "Search for packages that own files corresponding to the given patterns. "
13873 "Standard shell wildcard characters can be used in the pattern, where "
13874 "asterisk (B<*>) and question mark (B<?>) will match a slash, and backslash "
13875 "(B<\\>) will be used as an escape character."
13881 "If the first character in the I<filename-search-pattern> is none of ‘B<*[?/"
13882 ">’ then it will be considered a substring match and will be implicitly "
13883 "surrounded by ‘B<*>’ (as in B<*>I<filename-search-pattern>B<*>). If the "
13884 "subsequent string contains any of ‘B<*[?\\>’, then it will handled like a "
13885 "glob pattern, otherwise any trailing ‘B</>’ or ‘B</.>’ will be removed and a "
13886 "literal path lookup will be performed."
13892 "The output format consists of one line per matching pattern, with a list of "
13893 "packages owning the pathname separated by a comma (U+002C ‘B<,>’) and a "
13894 "space (U+0020 ‘B< >’), followed by a colon (U+003A ‘B<:>’) and a space, "
13895 "followed by the pathname. As in:"
13902 " pkgname1, pkgname2: pathname1\n"
13903 " pkgname3: pathname2\n"
13909 msgid "File diversions are printed with the following localized strings:"
13917 " diversion by I<pkgname> from: I<diverted-from>\n"
13918 " diversion by I<pkgname> to: I<diverted-to>\n"
13924 msgid "or for local diversions:"
13932 " local diversion from: I<diverted-from>\n"
13933 " local diversion to: I<diverted-to>\n"
13940 msgid "B<-p>, B<--print-avail> [I<package-name>...]"
13941 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
13946 "Display details about packages, as found in I<%ADMINDIR%/available>. If no "
13947 "I<package-name> is specified, it will display all package entries in the "
13948 "I<available> database (since dpkg 1.19.1). When multiple I<package-name> "
13949 "are listed, the requested I<available> entries are separated by an empty "
13950 "line, with the same order as specified on the argument list."
13956 "Users of APT-based frontends should use B<apt show> I<package-name> instead "
13957 "as the I<available> file is only kept up-to-date when using B<dselect>."
13963 "Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. The default location is "
13968 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
13970 msgid "B<--root=>I<directory>"
13971 msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>"
13974 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
13976 "Set the root directory to I<directory>, which sets the administrative "
13977 "directory to «I<directory>%ADMINDIR%» (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
13983 msgid "B<--load-avail>"
13984 msgstr "B<dpkg --clear-avail>"
13989 "Also load the available file when using the B<--show> and B<--list> "
13990 "commands, which now default to only querying the status file (since dpkg "
13995 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
13997 msgid "B<--no-pager>"
13998 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
14001 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
14004 "Disables the use of any pager when showing information (since dpkg 1.19.2)."
14005 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
14009 msgid "B<-f>, B<--showformat=>I<format>"
14015 "This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will "
14016 "produce (short option since dpkg 1.13.1). The format is a string that will "
14017 "be output for each package listed."
14022 msgid "In the format string, “B<\\>” introduces escapes:"
14027 msgid "B<\\n> newline"
14032 msgid "B<\\r> carriage return"
14043 "“B<\\>” before any other character suppresses any special meaning of the "
14044 "following character, which is useful for “B<\\>” and “B<$>”."
14050 "Package information can be included by inserting variable references to "
14051 "package fields using the syntax “B<${>I<field>[B<;>I<width>]B<}>”. Fields "
14052 "are printed right-aligned unless the width is negative in which case left "
14053 "alignment will be used. The following I<field>s are recognized but they are "
14054 "not necessarily available in the status file (only internal fields or fields "
14055 "stored in the binary package end up in it):"
14061 msgid "B<Architecture>"
14062 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
14071 msgid "B<Conffiles> (internal)"
14076 msgid "B<Config-Version> (internal)"
14081 msgid "B<Conflicts>"
14097 msgid "B<Description>"
14098 msgstr "B<--version>"
14102 msgid "B<Enhances>"
14108 msgid "B<Protected>"
14109 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
14113 msgid "B<Essential>"
14118 msgid "B<Filename> (internal, front-end related)"
14124 msgid "B<Homepage>"
14125 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
14129 msgid "B<MD5sum> (internal, front-end related)"
14134 msgid "B<MSDOS-Filename> (internal, front-end related)"
14140 msgid "B<Maintainer>"
14141 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
14147 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
14153 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
14158 msgid "B<Pre-Depends>"
14159 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
14164 msgid "B<Priority>"
14165 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
14170 msgid "B<Provides>"
14171 msgstr "B<--version>"
14176 msgid "B<Recommends>"
14177 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
14181 msgid "B<Replaces>"
14186 msgid "B<Revision> (obsolete)"
14193 msgstr "B<--version>"
14197 msgid "B<Size> (internal, front-end related)"
14204 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
14209 msgid "B<Status> (internal)"
14210 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
14214 msgid "B<Suggests>"
14219 msgid "B<Tag> (usually not in .deb but in repository Packages files)"
14224 msgid "B<Triggers-Awaited> (internal)"
14229 msgid "B<Triggers-Pending> (internal)"
14236 msgstr "B<--version>"
14241 "The following are virtual fields, generated by B<dpkg-query> from values "
14242 "from other fields (note that these do not use valid names for fields in "
14249 msgid "B<binary:Package>"
14250 msgstr "B<--version>"
14255 "It contains the binary package name with a possible architecture qualifier "
14256 "like “libc6:amd64” (since dpkg 1.16.2). An architecture qualifier will be "
14257 "present to make the package name unambiguous, for packages with a B<Multi-"
14258 "Arch> field with the value B<same> or with a foreign architecture, which is "
14259 "an architecture that is neither the native one nor B<all>."
14265 msgid "B<binary:Synopsis>"
14266 msgstr "B<--version>"
14271 msgid "It contains the package short description (since dpkg 1.19.1)."
14272 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
14277 msgid "B<binary:Summary>"
14278 msgstr "B<--version>"
14282 msgid "This is an alias for B<binary:Synopsis> (since dpkg 1.16.2)."
14287 msgid "B<db:Status-Abbrev>"
14293 "It contains the abbreviated package status (as three characters), such as "
14294 "“ii ” or “iHR” (since dpkg 1.16.2). See the B<--list> command description "
14295 "for more details."
14300 msgid "B<db:Status-Want>"
14306 "It contains the package wanted status, part of the Status field (since dpkg "
14313 msgid "B<db:Status-Status>"
14314 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
14319 "It contains the package status word, part of the Status field (since dpkg "
14325 msgid "B<db:Status-Eflag>"
14331 "It contains the package status error flag, part of the Status field (since "
14338 msgid "B<db-fsys:Files>"
14339 msgstr "B<config-files>"
14345 "It contains the list of the package filesystem entries separated by newlines "
14346 "(since dpkg 1.19.3)."
14347 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
14351 msgid "B<db-fsys:Last-Modified>"
14357 "It contains the timestamp in seconds of the last time the package filesystem "
14358 "entries were modified (since dpkg 1.19.3)."
14364 msgid "B<source:Package>"
14365 msgstr "B<--version>"
14370 "It contains the source package name for this binary package (since dpkg "
14377 "It contains the source package version for this binary package (since dpkg "
14385 "It contains the source package upstream version for this binary package "
14386 "(since dpkg 1.18.16)"
14387 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
14392 "The default format string is “B<${binary:Package}\\t${Version}\\n>”. "
14393 "Actually, all other fields found in the status file (i.e. user defined "
14394 "fields) can be requested, too. They will be printed as-is, though, no "
14395 "conversion nor error checking is done on them. To get the name of the "
14396 "B<dpkg> maintainer and the installed version, you could run:"
14403 " dpkg-query -f='${binary:Package} ${Version}\\t${Maintainer}\\n' \\\n"
14411 msgid "The requested query was successfully performed."
14412 msgstr "A ação requisitada foi completada com sucesso."
14415 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
14416 #: dpkg.pod start-stop-daemon.pod
14423 "The requested query failed either fully or partially, due to no file or "
14424 "package being found (except for B<--control-path>, B<--control-list> and B<--"
14425 "control-show> were such errors are fatal)."
14429 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
14436 "Sets the program to execute when spawning a command via a shell (since dpkg "
14441 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
14448 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
14451 msgid "B<DPKG_PAGER>"
14457 "Sets the pager command to use (since dpkg 1.19.1), which will be executed "
14458 "with «B<$SHELL -c>». If B<SHELL> is not set, «B<sh>» will be used instead. "
14459 "The B<DPKG_PAGER> overrides the B<PAGER> environment variable (since dpkg "
14464 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
14466 "If set and the B<--root> option has not been specified, it will be used as "
14467 "the filesystem root directory (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
14471 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
14473 "If set and the B<--admindir> option has not been specified, it will be used "
14474 "as the B<dpkg> data directory."
14478 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
14485 "Defined by B<dpkg-query> to “B<-FRSXMQ>”, if not already set, when spawning "
14486 "a pager (since dpkg 1.19.2). To change the default behavior, this variable "
14487 "can be preset to some other value including an empty string, or the B<PAGER> "
14488 "or B<DPKG_PAGER> variables can be set to disable specific options with «B<-"
14489 "+>», for example B<DPKG_PAGER=\"less -+F\">."
14493 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
14494 msgid "dpkg-realpath - print the resolved pathname with DPKG_ROOT support"
14498 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
14500 #| msgid "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>"
14501 msgid "B<dpkg-realpath> [I<option>...] I<pathname>"
14502 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
14505 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
14507 "B<dpkg-realpath> is a tool (since dpkg 1.20.1) to resolve a pathname, that "
14508 "takes the L<dpkg(1)> root directory into account, either implicitly from the "
14509 "B<DPKG_ROOT> environment variable or from the command-line B<--root> or B<--"
14510 "instdir> options, and returns an absolute I<pathname> relative to the root "
14511 "directory. The root directory must not be prefixed to the I<pathname> to be "
14516 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
14518 "This is intended to be used by other B<dpkg> helpers, or by maintainer "
14519 "scripts instead of using L<realpath(1)> or L<readlink(1)> to canonicalize "
14520 "pathnames, as these latter commands do not support canonicalization relative "
14521 "to a different root than F</>."
14525 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
14527 msgid "B<-z>, B<--zero>"
14528 msgstr "B<--verbose>"
14531 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
14533 "Use a NUL byte to end output lines instead of a new line character (since "
14538 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
14540 "Set the root directory to I<directory>, which is the base directory that "
14541 "pathnames get canonicalized against. Defaults to «B</>» if B<DPKG_ROOT> has "
14546 #: dpkg-realpath.pod update-alternatives.pod
14548 "If set and the B<--instdir> or B<--root> options have not been specified, it "
14549 "will be used as the filesystem root directory."
14553 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
14555 "Sets the color mode. The currently accepted values are: B<auto> (default), "
14556 "B<always> and B<never>."
14560 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
14561 msgid "L<realpath(1)>, L<readlink(1)>."
14565 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
14566 msgid "dpkg-scanpackages - create Packages index files"
14570 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
14572 "B<dpkg-scanpackages> [I<option>...] I<binary-path> [I<override-file> [I<path-"
14573 "prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>"
14577 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
14579 "B<dpkg-scanpackages> sorts through a tree of Debian binary packages and "
14580 "creates a Packages file, used by B<apt>(8), B<dselect>(1), etc, to tell the "
14581 "user what packages are available for installation. These Packages files are "
14582 "the same as those found on Debian archive sites and CD-ROMs. You might use "
14583 "B<dpkg-scanpackages> yourself if making a directory of local packages to "
14584 "install on a cluster of machines."
14588 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
14590 "B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Packages file with B<apt>(8) "
14591 "you will probably need to compress the file with B<xz>(1) (generating a "
14592 "Packages.xz file), B<bzip2>(1) (generating a Packages.bz2 file) or "
14593 "B<gzip>(1) (generating a Packages.gz file). B<apt>(8) ignores "
14594 "uncompressed Packages files except on local access (i.e. B<file://> "
14599 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
14601 "I<binary-path> is the name of the tree of the binary packages to process "
14602 "(for example, B<contrib/binary-i386>). It is best to make this relative to "
14603 "the root of the Debian archive, because every Filename field in the new "
14604 "Packages file will start with this string."
14608 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
14610 "I<override-file> is the name of a file to read which contains information "
14611 "about how the package fits into the distribution (the file can be compressed "
14612 "since dpkg 1.15.5); see B<deb-override>(5)."
14616 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
14618 "I<path-prefix> is an optional string to be prepended to the Filename fields."
14622 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
14624 "If more than one version of a package is found only the newest one is "
14625 "included in the output. If they have the same version and only differ in "
14626 "architecture only the first one found is used."
14630 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
14632 msgid "B<-t>, B<--type> I<type>"
14636 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
14637 msgid "Scan for *.I<type> packages, instead of *.deb."
14641 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod
14643 msgid "B<-e>, B<--extra-override> I<file>"
14644 msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>"
14647 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
14649 "Scan I<file> to find supplementary overrides (the file can be compressed "
14650 "since dpkg 1.15.5). See B<deb-extra-override>(5) for more information on "
14655 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
14657 msgid "B<-a>, B<--arch> I<arch>"
14658 msgstr "B<--auto> I<ligação>"
14661 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
14663 "Use a pattern consisting of I<*_all.deb> and I<*_arch.deb> instead of "
14664 "scanning for all debs."
14668 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
14670 msgid "B<-h>, B<--hash> I<hash-list>"
14671 msgstr "B<--auto> I<ligação>"
14674 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
14676 "Only generate file hashes for the comma-specified list specified (since dpkg "
14677 "1.17.14). The default is to generate all currently supported hashes. "
14678 "Supported values: B<md5>, B<sha1>, B<sha256>."
14682 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
14684 msgid "B<-m>, B<--multiversion>"
14685 msgstr "B<--version>"
14688 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
14689 msgid "Include all found packages in the output."
14693 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
14695 msgid "B<-M>, B<--medium> I<id-string>"
14696 msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>"
14699 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
14701 "Add an B<X-Medium> field containing the value I<id-string> (since dpkg "
14702 "1.15.5). This field is required if you want to generate B<Packages.cd> "
14703 "files for use by the B<media> access method of B<dselect>."
14707 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod
14708 #: update-alternatives.pod
14710 msgid "DIAGNOSTICS"
14711 msgstr "DIAGNÓSTICOS"
14714 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
14716 "B<dpkg-scanpackages> outputs the usual self-explanatory errors. It also "
14717 "warns about packages that are in the wrong subdirectory, are duplicated, "
14718 "have a Filename field in their control file, are missing from the override "
14719 "file, or have maintainer substitutions which do not take effect."
14723 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
14726 "B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<deb-override>(5), B<deb-extra-override>(5), "
14727 "B<dpkg-scansources>(1)."
14729 "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
14733 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
14734 msgid "dpkg-scansources - create Sources index files"
14738 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
14740 "B<dpkg-scansources> [I<option>...] I<binary-dir> [I<override-file> [I<path-"
14741 "prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Sources>"
14745 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
14747 "B<dpkg-scansources> scans the given I<binary-dir> for I<.dsc> files. These "
14748 "are used to create a Debian source index, which is output to stdout."
14752 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
14754 "The I<override-file>, if given, is used to set priorities in the resulting "
14755 "index stanzas and to override the maintainer field given in the I<.dsc> "
14756 "files. The file can be compressed (since dpkg 1.15.5). See B<deb-"
14757 "override>(5) for the format of this file."
14761 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
14763 "B<Note:> Since the override file is indexed by binary, not source packages, "
14764 "there's a bit of a problem here. The current implementation uses the highest "
14765 "priority of all the binary packages produced by a I<.dsc> file for the "
14766 "priority of the source package, and the override entry for the first binary "
14767 "package listed in the I<.dsc> file to modify maintainer information. This "
14772 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
14774 "The I<path-prefix>, if given, is prepended to the directory field in the "
14775 "generated source index. You generally use this to make the directory fields "
14776 "contain the path from the top of the Debian archive hierarchy."
14780 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
14782 "B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Sources file with B<apt>(8) "
14783 "you will probably need to compress the file with B<gzip>(1) (generating a "
14784 "Sources.gz file). B<apt>(8) ignores uncompressed Sources files except on "
14785 "local access (i.e. B<file://> sources)."
14789 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
14791 msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-sort>"
14792 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
14795 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
14797 "Do not sort the index stanzas. Normally they are sorted by source package "
14802 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
14804 "Scan I<file> to find supplementary overrides (since dpkg 1.15.4; the file "
14805 "can be compressed since dpkg 1.15.5). See B<deb-extra-override>(5) for "
14806 "more information on its format."
14810 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
14811 msgid "B<-s>, B<--source-override> I<file>"
14815 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
14817 "Use I<file> as the source override file (the file can be compressed since "
14818 "dpkg 1.15.5). The default is the name of the override file you specified "
14819 "with I<.src> appended."
14823 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
14825 "The source override file is in a different format from the binary override "
14826 "file. It contains only two whitespace separated fields, the first is the "
14827 "source package name and the second is the section. Blank lines and comment "
14828 "lines are ignored in the normal manner. If a package appears in both files "
14829 "the source override takes precedence for setting the section."
14833 #: dpkg-scansources.pod update-alternatives.pod
14836 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
14839 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
14840 msgid "Turn debugging on."
14844 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
14846 msgid "B<deb-override>(5), B<deb-extra-override>(5), B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)."
14848 "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
14852 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
14853 msgid "dpkg-shlibdeps - generate shared library substvar dependencies"
14857 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
14859 msgid "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> [I<option>...] [B<-e>] I<executable> [I<option>...]"
14860 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
14863 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
14865 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> calculates shared library dependencies for executables "
14866 "named in its arguments. The dependencies are added to the substitution "
14867 "variables file B<debian/substvars> as variable names B<shlibs:>I<dependency-"
14868 "field> where I<dependency-field> is a dependency field name. Any other "
14869 "variables starting with B<shlibs:> are removed from the file."
14873 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
14875 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> has two possible sources of information to generate "
14876 "dependency information. Either I<symbols> files or I<shlibs> files. For each "
14877 "binary that B<dpkg-shlibdeps> analyzes, it finds out the list of libraries "
14878 "that it's linked with. Then, for each library, it looks up either the "
14879 "I<symbols> file, or the I<shlibs> file (if the former doesn't exist or if "
14880 "debian/shlibs.local contains the relevant dependency). Both files are "
14881 "supposed to be provided by the library package and should thus be available "
14882 "as %ADMINDIR%/info/I<package>.I<symbols> or %ADMINDIR%/info/I<package>."
14883 "I<shlibs>. The package name is identified in two steps: find the library "
14884 "file on the system (looking in the same directories that B<ld.so> would "
14885 "use), then use B<dpkg -S> I<library-file> to lookup the package providing "
14890 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
14891 msgid "Symbols files"
14895 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
14897 "Symbols files contain finer-grained dependency information by providing the "
14898 "minimum dependency for each symbol that the library exports. The script "
14899 "tries to find a symbols file associated to a library package in the "
14900 "following places (first match is used):"
14904 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
14905 msgid "debian/*/DEBIAN/symbols"
14909 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
14911 "Shared library information generated by the current build process that also "
14912 "invoked B<dpkg-shlibdeps>. They are generated by B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1). "
14913 "They are only used if the library is found in a package's build tree. The "
14914 "symbols file in that build tree takes precedence over symbols files from "
14915 "other binary packages."
14919 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
14920 msgid "%PKGCONFDIR%/symbols/I<package>.symbols.I<arch>"
14924 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
14925 msgid "%PKGCONFDIR%/symbols/I<package>.symbols"
14929 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
14931 "Per-system overriding shared library dependency information. I<arch> is the "
14932 "architecture of the current system (obtained by B<dpkg-architecture -"
14933 "qDEB_HOST_ARCH>)."
14937 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
14938 msgid "Output from “B<dpkg-query --control-path> I<package> symbols”"
14942 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
14944 "Package-provided shared library dependency information. Unless overridden "
14945 "by B<--admindir>, those files are located in %ADMINDIR%."
14949 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
14951 "While scanning the symbols used by all binaries, B<dpkg-shlibdeps> remembers "
14952 "the (biggest) minimal version needed for each library. At the end of the "
14953 "process, it is able to write out the minimal dependency for every library "
14954 "used (provided that the information of the I<symbols> files are accurate)."
14958 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
14960 "As a safe-guard measure, a symbols file can provide a B<Build-Depends-"
14961 "Package> meta-information field and B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will extract the "
14962 "minimal version required by the corresponding package in the B<Build-"
14963 "Depends> field and use this version if it's higher than the minimal version "
14964 "computed by scanning symbols."
14968 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
14969 msgid "Shlibs files"
14973 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
14975 "Shlibs files associate directly a library to a dependency (without looking "
14976 "at the symbols). It's thus often stronger than really needed but very safe "
14977 "and easy to handle."
14981 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
14983 "The dependencies for a library are looked up in several places. The first "
14984 "file providing information for the library of interest is used:"
14988 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
14989 msgid "debian/shlibs.local"
14993 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
14994 msgid "Package-local overriding shared library dependency information."
14998 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
14999 msgid "%PKGCONFDIR%/shlibs.override"
15003 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15004 msgid "Per-system overriding shared library dependency information."
15008 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15009 msgid "debian/*/DEBIAN/shlibs"
15013 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15015 "Shared library information generated by the current build process that also "
15016 "invoked B<dpkg-shlibdeps>. They are only used if the library is found in a "
15017 "package's build tree. The shlibs file in that build tree takes precedence "
15018 "over shlibs files from other binary packages."
15022 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15023 msgid "Output from “B<dpkg-query --control-path> I<package> shlibs”"
15027 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15028 msgid "%PKGCONFDIR%/shlibs.default"
15032 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15033 msgid "Per-system default shared library dependency information."
15037 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15039 "The extracted dependencies are then directly used (except if they are "
15040 "filtered out because they have been identified as duplicate, or as weaker "
15041 "than another dependency)."
15045 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15047 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> interprets non-option arguments as executable names, just "
15048 "as if they'd been supplied as B<-e>I<executable>."
15052 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15053 msgid "B<-e>I<executable>"
15057 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15059 "Include dependencies appropriate for the shared libraries required by "
15060 "I<executable>. This option can be used multiple times."
15064 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15066 "Prepend I<directory> to the list of directories to search for private shared "
15067 "libraries (since dpkg 1.17.0). This option can be used multiple times."
15071 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15073 msgid "B<-d>I<dependency-field>"
15074 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
15077 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15079 "Add dependencies to be added to the control file dependency field "
15080 "I<dependency-field>. (The dependencies for this field are placed in the "
15081 "variable B<shlibs:>I<dependency-field>.)"
15085 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15087 "The B<-d>I<dependency-field> option takes effect for all executables after "
15088 "the option, until the next B<-d>I<dependency-field>. The default "
15089 "I<dependency-field> is B<Depends>."
15093 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15095 "If the same dependency entry (or set of alternatives) appears in more than "
15096 "one of the recognized dependency field names B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends>, "
15097 "B<Recommends>, B<Enhances> or B<Suggests> then B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will "
15098 "automatically remove the dependency from all fields except the one "
15099 "representing the most important dependencies."
15103 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15105 msgid "B<-p>I<varname-prefix>"
15106 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
15109 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15111 "Start substitution variables with I<varname-prefix>B<:> instead of B<shlibs:"
15112 ">. Likewise, any existing substitution variables starting with I<varname-"
15113 "prefix>B<:> (rather than B<shlibs:>) are removed from the substitution "
15118 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15120 "Print substitution variable settings to standard output (or I<filename> if "
15121 "specified, since dpkg 1.17.2), rather than being added to the substitution "
15122 "variables file (B<debian/substvars> by default)."
15126 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15127 msgid "B<-t>I<type>"
15131 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15133 "Prefer shared library dependency information tagged for the given package "
15134 "type. If no tagged information is available, falls back to untagged "
15135 "information. The default package type is B<deb>. Shared library dependency "
15136 "information is tagged for a given type by prefixing it with the name of the "
15137 "type, a colon, and whitespace."
15141 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15143 msgid "B<-L>I<local-shlibs-file>"
15144 msgstr "I<control>"
15147 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15149 "Read overriding shared library dependency information from I<local-shlibs-"
15150 "file> instead of B<debian/shlibs.local>."
15154 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15156 "Write substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is B<debian/"
15161 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15167 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15169 "Enable verbose mode (since dpkg 1.14.8). Numerous messages are displayed to "
15170 "explain what B<dpkg-shlibdeps> does."
15174 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15176 msgid "B<-x>I<package>"
15177 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
15180 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15182 "Exclude the package from the generated dependencies (since dpkg 1.14.8). "
15183 "This is useful to avoid self-dependencies for packages which provide ELF "
15184 "binaries (executables or library plugins) using a library contained in the "
15185 "same package. This option can be used multiple times to exclude several "
15190 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15192 msgid "B<-S>I<package-build-dir>"
15193 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
15196 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15198 "Look into I<package-build-dir> first when trying to find a library (since "
15199 "dpkg 1.14.15). This is useful when the source package builds multiple "
15200 "flavors of the same library and you want to ensure that you get the "
15201 "dependency from a given binary package. You can use this option multiple "
15202 "times: directories will be tried in the same order before directories of "
15203 "other binary packages."
15207 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15209 msgid "B<-I>I<package-build-dir>"
15210 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
15213 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15215 "Ignore I<package-build-dir> when looking for shlibs, symbols, and shared "
15216 "library files (since dpkg 1.18.5). You can use this option multiple times."
15220 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15221 msgid "B<--ignore-missing-info>"
15225 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15227 "Do not fail if dependency information can't be found for a shared library "
15228 "(since dpkg 1.14.8). Usage of this option is discouraged, all libraries "
15229 "should provide dependency information (either with shlibs files, or with "
15230 "symbols files) even if they are not yet used by other packages."
15234 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15235 msgid "B<--warnings=>I<value>"
15239 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15241 "I<value> is a bit field defining the set of warnings that can be emitted by "
15242 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> (since dpkg 1.14.17). Bit 0 (value=1) enables the warning "
15243 "“symbol I<sym> used by I<binary> found in none of the libraries”, bit 1 "
15244 "(value=2) enables the warning “package could avoid a useless dependency” and "
15245 "bit 2 (value=4) enables the warning “I<binary> should not be linked against "
15246 "I<library>”. The default I<value> is 3: the first two warnings are active "
15247 "by default, the last one is not. Set I<value> to 7 if you want all warnings "
15252 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15257 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15259 "Since B<dpkg-shlibdeps> analyzes the set of symbols used by each binary of "
15260 "the generated package, it is able to emit warnings in several cases. They "
15261 "inform you of things that can be improved in the package. In most cases, "
15262 "those improvements concern the upstream sources directly. By order of "
15263 "decreasing importance, here are the various warnings that you can encounter:"
15267 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15269 "B<symbol> I<sym> B<used by> I<binary> B<found in none of the libraries.>"
15273 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15275 "The indicated symbol has not been found in the libraries linked with the "
15276 "binary. The I<binary> is most likely a library and it needs to be linked "
15277 "with an additional library during the build process (option B<-l>I<library> "
15282 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15284 "I<binary> B<contains an unresolvable reference to symbol> I<sym>B<: it's "
15285 "probably a plugin>"
15289 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15291 "The indicated symbol has not been found in the libraries linked with the "
15292 "binary. The I<binary> is most likely a plugin and the symbol is probably "
15293 "provided by the program that loads this plugin. In theory a plugin doesn't "
15294 "have any SONAME but this binary does have one and as such it could not be "
15295 "clearly identified as such. However the fact that the binary is stored in a "
15296 "non-public directory is a strong indication that's it's not a normal shared "
15297 "library. If the binary is really a plugin, then disregard this warning. But "
15298 "there's always the possibility that it's a real library and that programs "
15299 "linking to it are using an RPATH so that the dynamic loader finds it. In "
15300 "that case, the library is broken and needs to be fixed."
15304 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15306 "B<package could avoid a useless dependency if> I<binary> B<was not linked "
15307 "against> I<library> B<(it uses none of the library's symbols)>"
15311 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15313 "None of the I<binaries> that are linked with I<library> use any of the "
15314 "symbols provided by the library. By fixing all the binaries, you would avoid "
15315 "the dependency associated to this library (unless the same dependency is "
15316 "also generated by another library that is really used)."
15320 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15322 "B<package could avoid a useless dependency if> I<binaries> B<were not linked "
15323 "against> I<library> B<(they use none of the library's symbols)>"
15327 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15328 msgid "Exactly the same as the above warning, but for multiple binaries."
15332 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15334 "I<binary> B<should not be linked against> I<library> B<(it uses none of the "
15335 "library's symbols)>"
15339 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15341 "The I<binary> is linked to a library that it doesn't need. It's not a "
15342 "problem but some small performance improvements in binary load time can be "
15343 "obtained by not linking this library to this binary. This warning checks the "
15344 "same information as the previous one but does it for each binary instead of "
15345 "doing the check globally on all binaries analyzed."
15349 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15354 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15356 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will fail if it can't find a public library used by a "
15357 "binary or if this library has no associated dependency information (either "
15358 "shlibs file or symbols file). A public library has a SONAME and is versioned "
15359 "(libsomething.so.I<X>). A private library (like a plugin) should not have a "
15360 "SONAME and doesn't need to be versioned."
15364 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15366 "B<couldn't find library> I<library-soname> B<needed by> I<binary> B<(its "
15367 "RPATH is '>I<rpath>B<')>"
15371 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15373 "The I<binary> uses a library called I<library-soname> but B<dpkg-shlibdeps> "
15374 "has been unable to find the library. B<dpkg-shlibdeps> creates a list of "
15375 "directories to check as following: directories listed in the RPATH of the "
15376 "binary, directories added by the B<-l> option, directories listed in the "
15377 "B<LD_LIBRARY_PATH> environment variable, cross multiarch directories (ex. /"
15378 "lib/arm64-linux-gnu, /usr/lib/arm64-linux-gnu), standard public directories "
15379 "(/lib, /usr/lib), directories listed in /etc/ld.so.conf, and obsolete "
15380 "multilib directories (/lib32, /usr/lib32, /lib64, /usr/lib64). Then it "
15381 "checks those directories in the package's build tree of the binary being "
15382 "analyzed, in the packages' build trees indicated with the B<-S> command-line "
15383 "option, in other packages' build trees that contains a DEBIAN/shlibs or "
15384 "DEBIAN/symbols file and finally in the root directory. If the library is "
15385 "not found in any of those directories, then you get this error."
15389 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15391 "If the library not found is in a private directory of the same package, then "
15392 "you want to add the directory with B<-l>. If it's in another binary package "
15393 "being built, you want to make sure that the shlibs/symbols file of this "
15394 "package is already created and that B<-l> contains the appropriate directory "
15395 "if it also is in a private directory."
15399 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15401 "B<no dependency information found for> I<library-file> B<(used by> "
15406 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15408 "The library needed by I<binary> has been found by B<dpkg-shlibdeps> in "
15409 "I<library-file> but B<dpkg-shlibdeps> has been unable to find any dependency "
15410 "information for that library. To find out the dependency, it has tried to "
15411 "map the library to a Debian package with the help of B<dpkg -S> I<library-"
15412 "file>. Then it checked the corresponding shlibs and symbols files in "
15413 "%ADMINDIR%/info/, and in the various package's build trees (debian/*/"
15418 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15420 "This failure can be caused by a bad or missing shlibs or symbols file in the "
15421 "package of the library. It might also happen if the library is built within "
15422 "the same source package and if the shlibs files has not yet been created (in "
15423 "which case you must fix debian/rules to create the shlibs before calling "
15424 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps>). Bad RPATH can also lead to the library being found under "
15425 "a non-canonical name (example: /usr/lib/openoffice.org/../lib/libssl."
15426 "so.0.9.8 instead of /usr/lib/libssl.so.0.9.8) that's not associated to any "
15427 "package, B<dpkg-shlibdeps> tries to work around this by trying to fallback "
15428 "on a canonical name (using B<realpath>(3)) but it might not always work. "
15429 "It's always best to clean up the RPATH of the binary to avoid problems."
15433 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15435 "Calling B<dpkg-shlibdeps> in verbose mode (B<-v>) will provide much more "
15436 "information about where it tried to find the dependency information. This "
15437 "might be useful if you don't understand why it's giving you this error."
15441 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15444 "B<deb-substvars>(5), B<deb-shlibs>(5), B<deb-symbols>(5), B<dpkg-"
15447 "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
15452 msgid "dpkg-source - Debian source package (.dsc) manipulation tool"
15458 msgid "B<dpkg-source> [I<option>...] I<command>"
15459 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
15463 msgid "B<dpkg-source> packs and unpacks Debian source archives."
15469 "None of these commands allow multiple options to be combined into one, and "
15470 "they do not allow the value for an option to be specified in a separate "
15477 msgid "B<-x>, B<--extract> I<filename>.dsc [I<output-directory>]"
15478 msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>"
15483 "Extract a source package (B<--extract> since dpkg 1.17.14). One non-option "
15484 "argument must be supplied, the name of the Debian source control file (B<."
15485 "dsc>). An optional second non-option argument may be supplied to specify "
15486 "the directory to extract the source package to, this must not exist. If no "
15487 "output directory is specified, the source package is extracted into a "
15488 "directory named I<source>-I<version> under the current working directory."
15494 "B<dpkg-source> will read the names of the other file(s) making up the source "
15495 "package from the control file; they are assumed to be in the same directory "
15502 "The files in the extracted package will have their permissions and "
15503 "ownerships set to those which would have been expected if the files and "
15504 "directories had simply been created - directories and executable files will "
15505 "be 0777 and plain files will be 0666, both modified by the extractors' "
15506 "umask; if the parent directory is setgid then the extracted directories will "
15507 "be too, and all the files and directories will inherit its group ownership."
15513 "If the source package uses a non-standard format (currently this means all "
15514 "formats except “1.0”), its name will be stored in B<debian/source/format> so "
15515 "that the following builds of the source package use the same format by "
15521 msgid "B<-b>, B<--build> I<directory> [I<format-specific-parameters>]"
15527 "Build a source package (B<--build> since dpkg 1.17.14). The first non-"
15528 "option argument is taken as the name of the directory containing the "
15529 "debianized source tree (i.e. with a debian sub-directory and maybe changes "
15530 "to the original files). Depending on the source package format used to "
15531 "build the package, additional parameters might be accepted."
15537 "B<dpkg-source> will build the source package with the first format found in "
15538 "this ordered list: the format indicated with the I<--format> command line "
15539 "option, the format indicated in B<debian/source/format>, “1.0”. The "
15540 "fallback to “1.0” is deprecated and will be removed at some point in the "
15541 "future, you should always document the desired source format in B<debian/"
15542 "source/format>. See section B<SOURCE PACKAGE FORMATS> for an extensive "
15543 "description of the various source package formats."
15549 msgid "B<--print-format> I<directory>"
15550 msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
15555 "Print the source format that would be used to build the source package if "
15556 "B<dpkg-source --build> I<directory> was called (in the same conditions and "
15557 "with the same parameters; since dpkg 1.15.5)."
15563 msgid "B<--before-build> I<directory>"
15564 msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>"
15569 "Run the corresponding hook of the source package format (since dpkg "
15570 "1.15.8). This hook is called before any build of the package (B<dpkg-"
15571 "buildpackage> calls it very early even before B<debian/rules clean>). This "
15572 "command is idempotent and can be called multiple times. Not all source "
15573 "formats implement something in this hook, and those that do usually prepare "
15574 "the source tree for the build for example by ensuring that the Debian "
15575 "patches are applied."
15581 msgid "B<--after-build> I<directory>"
15582 msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>"
15587 "Run the corresponding hook of the source package format (since dpkg "
15588 "1.15.8). This hook is called after any build of the package (B<dpkg-"
15589 "buildpackage> calls it last). This command is idempotent and can be called "
15590 "multiple times. Not all source formats implement something in this hook, and "
15591 "those that do usually use it to undo what B<--before-build> has done."
15597 msgid "B<--commit> [I<directory>] ..."
15598 msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
15603 "Record changes in the source tree unpacked in I<directory> (since dpkg "
15604 "1.16.1). This command can take supplementary parameters depending on the "
15605 "source format. It will error out for formats where this operation doesn't "
15612 "Show the usage message and exit. The format specific build and extract "
15613 "options can be shown by using the B<--format> option."
15619 msgid "Generic build options"
15620 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
15625 "Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The default "
15626 "is B<debian/control>. If given with relative pathname this is interpreted "
15627 "starting at the source tree's top level directory."
15633 "Specifies the changelog file to read information from. The default is "
15634 "B<debian/changelog>. If given with relative pathname this is interpreted "
15635 "starting at the source tree's top level directory."
15641 msgid "B<--format=>I<value>"
15642 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<número>"
15647 "Use the given format for building the source package (since dpkg 1.14.17). "
15648 "It does override any format given in B<debian/source/format>."
15654 "Read substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is to not read "
15655 "any file. This option can be used multiple times to read substitution "
15656 "variables from multiple files (since dpkg 1.15.6)."
15661 msgid "B<-Z>I<compression>, B<--compression>=I<compression>"
15667 "Specify the compression to use for created tarballs and diff files (B<--"
15668 "compression> since dpkg 1.15.5). Note that this option will not cause "
15669 "existing tarballs to be recompressed, it only affects new files. Supported "
15670 "values are: I<gzip>, I<bzip2>, I<lzma> and I<xz>. The default is I<xz> for "
15671 "formats 2.0 and newer, and I<gzip> for format 1.0. I<xz> is only supported "
15672 "since dpkg 1.15.5."
15677 msgid "B<-z>I<level>, B<--compression-level>=I<level>"
15683 "Compression level to use (B<--compression-level> since dpkg 1.15.5). As "
15684 "with B<-Z> it only affects newly created files. Supported values are: I<1> "
15685 "to I<9>, I<best>, and I<fast>. The default is I<9> for gzip and bzip2, I<6> "
15691 msgid "B<-i>[I<regex>], B<--diff-ignore>[=I<regex>]"
15697 "You may specify a perl regular expression to match files you want filtered "
15698 "out of the list of files for the diff (B<--diff-ignore> since dpkg 1.15.6). "
15699 "(This list is generated by a find command.) (If the source package is being "
15700 "built as a version 3 source package using a VCS, this can be used to ignore "
15701 "uncommitted changes on specific files. Using -i.* will ignore all of them.)"
15707 "The B<-i> option by itself enables this setting with a default regex "
15708 "(preserving any modification to the default regex done by a previous use of "
15709 "B<--extend-diff-ignore>) that will filter out control files and directories "
15710 "of the most common revision control systems, backup and swap files and "
15711 "Libtool build output directories. There can only be one active regex, of "
15712 "multiple B<-i> options only the last one will take effect."
15718 "This is very helpful in cutting out extraneous files that get included in "
15719 "the diff, for example if you maintain your source in a revision control "
15720 "system and want to use a checkout to build a source package without "
15721 "including the additional files and directories that it will usually contain "
15722 "(e.g. CVS/, .cvsignore, .svn/). The default regex is already very "
15723 "exhaustive, but if you need to replace it, please note that by default it "
15724 "can match any part of a path, so if you want to match the begin of a "
15725 "filename or only full filenames, you will need to provide the necessary "
15726 "anchors (e.g. ‘(^|/)’, ‘($|/)’) yourself."
15731 msgid "B<--extend-diff-ignore>=I<regex>"
15737 "The perl regular expression specified will extend the default value used by "
15738 "B<--diff-ignore> and its current value, if set (since dpkg 1.15.6). It does "
15739 "this by concatenating “B<|>I<regex>” to the existing value. This option is "
15740 "convenient to use in B<debian/source/options> to exclude some auto-generated "
15741 "files from the automatic patch generation."
15746 msgid "B<-I>[I<file-pattern>], B<--tar-ignore>[=I<file-pattern>]"
15752 "If this option is specified, the pattern will be passed to B<tar>(1)'s B<--"
15753 "exclude> option when it is called to generate a .orig.tar or .tar file (B<--"
15754 "tar-ignore> since dpkg 1.15.6). For example, B<-I>CVS will make tar skip "
15755 "over CVS directories when generating a .tar.gz file. The option may be "
15756 "repeated multiple times to list multiple patterns to exclude."
15762 "B<-I> by itself adds default B<--exclude> options that will filter out "
15763 "control files and directories of the most common revision control systems, "
15764 "backup and swap files and Libtool build output directories."
15770 "B<Note:> While they have similar purposes, B<-i> and B<-I> have very "
15771 "different syntax and semantics. B<-i> can only be specified once and takes a "
15772 "perl compatible regular expression which is matched against the full "
15773 "relative path of each file. B<-I> can specified multiple times and takes a "
15774 "filename pattern with shell wildcards. The pattern is applied to the full "
15775 "relative path but also to each part of the path individually. The exact "
15776 "semantic of tar's B<--exclude> option is somewhat complicated, see L<https://"
15777 "www.gnu.org/software/tar/manual/tar.html#wildcards> for a full documentation."
15783 "The default regex and patterns for both options can be seen in the output of "
15784 "the B<--help> command."
15789 msgid "Generic extract options"
15795 msgid "B<--no-copy>"
15796 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
15801 "Do not copy original tarballs near the extracted source package (since dpkg "
15808 msgid "B<--no-check>"
15809 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
15814 "Do not check signatures and checksums before unpacking (since dpkg 1.14.17)."
15820 msgid "B<--no-overwrite-dir>"
15821 msgstr "B<--verbose>"
15826 "Do not overwrite the extraction directory if it already exists (since dpkg "
15832 msgid "B<--require-valid-signature>"
15838 "Refuse to unpack the source package if it doesn't contain an OpenPGP "
15839 "signature that can be verified (since dpkg 1.15.0) either with the user's "
15840 "I<trustedkeys.gpg> keyring, one of the vendor-specific keyrings, or one of "
15841 "the official Debian keyrings (I</usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg>, I</"
15842 "usr/share/keyrings/debian-nonupload.gpg> and I</usr/share/keyrings/debian-"
15843 "maintainers.gpg>)."
15848 msgid "B<--require-strong-checksums>"
15854 "Refuse to unpack the source package if it does not contain any strong "
15855 "checksums (since dpkg 1.18.7). Currently the only known checksum considered "
15856 "strong is B<SHA-256>."
15862 msgid "B<--ignore-bad-version>"
15863 msgstr "B<--version>"
15868 "Turns the bad source package version check into a non-fatal warning (since "
15869 "dpkg 1.17.7). This option should only be necessary when extracting ancient "
15870 "source packages with broken versions, just for backwards compatibility."
15876 msgid "Generic general options"
15877 msgstr "B<config-files>"
15882 "Sets the maximum number of threads allowed for compressors that support "
15883 "multi-threaded operations (since dpkg 1.21.14)."
15888 msgid "Sets quiet mode to suppress warnings."
15894 msgid "SOURCE PACKAGE FORMATS"
15895 msgstr "SINALIZADORES DOS PACOTES"
15900 "If you don't know what source format to use, you should probably pick either "
15901 "“3.0 (quilt)” or “3.0 (native)”. See L<https://wiki.debian.org/Projects/"
15902 "DebSrc3.0> for information on the deployment of those formats within Debian."
15907 msgid "Format: 1.0"
15913 "A source package in this format consists either of a B<.orig.tar.gz> "
15914 "associated to a B<.diff.gz> or a single B<.tar.gz> (in that case the package "
15915 "is said to be I<native>). Optionally the original tarball might be "
15916 "accompanied by a detached upstream signature B<.orig.tar.gz.asc>, extraction "
15917 "supported since dpkg 1.18.5."
15922 msgid "B<Extracting>"
15928 "Extracting a native package is a simple extraction of the single tarball in "
15929 "the target directory. Extracting a non-native package is done by first "
15930 "unpacking the B<.orig.tar.gz> and then applying the patch contained in the "
15931 "B<.diff.gz> file. The timestamp of all patched files is reset to the "
15932 "extraction time of the source package (this avoids timestamp skews leading "
15933 "to problems when autogenerated files are patched). The diff can create new "
15934 "files (the whole debian directory is created that way) but cannot remove "
15935 "files (empty files will be left over) and cannot create or change symlinks."
15940 msgid "B<Building>"
15946 "Building a native package is just creating a single tarball with the source "
15947 "directory. Building a non-native package involves extracting the original "
15948 "tarball in a separate “.orig” directory and regenerating the B<.diff.gz> by "
15949 "comparing the source package I<directory> with the .orig directory."
15955 msgid "B<Build options (with --build):>"
15956 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
15961 "If a second non-option argument is supplied it should be the name of the "
15962 "original source directory or tarfile or the empty string if the package is a "
15963 "Debian-specific one and so has no debianization diffs. If no second argument "
15964 "is supplied then B<dpkg-source> will look for the original source tarfile "
15965 "I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.gz> or the original source "
15966 "directory I<directory>B<.orig> depending on the B<-sX> arguments."
15972 "B<-sa>, B<-sp>, B<-sk>, B<-su> and B<-sr> will not overwrite existing "
15973 "tarfiles or directories. If this is desired then B<-sA>, B<-sP>, B<-sK>, B<-"
15974 "sU> and B<-sR> should be used instead."
15980 "Specifies to expect the original source as a tarfile, by default "
15981 "I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.>I<extension>. It will leave "
15982 "this original source in place as a tarfile, or copy it to the current "
15983 "directory if it isn't already there. The tarball will be unpacked into "
15984 "I<directory>B<.orig> for the generation of the diff."
15995 msgid "Like B<-sk> but will remove the directory again afterwards."
16001 "Specifies that the original source is expected as a directory, by default "
16002 "I<package>B<->I<upstream-version>B<.orig> and B<dpkg-source> will create a "
16003 "new original source archive from it."
16008 msgid "Like B<-su> but will remove that directory after it has been used."
16014 "Specifies that the original source is available both as a directory and as a "
16015 "tarfile. B<dpkg-source> will use the directory to create the diff, but the "
16016 "tarfile to create the B<.dsc>. This option must be used with care - if the "
16017 "directory and tarfile do not match a bad source archive will be generated."
16023 "Specifies to not look for any original source, and to not generate a diff. "
16024 "The second argument, if supplied, must be the empty string. This is used for "
16025 "Debian-specific packages which do not have a separate upstream source and "
16026 "therefore have no debianization diffs."
16032 msgid "B<-sa> or B<-sA>"
16033 msgstr "B<--list> I<ligação>"
16038 "Specifies to look for the original source archive as a tarfile or as a "
16039 "directory - the second argument, if any, may be either, or the empty string "
16040 "(this is equivalent to using B<-sn>). If a tarfile is found it will unpack "
16041 "it to create the diff and remove it afterwards (this is equivalent to B<-"
16042 "sp>); if a directory is found it will pack it to create the original source "
16043 "and remove it afterwards (this is equivalent to B<-sr>); if neither is found "
16044 "it will assume that the package has no debianization diffs, only a "
16045 "straightforward source archive (this is equivalent to B<-sn>). If both are "
16046 "found then B<dpkg-source> will ignore the directory, overwriting it, if B<-"
16047 "sA> was specified (this is equivalent to B<-sP>) or raise an error if B<-"
16048 "sa> was specified. B<-sa> is the default."
16053 msgid "B<--abort-on-upstream-changes>"
16059 "The process fails if the generated diff contains changes to files outside of "
16060 "the debian sub-directory (since dpkg 1.15.8). This option is not allowed in "
16061 "B<debian/source/options> but can be used in B<debian/source/local-options>."
16066 msgid "B<Extract options (with --extract):>"
16071 msgid "In all cases any existing original source tree will be removed."
16077 "Used when extracting then the original source (if any) will be left as a "
16078 "tarfile. If it is not already located in the current directory or if an "
16079 "existing but different file is there it will be copied there. (B<This is "
16085 msgid "Unpacks the original source tree."
16091 "Ensures that the original source is neither copied to the current directory "
16092 "nor unpacked. Any original source tree that was in the current directory is "
16099 "All the B<-s>I<X> options are mutually exclusive. If you specify more than "
16100 "one only the last one will be used."
16106 msgid "B<--skip-debianization>"
16107 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
16112 "Skips application of the debian diff on top of the upstream sources (since "
16118 msgid "Format: 2.0"
16124 "Extraction supported since dpkg 1.13.9, building supported since dpkg "
16125 "1.14.8. Also known as wig&pen. This format is not recommended for wide-"
16126 "spread usage, the format “3.0 (quilt)” replaces it. Wig&pen was the first "
16127 "specification of a new-generation source package format."
16133 "The behaviour of this format is the same as the “3.0 (quilt)” format except "
16134 "that it doesn't use an explicit list of patches. All files in B<debian/"
16135 "patches/> matching the perl regular expression B<[\\w-]+> must be valid "
16136 "patches: they are applied at extraction time."
16142 "When building a new source package, any change to the upstream source is "
16143 "stored in a patch named B<zz_debian-diff-auto>."
16148 msgid "Format: 3.0 (native)"
16154 "Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. This format is an extension of the native "
16155 "package format as defined in the 1.0 format. It supports all compression "
16156 "methods and will ignore by default any VCS specific files and directories as "
16157 "well as many temporary files (see default value associated to B<-I> option "
16158 "in the B<--help> output)."
16163 msgid "Format: 3.0 (quilt)"
16169 "Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. A source package in this format contains at "
16170 "least an original tarball (B<.orig.tar.>I<ext> where I<ext> can be B<gz>, "
16171 "B<bz2>, B<lzma> and B<xz>) and a debian tarball (B<.debian.tar.>I<ext>). It "
16172 "can also contain additional original tarballs (B<.orig->I<component>B<.tar."
16173 ">I<ext>). I<component> can only contain alphanumeric (‘a-zA-Z0-9’) "
16174 "characters and hyphens (‘-’). Optionally each original tarball can be "
16175 "accompanied by a detached upstream signature (B<.orig.tar.>I<ext>B<.asc> and "
16176 "B<.orig->I<component>B<.tar.>I<ext>B<.asc>), extraction supported since dpkg "
16177 "1.17.20, building supported since dpkg 1.18.5."
16183 "The main original tarball is extracted first, then all additional original "
16184 "tarballs are extracted in subdirectories named after the I<component> part "
16185 "of their filename (any pre-existing directory is replaced). The debian "
16186 "tarball is extracted on top of the source directory after prior removal of "
16187 "any pre-existing B<debian> directory. Note that the debian tarball must "
16188 "contain a B<debian> sub-directory but it can also contain binary files "
16189 "outside of that directory (see B<--include-binaries> option)."
16195 "All patches listed in B<debian/patches/>I<vendor>B<.series> or B<debian/"
16196 "patches/series> are then applied, where I<vendor> will be the lowercase name "
16197 "of the current vendor, or B<debian> if there is no vendor defined. If the "
16198 "former file is used and the latter one doesn't exist (or is a symlink), then "
16199 "the latter is replaced with a symlink to the former. This is meant to "
16200 "simplify usage of B<quilt> to manage the set of patches. Vendor-specific "
16201 "series files are intended to make it possible to serialize multiple "
16202 "development branches based on the vendor, in a declarative way, in "
16203 "preference to open-coding this handling in B<debian/rules>. This is "
16204 "particularly useful when the source would need to be patched conditionally "
16205 "because the affected files do not have built-in conditional occlusion "
16206 "support. Note however that while B<dpkg-source> parses correctly series "
16207 "files with explicit options used for patch application (stored on each line "
16208 "after the patch filename and one or more spaces), it does ignore those "
16209 "options and always expects patches that can be applied with the B<-p1> "
16210 "option of B<patch>. It will thus emit a warning when it encounters such "
16211 "options, and the build is likely to fail."
16217 "Note that B<lintian>(1) will emit unconditional warnings when using vendor "
16218 "series due to a controversial Debian specific ruling, which should not "
16219 "affect any external usage; to silence these, the dpkg lintian profile can be "
16220 "used by passing «B<--profile dpkg>» to B<lintian>(1)."
16226 "The timestamp of all patched files is reset to the extraction time of the "
16227 "source package (this avoids timestamp skews leading to problems when "
16228 "autogenerated files are patched)."
16234 "Contrary to B<quilt>'s default behaviour, patches are expected to apply "
16235 "without any fuzz. When that is not the case, you should refresh such patches "
16236 "with B<quilt>, or B<dpkg-source> will error out while trying to apply them."
16242 "Similarly to B<quilt>'s default behaviour, the patches can remove files too."
16249 "The file B<.pc/applied-patches> is created if some patches have been applied "
16250 "during the extraction."
16256 "All original tarballs found in the current directory are extracted in a "
16257 "temporary directory by following the same logic as for the unpack, the "
16258 "debian directory is copied over in the temporary directory, and all patches "
16259 "except the automatic patch (B<debian-changes->I<version> or B<debian-"
16260 "changes>, depending on B<--single-debian-patch>) are applied. The temporary "
16261 "directory is compared to the source package directory. When the diff is non-"
16262 "empty, the build fails unless B<--single-debian-patch> or B<--auto-commit> "
16263 "has been used, in which case the diff is stored in the automatic patch. If "
16264 "the automatic patch is created/deleted, it's added/removed from the series "
16265 "file and from the B<quilt> metadata."
16271 "Any change on a binary file is not representable in a diff and will thus "
16272 "lead to a failure unless the maintainer deliberately decided to include that "
16273 "modified binary file in the debian tarball (by listing it in B<debian/source/"
16274 "include-binaries>). The build will also fail if it finds binary files in the "
16275 "debian sub-directory unless they have been allowed through B<debian/source/"
16276 "include-binaries>."
16282 "The updated debian directory and the list of modified binaries is then used "
16283 "to generate the debian tarball."
16289 "The automatically generated diff doesn't include changes on VCS specific "
16290 "files as well as many temporary files (see default value associated to B<-i> "
16291 "option in the B<--help> output). In particular, the B<.pc> directory used by "
16292 "B<quilt> is ignored during generation of the automatic patch."
16298 "B<Note:> B<dpkg-source> B<--before-build> (and B<--build>) will ensure that "
16299 "all patches listed in the series file are applied so that a package build "
16300 "always has all patches applied. It does this by finding unapplied patches "
16301 "(they are listed in the B<series> file but not in B<.pc/applied-patches>), "
16302 "and if the first patch in that set can be applied without errors, it will "
16303 "apply them all. The option B<--no-preparation> can be used to disable this "
16309 msgid "B<Recording changes>"
16315 msgid "B<--commit> [I<directory>] [I<patch-name>] [I<patch-file>]"
16316 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
16321 "Generates a patch corresponding to the local changes that are not managed by "
16322 "the B<quilt> patch system and integrates it in the patch system under the "
16323 "name I<patch-name>. If the name is missing, it will be asked interactively. "
16324 "If I<patch-file> is given, it is used as the patch corresponding to the "
16325 "local changes to integrate. Once integrated, an editor is launched so that "
16326 "you can edit the meta-information in the patch header."
16332 "Passing I<patch-file> is mainly useful after a build failure that pre-"
16333 "generated this file, and on this ground the given file is removed after "
16334 "integration. Note also that the changes contained in the patch file must "
16335 "already be applied on the tree and that the files modified by the patch must "
16336 "not have supplementary unrecorded changes."
16342 "If the patch generation detects modified binary files, they will be "
16343 "automatically added to B<debian/source/include-binaries> so that they end up "
16344 "in the debian tarball (exactly like B<dpkg-source --include-binaries --"
16345 "build> would do)."
16351 msgid "B<Build options>"
16352 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
16357 msgid "B<--allow-version-of-quilt-db=>I<version>"
16358 msgstr "B<--version>"
16363 "Allow B<dpkg-source> to build the source package if the version of the "
16364 "B<quilt> metadata is the one specified, even if B<dpkg-source> doesn't know "
16365 "about it (since dpkg 1.15.5.4). Effectively this says that the given "
16366 "version of the B<quilt> metadata is compatible with the version 2 that "
16367 "B<dpkg-source> currently supports. The version of the B<quilt> metadata is "
16368 "stored in B<.pc/.version>."
16374 msgid "B<--include-removal>"
16375 msgstr "B<dpkg --clear-avail>"
16380 "Do not ignore removed files and include them in the automatically generated "
16386 msgid "B<--include-timestamp>"
16391 msgid "Include timestamp in the automatically generated patch."
16397 msgid "B<--include-binaries>"
16398 msgstr "B<config-files>"
16403 "Add all modified binaries in the debian tarball. Also add them to B<debian/"
16404 "source/include-binaries>: they will be added by default in subsequent builds "
16405 "and this option is thus no more needed."
16411 msgid "B<--no-preparation>"
16412 msgstr "B<--version>"
16417 "Do not try to prepare the build tree by applying patches which are "
16418 "apparently unapplied (since dpkg 1.14.18)."
16424 msgid "B<--single-debian-patch>"
16425 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
16430 "Use B<debian/patches/debian-changes> instead of B<debian/patches/debian-"
16431 "changes->I<version> for the name of the automatic patch generated during "
16432 "build (since dpkg 1.15.5.4). This option is particularly useful when the "
16433 "package is maintained in a VCS and a patch set can't reliably be generated. "
16434 "Instead the current diff with upstream should be stored in a single patch. "
16435 "The option would be put in B<debian/source/local-options> and would be "
16436 "accompanied by a B<debian/source/local-patch-header> file explaining how the "
16437 "Debian changes can be best reviewed, for example in the VCS that is used."
16442 msgid "B<--create-empty-orig>"
16448 "Automatically create the main original tarball as empty if it's missing and "
16449 "if there are supplementary original tarballs (since dpkg 1.15.6). This "
16450 "option is meant to be used when the source package is just a bundle of "
16451 "multiple upstream software and where there's no “main” software."
16457 msgid "B<--no-unapply-patches, --unapply-patches>"
16463 "By default, B<dpkg-source> will automatically unapply the patches in the B<--"
16464 "after-build> hook if it did apply them during B<--before-build> (B<--unapply-"
16465 "patches> since dpkg 1.15.8, B<--no-unapply-patches> since dpkg 1.16.5). "
16466 "Those options allow you to forcefully disable or enable the patch "
16467 "unapplication process. Those options are only allowed in B<debian/source/"
16468 "local-options> so that all generated source packages have the same behavior "
16475 "The process fails if an automatic patch has been generated (since dpkg "
16476 "1.15.8). This option can be used to ensure that all changes were properly "
16477 "recorded in separate B<quilt> patches prior to the source package build. "
16478 "This option is not allowed in B<debian/source/options> but can be used in "
16479 "B<debian/source/local-options>."
16485 msgid "B<--auto-commit>"
16486 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
16491 "The process doesn't fail if an automatic patch has been generated, instead "
16492 "it's immediately recorded in the B<quilt> series."
16497 msgid "B<Extract options>"
16503 "Skips extraction of the debian tarball on top of the upstream sources (since "
16510 msgid "B<--skip-patches>"
16516 msgid "Do not apply patches at the end of the extraction (since dpkg 1.14.18)."
16517 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
16521 msgid "Format: 3.0 (custom)"
16527 "Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. This format is special. It doesn't represent "
16528 "a real source package format but can be used to create source packages with "
16535 "All non-option arguments are taken as files to integrate in the generated "
16536 "source package. They must exist and are preferably in the current directory. "
16537 "At least one file must be given."
16543 msgid "B<--target-format=>I<value>"
16544 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<número>"
16549 "B<Required>. Defines the real format of the generated source package. The "
16550 "generated .dsc file will contain this value in its B<Format> field and not "
16556 msgid "Format: 3.0 (git)"
16561 msgid "Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. This format is experimental."
16567 "A source package in this format consists of a single bundle of a git "
16568 "repository B<.git> to hold the source of a package. There may also be a B<."
16569 "gitshallow> file listing revisions for a shallow git clone."
16575 "The bundle is cloned as a git repository to the target directory. If there "
16576 "is a gitshallow file, it is installed as I<.git/shallow> inside the cloned "
16583 "Note that by default the new repository will have the same branch checked "
16584 "out that was checked out in the original source. (Typically “main”, but it "
16585 "could be anything.) Any other branches will be available under I<remotes/"
16592 "Before going any further, some checks are done to ensure that we don't have "
16593 "any non-ignored uncommitted changes."
16599 "B<git-bundle>(1) is used to generate a bundle of the git repository. By "
16600 "default, all branches and tags in the repository are included in the bundle."
16606 msgid "B<--git-ref=>I<ref>"
16607 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<número>"
16612 "Allows specifying a git ref to include in the git bundle. Use disables the "
16613 "default behavior of including all branches and tags. May be specified "
16614 "multiple times. The I<ref> can be the name of a branch or tag to include. It "
16615 "may also be any parameter that can be passed to B<git-rev-list>(1). For "
16616 "example, to include only the main branch, use B<--git-ref=>main. To include "
16617 "all tags and branches, except for the private branch, use B<--git-ref=>--all "
16618 "B<--git-ref=>^private"
16624 #| msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>"
16625 msgid "B<--git-depth=>I<number>"
16626 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<número>"
16631 "Creates a shallow clone with a history truncated to the specified number of "
16637 msgid "Format: 3.0 (bzr)"
16643 "Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. This format is experimental. It generates a "
16644 "single tarball containing the bzr repository."
16650 "The tarball is unpacked and then bzr is used to checkout the current branch."
16656 "Then the VCS specific part of the source directory is copied over to a "
16657 "temporary directory. Before this temporary directory is packed in a tarball, "
16658 "various cleanup are done to save space."
16663 msgid "no source format specified in debian/source/format"
16669 "The file B<debian/source/format> should always exist and indicate the "
16670 "desired source format. For backwards compatibility, format “1.0” is assumed "
16671 "when the file doesn't exist but you should not rely on this: at some point "
16672 "in the future B<dpkg-source> will be modified to fail when that file doesn't "
16679 "The rationale is that format “1.0” is no longer the recommended format, you "
16680 "should usually pick one of the newer formats (“3.0 (quilt)”, “3.0 (native)”) "
16681 "but B<dpkg-source> will not do this automatically for you. If you want to "
16682 "continue using the old format, you should be explicit about it and put “1.0” "
16683 "in B<debian/source/format>."
16688 msgid "the diff modifies the following upstream files"
16694 "When using source format “1.0” it is usually a bad idea to modify upstream "
16695 "files directly as the changes end up hidden and mostly undocumented in the ."
16696 "diff.gz file. Instead you should store your changes as patches in the debian "
16697 "directory and apply them at build-time. To avoid this complexity you can "
16698 "also use the format “3.0 (quilt)” that offers this natively."
16703 msgid "cannot represent change to I<file>"
16709 "Changes to upstream sources are usually stored with patch files, but not all "
16710 "changes can be represented with patches: they can only alter the content of "
16711 "plain text files. If you try replacing a file with something of a different "
16712 "type (for example replacing a plain file with a symlink or a directory), you "
16713 "will get this error message."
16718 msgid "newly created empty file I<file> will not be represented in diff"
16724 "Empty files can't be created with patch files. Thus this change is not "
16725 "recorded in the source package and you are warned about it."
16730 msgid "executable mode I<perms> of I<file> will not be represented in diff"
16736 "Patch files do not record permissions of files and thus executable "
16737 "permissions are not stored in the source package. This warning reminds you "
16743 msgid "special mode I<perms> of I<file> will not be represented in diff"
16749 "Patch files do not record permissions of files and thus modified permissions "
16750 "are not stored in the source package. This warning reminds you of that fact."
16756 "If set, it will be used as the timestamp (as seconds since the epoch) to "
16757 "clamp the mtime in the B<tar>(5) file entries."
16772 msgid "Used by the “2.0” and “3.0 (quilt)” source format modules."
16778 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
16780 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
16785 msgid "B<GIT_INDEX_FILE>"
16786 msgstr "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>"
16790 msgid "B<GIT_OBJECT_DIRECTORY>"
16795 msgid "B<GIT_ALTERNATE_OBJECT_DIRECTORIES>"
16800 msgid "B<GIT_WORK_TREE>"
16805 msgid "Used by the “3.0 (git)” source format modules."
16810 msgid "debian/source/format"
16816 "This file contains on a single line the format that should be used to build "
16817 "the source package (possible formats are described above). No leading or "
16818 "trailing spaces are allowed."
16824 msgid "debian/source/include-binaries"
16825 msgstr "B<config-files>"
16830 "This file contains a list of pathnames of binary files (one per line) "
16831 "relative to the source root directory that should be included in the debian "
16832 "tarball. Leading and trailing spaces are stripped. Lines starting with "
16833 "‘B<#>’ are comments and are skipped. Empty lines are ignored."
16839 msgid "debian/source/options"
16840 msgstr "B<config-files>"
16845 "This file contains a list of long options that should be automatically "
16846 "prepended to the set of command line options of a B<dpkg-source --build> or "
16847 "B<dpkg-source --print-format> call. Options like B<--compression> and B<--"
16848 "compression-level> are well suited for this file."
16854 "Each option should be put on a separate line. Empty lines and lines starting "
16855 "with ‘B<#>’ are ignored. The leading ‘B<-->’ should be stripped and short "
16856 "options are not allowed. Optional spaces are allowed around the ‘B<=>’ "
16857 "symbol and optional quotes are allowed around the value. Here's an example "
16865 " # let dpkg-source create a debian.tar.bz2 with maximal compression\n"
16866 " compression = \"bzip2\"\n"
16867 " compression-level = 9\n"
16868 " # use debian/patches/debian-changes as automatic patch\n"
16869 " single-debian-patch\n"
16870 " # ignore changes on config.{sub,guess}\n"
16871 " extend-diff-ignore = \"(^|/)(config.sub|config.guess)$\"\n"
16878 "B<Note:> B<format> options are not accepted in this file, you should use "
16879 "B<debian/source/format> instead."
16885 msgid "debian/source/local-options"
16886 msgstr "B<config-files>"
16891 "Exactly like B<debian/source/options> except that the file is not included "
16892 "in the generated source package. It can be useful to store a preference tied "
16893 "to the maintainer or to the VCS repository where the source package is "
16900 msgid "debian/source/local-patch-header"
16901 msgstr "B<config-files>"
16906 msgid "debian/source/patch-header"
16907 msgstr "B<config-files>"
16912 "Free form text that is put on top of the automatic patch generated in "
16913 "formats “2.0” or “3.0 (quilt)”. B<local-patch-header> is not included in the "
16914 "generated source package while B<patch-header> is."
16919 msgid "debian/patches/I<vendor>.series"
16924 msgid "debian/patches/series"
16930 "This file lists all patches that have to be applied (in the given order) on "
16931 "top of the upstream source package. Leading and trailing spaces are "
16932 "stripped. The I<vendor> will be the lowercase name of the current vendor, "
16933 "or B<debian> if there is no vendor defined. If the vendor-specific series "
16934 "file does not exist, the vendor-less series file will be used. Lines "
16935 "starting with ‘B<#>’ are comments and are skipped. Empty lines are "
16936 "ignored. Remaining lines start with a patch filename (relative to the "
16937 "B<debian/patches/> directory) up to the first space character or the end of "
16938 "line. Optional B<quilt> options can follow up to the end of line or the "
16939 "first ‘B<#>’ preceded by one or more spaces (which marks the start of a "
16940 "comment up to the end of line)."
16946 "The point at which field overriding occurs compared to certain standard "
16947 "output field settings is rather confused."
16954 "B<deb-src-control>(5), B<deb-changelog>(5), B<deb-substvars>(5), B<dsc>(5)."
16956 "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
16961 msgid "dpkg-split - Debian package archive split/join tool"
16967 msgid "B<dpkg-split> [I<option>...] I<command>"
16968 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
16973 "B<dpkg-split> splits Debian binary package files into smaller parts and "
16974 "reassembles them again, to support the storage of large package files on "
16975 "small media such as floppy disks."
16981 "It can be operated manually using the B<--split>, B<--join> and B<--info> "
16988 "It also has an automatic mode, invoked using the B<--auto> option, where it "
16989 "maintains a queue of parts seen but not yet reassembled and reassembles a "
16990 "package file when it has seen all of its parts. The B<--listq> and B<--"
16991 "discard> options allow the management of the queue."
16997 "All splitting, joining and queueing operations produce informative messages "
16998 "on standard output; these may safely be ignored."
17003 msgid "B<-s>, B<--split> I<complete-archive> [I<prefix>]"
17008 msgid "Splits a single Debian binary package into several parts."
17014 "The parts are named I<prefix>B<.>I<N>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> where I<N> is the part "
17015 "number, starting at 1, and I<M> is the total number of parts (both in "
17022 "If no I<prefix> is supplied then the I<complete-archive> filename is taken, "
17023 "including directory, with any trailing B<.deb> removed."
17029 msgid "B<-j>, B<--join> I<part>..."
17030 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
17035 "Joins the parts of a package file together, reassembling the original file "
17036 "as it was before it was split."
17042 "The part files given as arguments must be all the parts of exactly the same "
17043 "original binary file. Each part must occur exactly once in the argument "
17044 "list, though the parts to not need to be listed in order."
17050 "The parts must of course all have been generated with the same part size "
17051 "specified at split time, which means that they must usually have been "
17052 "generated by the same invocation of B<dpkg-split --split>."
17057 msgid "The parts' filenames are not significant for the reassembly process."
17063 "By default the output file is called I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<."
17070 msgid "B<-I>, B<--info> I<part>..."
17071 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
17076 "Prints information, in a human-readable format, about the part file(s) "
17077 "specified. Arguments which are not binary package parts produce a message "
17078 "saying so instead (but still on standard output)."
17084 msgid "B<-a>, B<--auto -o> I<complete-output> I<part>"
17085 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
17089 msgid "Automatically queue parts and reassemble a package if possible."
17095 "The I<part> specified is examined, and compared with other parts of the same "
17096 "package (if any) in the queue of packages file parts."
17102 "If all parts of the package file of which I<part> is a part are available "
17103 "then the package is reassembled and written to I<complete-output> (which "
17104 "should not usually already exist, though this is not an error)."
17110 "If not then the I<part> is copied into the queue and I<complete-output> is "
17117 "If I<part> is not a split binary package part then B<dpkg-split> will exit "
17118 "with status B<1>; if some other trouble occurs then it will exit with status "
17125 "The B<--output> or B<-o> option must be supplied when using B<--auto>. (If "
17126 "this were not mandatory the calling program would not know what output file "
17133 msgid "B<-l>, B<--listq>"
17134 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
17138 msgid "Lists the contents of the queue of packages to be reassembled."
17144 "For each package file of which parts are in the queue the output gives the "
17145 "name of the package, the parts in the queue, and the total number of bytes "
17146 "stored in the queue."
17152 msgid "B<-d>, B<--discard> [I<package>...]"
17153 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
17158 "This discards parts from the queue of those waiting for the remaining parts "
17159 "of their packages."
17165 "If no I<package> is specified then the queue is cleared completely; if any "
17166 "are specified then only parts of the relevant package(s) are deleted."
17172 msgid "B<--depotdir> I<directory>"
17173 msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>"
17179 "Specifies an alternative directory for the queue of parts awaiting automatic "
17180 "reassembly. The default is B<%ADMINDIR%/parts>."
17182 "Especifica o diretório de alternativas, quando este está configurado para "
17183 "algo diferente do padrão."
17189 "Set the administrative directory to I<directory> (since dpkg 1.21.10). This "
17190 "is where the I<statoverride> file is stored. Defaults to «I<%ADMINDIR%>» if "
17191 "B<DPKG_ADMINDIR> has not been set."
17193 "Especifica o dirtório administrativo, quando este este configurado para algo "
17194 "diferente do padrão."
17199 "Set the root directory to B<directory> (since dpkg 1.21.10), which sets the "
17200 "installation directory to «I<directory>» and the administrative directory to "
17201 "«I<directory>B<%ADMINDIR%>» if B<DPKG_ROOT> has not been set."
17207 msgid "B<-S>, B<--partsize> I<kibibytes>"
17213 "Specifies the maximum part size when splitting, in kibibytes (1024 bytes). "
17214 "The default is 450 KiB."
17219 msgid "B<-o>, B<--output> I<complete-output>"
17224 msgid "Specifies the output file name for a reassembly."
17230 "This overrides the default for a manual reassembly (B<--join>) and is "
17231 "mandatory for an automatic queue-or-reassemble (B<--auto>)."
17237 msgid "B<-Q>, B<--npquiet>"
17238 msgstr "B<--quiet>"
17243 "When doing automatic queue-or-reassembly B<dpkg-split> usually prints a "
17244 "message if it is given a I<part> that is not a binary package part. This "
17245 "option suppresses this message, to allow programs such as B<dpkg> to cope "
17246 "with both split and unsplit packages without producing spurious messages."
17253 msgstr "B<--verbose>"
17258 "Forces the output filenames generated by B<--split> to be MSDOS-compatible."
17264 "This mangles the prefix - either the default derived from the input filename "
17265 "or the one supplied as an argument: alphanumerics are lowercased, plus signs "
17266 "are replaced by B<x>'s and all other characters are discarded."
17272 "The result is then truncated as much as is necessary, and filenames of the "
17273 "form I<prefixN>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> are generated."
17279 "The requested split, merge, or other command succeeded. B<--info> commands "
17280 "count as successful even if the files are not binary package parts."
17286 "Only occurs with B<--auto> and indicates that the I<part> file was not a "
17287 "binary package part."
17293 "Fatal or unrecoverable error due to invalid command-line usage, a file that "
17294 "looked like a package part file but was corrupted, or interactions with the "
17295 "system, such as accesses to the database, memory allocations, etc."
17301 "If set and B<--root> option has not been specified, it will be used as the "
17302 "filesystem root directory (since dpkg 1.21.10)."
17308 "If set and the B<--admindir> or B<--root> options have not been specified, "
17309 "it will be used as the B<dpkg> data directory (since dpkg 1.21.10)."
17315 "If set, it will be used as the timestamp (as seconds since the epoch) in the "
17316 "B<deb-split>(5)'s B<ar>(5) container."
17322 msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/parts>"
17323 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/status>"
17328 "The default queue directory for part files awaiting automatic reassembly."
17334 "The filenames used in this directory are in a format internal to B<dpkg-"
17335 "split> and are unlikely to be useful to other programs, and in any case the "
17336 "filename format should not be relied upon."
17342 "Full details of the packages in the queue are impossible to get without "
17343 "digging into the queue directory yourself."
17349 "There is no easy way to test whether a file that may be a binary package "
17355 msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)."
17359 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
17360 msgid "dpkg-statoverride - override ownership and mode of files"
17364 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
17366 msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<option>...] I<command>"
17367 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
17370 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
17372 "“B<stat overrides>” are a way to tell B<dpkg>(1) to use a different owner "
17373 "or mode for a path when a package is installed (this applies to any "
17374 "filesystem object that B<dpkg> handles, including directories, devices, "
17375 "etc.). This can be used to force programs that are normally setuid to be "
17376 "install without a setuid flag, or only executable by a certain group."
17380 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
17382 "B<dpkg-statoverride> is a utility to manage the list of stat overrides. It "
17383 "has three basic functions: adding, removing and listing overrides."
17387 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
17388 msgid "B<--add> I<user group mode path>"
17392 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
17394 "Add an override for I<path>. I<path> does not need to exist nor be known to "
17395 "B<dpkg> when this command is used; the override will be stored and used "
17396 "later. Users and groups can be specified by their name (for example B<root> "
17397 "or B<nobody>), or by their number by prepending the number with a "
17398 "‘B<#>’ (for example B<#0> or B<#65534>). The I<mode> needs to be specified "
17403 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
17405 "If B<--update> is specified and I<path> exists, it is immediately set to the "
17406 "new owner and mode."
17410 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
17412 msgid "B<--remove> I<path>"
17413 msgstr "B<--remove> I<nome caminho>"
17416 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
17418 "Remove an override for I<path>, the status of I<path> is left unchanged by "
17423 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
17425 "List all overrides. If a glob pattern is specified restrict the output to "
17426 "overrides which match the glob."
17430 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
17432 msgid "B<--force-help>"
17433 msgstr "B<dpkg --force-help>"
17436 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
17438 #| msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options."
17439 msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options (since dpkg 1.19.5)."
17440 msgstr "Ajuda com as opções B<--force->I<coisa>."
17443 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
17445 "Set the administrative directory to I<directory>. This is where the "
17446 "I<statoverride> file is stored. Defaults to «I<%ADMINDIR%>» if "
17447 "B<DPKG_ADMINDIR> has not been set."
17451 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
17453 msgid "B<--force->I<things>"
17454 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
17457 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
17459 msgid "B<--no-force->I<things>, B<--refuse->I<things>"
17460 msgstr "B<--force->I<coisas> | B<--no-force->I<coisas> | B<--refuse->I<coisas>"
17463 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
17466 "Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do some "
17467 "things (since dpkg 1.19.5). I<things> is a comma separated list of things "
17468 "specified below. B<--force-help> displays a message describing them. "
17469 "Things marked with (*) are forced by default."
17471 "Força ou rejeita (B<no-force> e B<refuse> são a mesma coisa) a fazer "
17472 "algumas coisas. I<coisas> é uma lista separada por vírgulas de coisas "
17473 "especificadas abaixo. B<--force-help> exibe uma mensagem descrevendo-as. "
17474 "Coisas marcadas com (*) são forçadas por padrão."
17477 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
17480 "I<Warning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. "
17481 "Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your whole "
17484 "I<Atenção: A maior parte dessas opções devem ser usadas apenas por experts. "
17485 "Usá-las sem o completo conhecimento de seus efeitos pode quebrar todo seu "
17489 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
17491 msgid "B<all>: Turns on (or off) all force options."
17492 msgstr "B<all>: Liga (ou desliga) todas as opções de força."
17495 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
17497 "B<statoverride-add>: Overwrite an existing stat override when adding it "
17498 "(since dpkg 1.19.5)."
17502 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
17504 "B<statoverride-remove>: Ignore a missing stat override when removing it "
17505 "(since dpkg 1.19.5)."
17509 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
17511 "B<security-mac>(*): Use platform-specific Mandatory Access Controls (MAC) "
17512 "based security when installing files into the filesystem (since dpkg "
17513 "1.19.5). On Linux systems the implementation uses SELinux."
17517 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
17519 #| msgid "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root."
17521 "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root (since dpkg "
17523 msgstr "B<not-root>: Tenta (des)instalar coisas mesmo não sendo root."
17526 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod update-alternatives.pod
17529 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
17532 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
17534 "Force an action, even if a sanity check would otherwise prohibit it. This "
17535 "is necessary to override an existing override. This option is deprecated "
17536 "(since dpkg 1.19.5), it is replaced by B<--force-all>."
17540 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
17542 msgid "B<--update>"
17546 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
17548 "Immediately try to change the I<path> to the new owner and mode if it exists."
17552 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
17553 msgid "Be less verbose about what we do."
17557 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
17559 "For B<--list>, if there are no overrides or none match the supplied glob."
17563 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
17565 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
17566 msgid "B<DPKG_FORCE>"
17567 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
17570 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
17572 "If set and none of the B<--force->I<...> options have been specified, it "
17573 "will be used as the force options to use (since dpkg 1.19.5)."
17577 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
17579 msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/statoverride>"
17580 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/status>"
17583 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
17585 "File which contains the current list of stat overrides of the system. It is "
17586 "located in the B<dpkg> administration directory, along with other files "
17587 "important to B<dpkg>, such as I<status> or I<available>."
17591 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
17593 "B<Note:> B<dpkg-statoverride> preserves the old copy of this file, with "
17594 "extension “-old”, before replacing it with the new one."
17598 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
17599 msgid "dpkg-trigger - a package trigger utility"
17603 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
17605 msgid "B<dpkg-trigger> [I<option>...] I<trigger-name>"
17606 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
17609 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
17611 msgid "B<dpkg-trigger> [I<option>...] I<command>"
17612 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
17616 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
17618 "B<dpkg-trigger> is a tool to explicitly activate triggers and check for its "
17619 "support on the running B<dpkg>."
17623 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
17625 "This can be used by maintainer scripts in complex and conditional situations "
17626 "where the file triggers, or the declarative B<activate> triggers control "
17627 "file directive, are insufficiently rich. It can also be used for testing and "
17628 "by system administrators (but note that the triggers won't actually be run "
17629 "by B<dpkg-trigger>)."
17633 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
17634 msgid "Unrecognized trigger name syntaxes are an error for B<dpkg-trigger>."
17638 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
17640 msgid "B<--check-supported>"
17641 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
17644 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
17646 "Check if the running B<dpkg> supports triggers (usually called from a "
17647 "postinst). Will exit B<0> if a triggers-capable B<dpkg> has run, or B<1> "
17648 "with an error message to stderr if not. Normally, however, it is better just "
17649 "to activate the desired trigger with B<dpkg-trigger>."
17653 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
17655 "Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. Defaults to I<%ADMINDIR%> if "
17656 "B<DPKG_ADMINDIR> has not been set."
17660 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
17662 msgid "B<--by-package=>I<package>"
17663 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
17666 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
17668 "Override trigger awaiter (normally set by B<dpkg> through the "
17669 "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE> environment variable of the maintainer scripts, "
17670 "naming the package to which the script belongs, and this will be used by "
17675 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
17677 msgid "B<--no-await>"
17678 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
17681 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
17683 "This option arranges that the calling package I<T> (if any) need not await "
17684 "the processing of this trigger; the interested package(s) I<I>, will not be "
17685 "added to I<T>'s trigger processing awaited list and I<T>'s status is "
17686 "unchanged. I<T> may be considered installed even though I<I> may not yet "
17687 "have processed the trigger."
17691 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
17694 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
17697 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
17699 "This option does the inverse of B<--no-await> (since dpkg 1.17.21). If the "
17700 "interested package has declared a “noawait” directive, then this option will "
17701 "not be effective. It is currently the default behavior."
17705 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
17707 msgid "B<--no-act>"
17708 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
17711 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
17712 msgid "Just test, do not actually change anything."
17716 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod
17719 "The requested action was successfully performed. Or a check or assertion "
17720 "command returned true."
17721 msgstr "A ação requisitada foi completada com sucesso."
17724 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod
17725 msgid "A check or assertion command returned false."
17729 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
17731 msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<deb-triggers>(5), B<%PKGDOCDIR%/spec/triggers.txt>."
17732 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
17736 msgid "dpkg-vendor - queries information about distribution vendors"
17742 msgid "B<dpkg-vendor> [I<option>...] I<command>"
17743 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
17748 "B<dpkg-vendor> is a tool to query information about vendors listed in "
17749 "B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins>. B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/default> contains "
17750 "information about the current vendor."
17756 msgid "B<--is> I<vendor>"
17757 msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
17762 "Exits with B<0> if the current vendor is I<vendor>. Otherwise exits with "
17769 msgid "B<--derives-from> I<vendor>"
17770 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
17775 "Exits with B<0> if the current vendor distribution is a derivative of "
17776 "I<vendor>, otherwise exits with B<1>. It uses the B<Parent> field to browse "
17777 "all ancestors of the current vendor."
17783 msgid "B<--query> I<field>"
17784 msgstr "B<--auto> I<ligação>"
17789 "Print on standard output the value of the vendor-specific I<field> for the "
17796 msgid "B<--vendor> I<vendor>"
17797 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
17802 "Assumes the current vendor is I<vendor> instead of discovering it with the "
17803 "B<DEB_VENDOR> environment variable or B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/default>."
17809 "This setting defines the current vendor. If not set, it will discover the "
17810 "current vendor by reading B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/default>."
17815 msgid "B<deb-origin>(5)."
17820 msgid "dpkg.cfg - dpkg configuration file"
17826 "This file contains default options for dpkg. Each line contains a single "
17827 "option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dpkg "
17828 "except for the leading hyphens which are not used here. Quotes surrounding "
17829 "option values are stripped. Comments are allowed by starting a line with a "
17830 "hash sign (‘B<#>’)."
17834 #: dpkg.cfg.pod dpkg.pod
17836 #| msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
17837 msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg.d/[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*>"
17838 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
17841 #: dpkg.cfg.pod dpkg.pod
17842 msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
17843 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
17848 msgid "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>"
17849 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
17854 msgid "dpkg - package manager for Debian"
17855 msgstr "dpkg - um gerenciador de pacotes de nível médio para o Debian"
17860 #| msgid "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>"
17861 msgid "B<dpkg> [I<option>...] I<action>"
17862 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
17873 "This manual is intended for users wishing to understand B<dpkg>'s command "
17874 "line options and package states in more detail than that provided by B<dpkg "
17877 "Este manual é elaborado para usuários que desejam compreender as opções da "
17878 "linha de comando do B<dpkg> e estados de pacotes em mais detalhes que os "
17879 "providos por B<dpkg --help>."
17885 "It should I<not> be used by package maintainers wishing to understand how "
17886 "B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does "
17887 "when installing and removing packages are particularly inadequate."
17889 "Ele I<não> deve ser usado por mantenedores de pacotes que desejam "
17890 "compreender como o B<dpkg> instalará seus pacotes. As descrições do que o "
17891 "B<dpkg> faz quando está instalando e removendo pacotes são particularmente "
17892 "inadequadas. Para informações detalhadas a esse respeito, por favor, refira-"
17893 "se ao tópico I<Package Management System> do I<debian-faq> no sistema GNU "
17894 "Info. Para infomações sobre a criação de pacotes Debian, veja o tópico "
17895 "I<Debian Package Management Tools> no mesmo documento."
17901 "B<dpkg> is a medium-level tool to install, build, remove and manage Debian "
17902 "packages. The primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> as a CLI "
17903 "(command-line interface) is B<apt>(8) and as a TUI (terminal user interface) "
17904 "is B<aptitude>(8). B<dpkg> itself is controlled entirely via command line "
17905 "parameters, which consist of exactly one action and zero or more options. "
17906 "The action-parameter tells B<dpkg> what to do and options control the "
17907 "behavior of the action in some way."
17909 "B<dpkg> é uma ferramenta de nível médio para instalar, criar, remover e "
17910 "gerenciar pacotes Debian. O front-end primário e mais amigável para o "
17911 "B<dpkg> é o B<dselect>(8). O próprio B<dpkg> é controlado inteiramente "
17912 "através de parâmetros de linha de comando, que consistem exatamente de uma "
17913 "ação e zero ou mais opções. A ação-parâmetro informa ao dpkg o que fazer e "
17914 "as opções controlam o comportamento da ação de alguma maneira."
17919 "B<dpkg> can also be used as a front-end to B<dpkg-deb>(1) and B<dpkg-"
17920 "query>(1). The list of supported actions can be found later on in the "
17921 "B<ACTIONS> section. If any such action is encountered B<dpkg> just runs "
17922 "B<dpkg-deb> or B<dpkg-query> with the parameters given to it, but no "
17923 "specific options are currently passed to them, to use any such option the "
17924 "back-ends need to be called directly."
17929 msgid "INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES"
17930 msgstr "INFORMAÇÃO SOBRE PACOTES"
17936 "B<dpkg> maintains some usable information about available packages. The "
17937 "information is divided in three classes: B<states>, B<selection states> and "
17938 "B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>."
17940 "O B<dpkg> mantém algumas informações sobre os pacotes disponíveis. As "
17941 "informações são divididas em três grupos: B<estados>, B<estados de seleção> "
17942 "e B<sinalizadores>. Esses valores são alterados principalmente com o "
17947 msgid "Package states"
17952 msgid "B<not-installed>"
17953 msgstr "B<not-installed>"
17957 msgid "The package is not installed on your system."
17958 msgstr "O pacote não está instalado em seu sistema."
17962 msgid "B<config-files>"
17963 msgstr "B<config-files>"
17968 #| msgid "Only the configuration files of the package exist on the system."
17970 "Only the configuration files or the B<postrm> script and the data it needs "
17971 "to remove of the package exist on the system."
17972 msgstr "Existem apenas os arquivos de configuração em seu sistema."
17976 msgid "B<half-installed>"
17977 msgstr "B<half-installed>"
17983 "The installation of the package has been started, but not completed for some "
17986 "A instalação do pacote foi iniciada, mas não completada por alguma razão."
17990 msgid "B<unpacked>"
17991 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
17995 msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured."
17996 msgstr "O pacote está descompactado, mas não configurado."
18000 msgid "B<half-configured>"
18001 msgstr "B<half-configured>"
18007 "The package is unpacked and configuration has been started, but not yet "
18008 "completed for some reason."
18010 "O pacote está descompactado e sua configuração começou, mas não foi "
18011 "completada por alguma razão."
18015 msgid "B<triggers-awaited>"
18020 msgid "The package awaits trigger processing by another package."
18025 msgid "B<triggers-pending>"
18031 msgid "The package has been triggered."
18032 msgstr "O pacote está instalado e configurado."
18036 msgid "B<installed>"
18037 msgstr "B<installed>"
18042 msgid "The package is correctly unpacked and configured."
18043 msgstr "O pacote está instalado e configurado."
18047 msgid "Package selection states"
18053 msgstr "B<install>"
18057 msgid "The package is selected for installation."
18058 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
18068 "A package marked to be on B<hold> is kept on the same version, that is, no "
18069 "automatic new installs, upgrades or removals will be performed on them, "
18070 "unless these actions are requested explicitly, or are permitted to be done "
18071 "automatically with the B<--force-hold> option."
18076 msgid "B<deinstall>"
18077 msgstr "B<deinstall>"
18083 "The package is selected for deinstallation (i.e. we want to remove all "
18084 "files, except configuration files)."
18086 "O pacote está selecionado para desinstalação (i.e. queremos remover todos os "
18087 "arquivos, exceto os arquivos de configuração)."
18098 "The package is selected to be purged (i.e. we want to remove everything from "
18099 "system directories, even configuration files)."
18101 "O pacote está selecionado para ser eliminado (i.e. queremos excluir tudo, "
18102 "até os arquivos de configuração)."
18112 "The package selection is unknown. A package that is also in a B<not-"
18113 "installed> state, and with an B<ok> flag will be forgotten in the next "
18119 msgid "Package flags"
18130 "A package marked B<ok> is in a known state, but might need further "
18137 #| msgid "B<reinst-required>"
18138 msgid "B<reinstreq>"
18139 msgstr "B<reinst-required>"
18145 "A package marked B<reinstreq> is broken and requires reinstallation. These "
18146 "packages cannot be removed, unless forced with option B<--force-remove-"
18149 "Um pacote marcado como B<reinst-required> está quebrado e precisa ser "
18150 "reinstalado. Esses pacotes não podem ser removidos, a menos que isso seja "
18151 "forçado com a opção B<--force-reinstreq>."
18161 msgid "B<-i>, B<--install> I<package-file>..."
18162 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
18168 "Install the package. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> option is specified, "
18169 "I<package-file> must refer to a directory instead."
18171 "Instala o pacote. Se a opção B<--recursive> ou B<-R> for especificada, "
18172 "I<arquivo_do_pacote> precisa se referir a um diretório."
18176 msgid "Installation consists of the following steps:"
18177 msgstr "A instalação consiste dos seguintes passos:"
18181 msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package."
18182 msgstr "B<1.> Os arquivos de controle do novo pacote são extraídos."
18188 "B<2.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new "
18189 "installation, execute I<prerm> script of the old package."
18191 "B<2.> Se outra versão do mesmo pacote foi instalada antes da nova "
18192 "instalação, é executado o script I<prerm> do pacote antigo."
18196 msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package."
18197 msgstr "B<3.> O script I<preinst>, se houver no pacote, é executado."
18203 "B<4.> Unpack the new files, and at the same time back up the old files, so "
18204 "that if something goes wrong, they can be restored."
18206 "B<4.> Os novos arquivos são descompactados, e ao mesmo tempo é feita uma "
18207 "cópia de segurança dos antigos, de forma que se algo sair errado, eles podem "
18214 "B<5.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new "
18215 "installation, execute the I<postrm> script of the old package. Note that "
18216 "this script is executed after the I<preinst> script of the new package, "
18217 "because new files are written at the same time old files are removed."
18219 "B<5.> Se estava instalada uma outra versão do mesmo pacote antes da nova "
18220 "instalação, o script I<postrm> do pacote antigo é executado. Note que esse "
18221 "script é executado depois do script I<preinst> do pacote novo, porque os "
18222 "novos arquivos são gravados ao mesmo tempo que os antigos são removidos."
18228 "B<6.> Configure the package. See B<--configure> for detailed information "
18229 "about how this is done."
18231 "B<6.> O pacote é configurado. Veja B<--configure> para informações "
18232 "detalhadas sobre como isso é feito."
18237 msgid "B<--unpack> I<package-file>..."
18238 msgstr "B<dpkg --unpack> I<arquivo_do_pacote> ..."
18244 "Unpack the package, but don't configure it. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> "
18245 "option is specified, I<package-file> must refer to a directory instead."
18247 "Descompacta o pacote, mas não o configura. Se a opção B<--recursive> ou B<-"
18248 "R> for especificada, I<arquivo_do_pacote> precisa então se referir a um "
18254 "Will process triggers for B<Pre-Depends> unless B<--no-triggers> has been "
18261 msgid "B<--configure> I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>"
18262 msgstr "B<dpkg --configure> I<pacote> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>"
18268 "Configure a package which has been unpacked but not yet configured. If B<-"
18269 "a> or B<--pending> is given instead of I<package>, all unpacked but "
18270 "unconfigured packages are configured."
18272 "Reconfigura um pacote descompactado. Se for especificada a opção B<-a> ou "
18273 "B<--pending> ao invés de I<pacote>, todos os pacotes descompactados mas não "
18274 "configurados são configurados."
18279 "To reconfigure a package which has already been configured, try the B<dpkg-"
18280 "reconfigure>(8) command instead."
18285 msgid "Configuring consists of the following steps:"
18286 msgstr "A configuração consiste dos seguintes passos:"
18292 "B<1.> Unpack the conffiles, and at the same time back up the old conffiles, "
18293 "so that they can be restored if something goes wrong."
18295 "B<1.> Os arquivos de configuração são descompactados, e ao mesmo tempo é "
18296 "feita uma cópia de segurança dos arquivos de configuração antigos, de forma "
18297 "que podem ser restaurados se algo sair errado."
18302 msgid "B<2.> Run I<postinst> script, if provided by the package."
18303 msgstr "B<2.> O script I<postinst>, se existir no pacote, é executado."
18307 msgid "Will process triggers unless B<--no-triggers> has been specified."
18313 msgid "B<--triggers-only> I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>"
18314 msgstr "B<dpkg --configure> I<pacote> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>"
18319 "Processes only triggers (since dpkg 1.14.17). All pending triggers will be "
18320 "processed. If package names are supplied only those packages' triggers will "
18321 "be processed, exactly once each where necessary. Use of this option may "
18322 "leave packages in the improper B<triggers-awaited> and B<triggers-pending> "
18323 "states. This can be fixed later by running: B<dpkg --configure --pending>."
18329 msgid "B<-r>, B<--remove> I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>"
18331 "B<dpkg -r> | B<--remove> | B<-P> | B<--purge> I<pacote> ... | B<-a> | B<--"
18337 "Remove an installed package. This removes everything except conffiles and "
18338 "other data cleaned up by the I<postrm> script, which may avoid having to "
18339 "reconfigure the package if it is reinstalled later (conffiles are "
18340 "configuration files that are listed in the I<DEBIAN/conffiles> control "
18341 "file). If there is no I<DEBIAN/conffiles> control file nor I<DEBIAN/postrm> "
18342 "script, this command is equivalent to calling B<--purge>. If B<-a> or B<--"
18343 "pending> is given instead of a package name, then all packages unpacked, but "
18344 "marked to be removed in file I<%ADMINDIR%/status>, are removed."
18349 msgid "Removing of a package consists of the following steps:"
18350 msgstr "A remoção de um pacote consiste dos seguintes passos:"
18355 msgid "B<1.> Run I<prerm> script"
18356 msgstr "B<1.> O script I<prerm> é executado."
18361 msgid "B<2.> Remove the installed files"
18362 msgstr "B<2.> Os arquivos instalados são removidos."
18366 msgid "B<3.> Run I<postrm> script"
18367 msgstr "B<3.> O script I<postrm> é executado."
18372 msgid "B<-P>, B<--purge> I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>"
18373 msgstr "B<dpkg --configure> I<pacote> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>"
18378 "Purge an installed or already removed package. This removes everything, "
18379 "including conffiles, and anything else cleaned up from I<postrm>. If B<-a> "
18380 "or B<--pending> is given instead of a package name, then all packages "
18381 "unpacked or removed, but marked to be purged in file I<%ADMINDIR%/status>, "
18389 "B<Note:> Some configuration files might be unknown to B<dpkg> because they "
18390 "are created and handled separately through the configuration scripts. In "
18391 "that case, B<dpkg> won't remove them by itself, but the package's I<postrm> "
18392 "script (which is called by B<dpkg>), has to take care of their removal "
18393 "during purge. Of course, this only applies to files in system directories, "
18394 "not configuration files written to individual users' home directories."
18396 "Remove um pacote instalado. B<-r> ou B<--remove> remove tudo, exceto os "
18397 "arquivos de configuração. Isso pode evitar a necessidade de reconfigurar o "
18398 "pacote se ele for reinstalado depois. (os arquivos de configuração são os "
18399 "listados no arquivo de controle I<debian/conffiles>). B<-P> ou B<--purge> "
18400 "remove tudo, incluindo os arquivos de configuração. Se for dada a opção B<-"
18401 "a> ou B<--pending> ao invés do nome do pacote, então todos os pacotes "
18402 "descompactados, mas marcados para serem removidos ou eliminados (purge) no "
18403 "arquivo I<%ADMINDIR%/status>, são removidos ou eliminados (purge) "
18409 #| msgid "Removing of a package consists of the following steps:"
18410 msgid "Purging of a package consists of the following steps:"
18411 msgstr "A remoção de um pacote consiste dos seguintes passos:"
18417 "B<1.> Remove the package, if not already removed. See B<--remove> for "
18418 "detailed information about how this is done."
18420 "B<6.> O pacote é configurado. Veja B<--configure> para informações "
18421 "detalhadas sobre como isso é feito."
18426 #| msgid "B<3.> Run I<postrm> script"
18427 msgid "B<2.> Run I<postrm> script."
18428 msgstr "B<3.> O script I<postrm> é executado."
18433 msgid "B<-V>, B<--verify> [I<package-name>...]"
18434 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
18439 "Verifies the integrity of I<package-name> or all packages if omitted, by "
18440 "comparing information from the files installed by a package with the files "
18441 "metadata information stored in the B<dpkg> database (since dpkg 1.17.2). "
18442 "The origin of the files metadata information in the database is the binary "
18443 "packages themselves. That metadata gets collected at package unpack time "
18444 "during the installation process."
18450 "Currently the only functional check performed is an md5sum verification of "
18451 "the file contents against the stored value in the files database. It will "
18452 "only get checked if the database contains the file md5sum. To check for any "
18453 "missing metadata in the database, the B<--audit> command can be used."
18459 "The output format is selectable with the B<--verify-format> option, which by "
18460 "default uses the B<rpm> format, but that might change in the future, and as "
18461 "such, programs parsing this command output should be explicit about the "
18462 "format they expect."
18468 msgid "B<-C>, B<--audit> [I<package-name>...]"
18469 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
18474 "Performs database sanity and consistency checks for I<package-name> or all "
18475 "packages if omitted (per package checks since dpkg 1.17.10). For example, "
18476 "searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your system "
18477 "or that have missing, wrong or obsolete control data or files. B<dpkg> will "
18478 "suggest what to do with them to get them fixed."
18484 msgid "B<--update-avail> [I<Packages-file>]"
18485 msgstr "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail> I<arquivo-Packages>"
18490 msgid "B<--merge-avail> [I<Packages-file>]"
18491 msgstr "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail> I<arquivo-Packages>"
18497 "Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. With "
18498 "action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information from "
18499 "I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is replaced "
18500 "with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> "
18501 "distributed with Debian is simply named «I<Packages>». If the I<Packages-"
18502 "file> argument is missing or named «B<->» then it will be read from standard "
18503 "input (since dpkg 1.17.7). B<dpkg> keeps its record of available packages in "
18504 "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>."
18506 "Atualiza a idéia do B<dpkg> e do B<dselect> de quais pacotes estão "
18507 "disponíveis. Com a ação B<--merge-avail>, as informações antigas são "
18508 "combinadas as informações do I<arquivo-Packages>. Com a ação B<--update-"
18509 "avail>, as informações antigas são substituídas pelas do I<arquivo-"
18510 "Packages>. O I<arquivo-Packages> distribuído com o Debian é simplesmente "
18511 "nomeado I<Packages>. O B<dpkg> mantém seu registro dos pacotes disponíveis "
18512 "em I<%ADMINDIR%/available>."
18517 "A simpler one-shot command to retrieve and update the I<available> file is "
18518 "B<dselect update>. Note that this file is mostly useless if you don't use "
18519 "B<dselect> but an APT-based frontend: APT has its own system to keep track "
18520 "of available packages."
18526 msgid "B<-A>, B<--record-avail> I<package-file>..."
18527 msgstr "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<arquivo_do_pacote> ..."
18533 "Update B<dpkg> and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available with "
18534 "information from the package I<package-file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> "
18535 "option is specified, I<package-file> must refer to a directory instead."
18537 "Atualiza a idéia do B<dpkg> e do B<dselect> de quais pacotes estão "
18538 "disponíveis com as informações do pacote I<arquivo_do_pacote>. Se a opção "
18539 "B<--recursive> ou B<-R> for especificada, então I<arquivo_do_pacote> deve se "
18540 "referir a um diretório."
18545 msgid "B<--forget-old-unavail>"
18546 msgstr "B<dpkg --forget-old-unavail>"
18551 "Now B<obsolete> and a no-op as B<dpkg> will automatically forget uninstalled "
18552 "unavailable packages (since dpkg 1.15.4), but only those that do not contain "
18553 "user information such as package selections."
18559 msgid "B<--clear-avail>"
18560 msgstr "B<dpkg --clear-avail>"
18565 msgid "Erase the existing information about what packages are available."
18566 msgstr "Apaga as informações existentes sobre quais pacotes estão disponíveis."
18571 msgid "B<--get-selections> [I<package-name-pattern>...]"
18572 msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<padrão>...]"
18578 "Get list of package selections, and write it to stdout. Without a pattern, "
18579 "non-installed packages (i.e. those which have been previously purged) will "
18581 msgstr "Obtém uma lista de seleção de pacotes e a escreve em stdout."
18584 #: dpkg.pod update-alternatives.pod
18586 msgid "B<--set-selections>"
18587 msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>"
18593 "Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in "
18594 "the format “I<package> I<state>”, where state is one of B<install>, B<hold>, "
18595 "B<deinstall> or B<purge>. Blank lines and comment lines beginning with "
18596 "‘B<#>’ are also permitted."
18597 msgstr "Configura as seleções de pacotes usando o arquivo lido de stdin."
18602 "The I<available> file needs to be up-to-date for this command to be useful, "
18603 "otherwise unknown packages will be ignored with a warning. See the B<--"
18604 "update-avail> and B<--merge-avail> commands for more information."
18610 msgid "B<--clear-selections>"
18611 msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>"
18616 "Set the requested state of every non-essential package to deinstall (since "
18617 "dpkg 1.13.18). This is intended to be used immediately before B<--set-"
18618 "selections>, to deinstall any packages not in list given to B<--set-"
18625 msgid "B<--yet-to-unpack>"
18626 msgstr "B<dpkg --yet-to-unpack>"
18632 "Searches for packages selected for installation, but which for some reason "
18633 "still haven't been installed."
18635 "Procura pacotes que foram selecionados para instalação, mas por alguma razão "
18636 "ainda não foram instalados."
18641 "B<Note:> This command makes use of both the available file and the package "
18648 msgid "B<--predep-package>"
18649 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
18654 "Print a single package which is the target of one or more relevant pre-"
18655 "dependencies and has itself no unsatisfied pre-dependencies."
18661 "If such a package is present, output it as a Packages file entry, which can "
18662 "be massaged as appropriate."
18668 "Returns 0 when a package is printed, 1 when no suitable package is available "
18675 msgid "B<--add-architecture> I<architecture>"
18676 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
18681 "Add I<architecture> to the list of architectures for which packages can be "
18682 "installed without using B<--force-architecture> (since dpkg 1.16.2). The "
18683 "architecture B<dpkg> is built for (i.e. the output of B<--print-"
18684 "architecture>) is always part of that list."
18690 msgid "B<--remove-architecture> I<architecture>"
18691 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
18696 "Remove I<architecture> from the list of architectures for which packages can "
18697 "be installed without using B<--force-architecture> (since dpkg 1.16.2). If "
18698 "the architecture is currently in use in the database then the operation will "
18699 "be refused, except if B<--force-architecture> is specified. The architecture "
18700 "B<dpkg> is built for (i.e. the output of B<--print-architecture>) can never "
18701 "be removed from that list."
18707 msgid "B<--print-architecture>"
18708 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
18713 msgid "Print architecture of packages B<dpkg> installs (for example, “i386”)."
18715 "Mostra a arquitetura alvo (por exemplo, \"i386\"). Essa opção usa o B<gcc>."
18720 msgid "B<--print-foreign-architectures>"
18721 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
18726 "Print a newline-separated list of the extra architectures B<dpkg> is "
18727 "configured to allow packages to be installed for (since dpkg 1.16.2)."
18733 msgid "B<--assert-help>"
18739 #| msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options."
18740 msgid "Give help about the B<--assert->I<feature> options (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
18741 msgstr "Ajuda com as opções B<--force->I<coisa>."
18746 msgid "B<--assert->I<feature>"
18747 msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
18752 "Asserts that B<dpkg> supports the requested feature. Returns 0 if the "
18753 "feature is fully supported, 1 if the feature is known but B<dpkg> cannot "
18754 "provide support for it yet, and 2 if the feature is unknown. The current "
18755 "list of assertable features is:"
18760 msgid "B<support-predepends>"
18765 msgid "Supports the B<Pre-Depends> field (since dpkg 1.1.0)."
18770 msgid "B<working-epoch>"
18775 msgid "Supports epochs in version strings (since dpkg 1.4.0.7)."
18781 msgid "B<long-filenames>"
18782 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
18786 msgid "Supports long filenames in B<deb>(5) archives (since dpkg 1.4.1.17)."
18792 #| msgid "B<half-configured>"
18793 msgid "B<multi-conrep>"
18794 msgstr "B<half-configured>"
18798 msgid "Supports multiple B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> (since dpkg 1.4.1.19)."
18804 msgid "B<multi-arch>"
18805 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
18809 msgid "Supports multi-arch fields and semantics (since dpkg 1.16.2)."
18815 msgid "B<versioned-provides>"
18816 msgstr "B<--version>"
18820 msgid "Supports versioned B<Provides> (since dpkg 1.17.11)."
18826 #| msgid "B<config-files>"
18827 msgid "B<protected-field>"
18828 msgstr "B<config-files>"
18833 msgid "Supports the B<Protected> field (since dpkg 1.20.1)."
18834 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
18839 msgid "B<--validate->I<thing> I<string>"
18840 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
18845 "Validate that the I<thing> I<string> has a correct syntax (since dpkg "
18846 "1.18.16). Returns 0 if the I<string> is valid, 1 if the I<string> is "
18847 "invalid but might be accepted in lax contexts, and 2 if the I<string> is "
18848 "invalid. The current list of validatable I<thing>s is:"
18860 msgid "Validates the given package name (since dpkg 1.18.16)."
18861 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
18866 msgid "B<trigname>"
18867 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
18872 msgid "Validates the given trigger name (since dpkg 1.18.16)."
18873 msgstr "Projeto Debian"
18878 msgid "B<archname>"
18879 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
18884 msgid "Validates the given architecture name (since dpkg 1.18.16)."
18885 msgstr "Projeto Debian"
18891 msgstr "B<--version>"
18896 msgid "Validates the given version (since dpkg 1.18.16)."
18897 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
18902 msgid "B<--compare-versions> I<ver1> I<op> I<ver2>"
18903 msgstr "B<dpkg --compare-versions> I<ver1 op ver2>"
18909 "Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns "
18910 "true (B<0>) if the specified condition is satisfied, and false (B<1>) "
18911 "otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ in how they treat "
18912 "an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version as earlier than "
18913 "any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty version as later "
18914 "than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are provided only for "
18915 "compatibility with control file syntax: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> E<lt>= = E<gt>= "
18916 "E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>. The B<E<lt>> and B<E<gt>> operators are obsolete and "
18917 "should B<not> be used, due to confusing semantics. To illustrate: B<0.1 "
18918 "E<lt> 0.1> evaluates to true."
18920 "Compara números de versão, onde I<op> é um operador binário. O B<dpkg> "
18921 "retorna com successo (resultado zero) se a condição especificada for "
18922 "satisfeita e com falha (resultado não nulo) em caso contrário. Há dois "
18923 "grupos de operadores, que diferem em como tratam a falta de I<ver1> ou "
18924 "I<ver2>. Esses tratam a falta de uma versão como anterior a qualquer outra: "
18925 "B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. Esses tratam a falta de uma versão como posterior a "
18926 "qualquer outra: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. Esses são providos apenas para "
18927 "manter compatibilidade com a sintaxe do arquivo de controle: B<E<lt> "
18928 "E<lt>E<lt> E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>."
18938 msgid "B<--command-fd> I<n>"
18939 msgstr "B<dpkg --command-fd E<lt>nE<gt>>"
18943 msgid "Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor I<n>."
18950 "B<Note:> Additional options set on the command line, and through this file "
18951 "descriptor, are not reset for subsequent commands executed during the same "
18954 "Aceita uma série de comandos no descritor de arquivo de entrada "
18955 "B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Nota: opções adicionais configuradas na linha de comando, e "
18956 "através do descritor de arquivo, não são redefinidas para comandos "
18957 "subseqüentes usados durante a mesma execução."
18961 msgid "Display a brief help message."
18962 msgstr "Exibe uma breve mensagem de ajuda."
18966 msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options."
18967 msgstr "Ajuda com as opções B<--force->I<coisa>."
18972 msgid "B<-Dh>, B<--debug=help>"
18973 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
18978 msgid "Give help about debugging options."
18979 msgstr "Ajuda com as opções de depuração."
18983 msgid "Display B<dpkg> version information."
18984 msgstr "Exibe informação sobre a versão do B<dpkg>."
18989 "When used with B<--robot>, the output will be the program version number in "
18990 "a dotted numerical format, with no newline."
18996 msgid "B<dpkg-deb actions>"
18997 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
19003 "See B<dpkg-deb>(1) for more information about the following actions, and "
19004 "other actions and options not exposed by the B<dpkg> front-end."
19005 msgstr "Veja B<dpkg-deb>(1) para mais informações sobre as seguintes ações."
19010 msgid "B<-b>, B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]"
19011 msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>"
19016 msgid "Build a deb package."
19017 msgstr "O pacote está instalado e configurado."
19022 #| msgid "List of available packages."
19023 msgid "List contents of a deb package."
19024 msgstr "Lista dos pacotes disponíveis."
19029 msgid "Extract control-information from a package."
19030 msgstr "B<1.> Os arquivos de controle do novo pacote são extraídos."
19035 #| msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package."
19036 msgid "Extract the files contained by package."
19037 msgstr "B<1.> Os arquivos de controle do novo pacote são extraídos."
19041 msgid "Extract and display the filenames contained by a package."
19047 msgid "B<-f>, B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field>...]"
19048 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
19053 #| msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package."
19054 msgid "Display control field(s) of a package."
19055 msgstr "B<1.> Os arquivos de controle do novo pacote são extraídos."
19060 #| msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package."
19061 msgid "Output the control tar-file contained in a Debian package."
19062 msgstr "B<1.> Os arquivos de controle do novo pacote são extraídos."
19066 msgid "Output the filesystem tar-file contained by a Debian package."
19072 msgid "B<-I>, B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file>...]"
19073 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
19078 msgid "Show information about a package."
19079 msgstr "Apaga as informações existentes sobre quais pacotes estão disponíveis."
19084 msgid "B<dpkg-query actions>"
19085 msgstr "B<dpkg-query-actions>"
19091 "See B<dpkg-query>(1) for more information about the following actions, and "
19092 "other actions and options not exposed by the B<dpkg> front-end."
19093 msgstr "Veja B<dpkg-deb>(1) para mais informações sobre as seguintes ações."
19098 msgid "B<-l>, B<--list> I<package-name-pattern>..."
19099 msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<padrão>...]"
19103 msgid "List packages matching given pattern."
19109 msgid "B<-s>, B<--status> I<package-name>..."
19110 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
19114 msgid "Report status of specified package."
19119 msgid "List files installed to your system from I<package-name>."
19124 msgid "Search for a filename from installed packages."
19130 msgid "B<-p>, B<--print-avail> I<package-name>..."
19131 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
19136 "Display details about I<package-name>, as found in I<%ADMINDIR%/available>. "
19137 "Users of APT-based frontends should use B<apt show> I<package-name> instead."
19144 "All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> "
19145 "configuration file I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg> or fragment files (with names "
19146 "matching this shell pattern '[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*') on the configuration directory "
19147 "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg.d/>. Each line in the configuration file is either "
19148 "an option (exactly the same as the command line option but without leading "
19149 "hyphens) or a comment (if it starts with a ‘B<#>’)."
19151 "Todas as opções podem ser especificadas tanto na linha de comando quanto no "
19152 "arquivo de configuração do B<dpkg> chamado I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>. Cada "
19153 "linha no arquivo de configuração é uma opção (exatamente a mesma opção da "
19154 "linha de comando, mas sem os hífens) ou um comentário (se começar com uma "
19159 msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>"
19160 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<número>"
19165 msgid "Change after how many errors B<dpkg> will abort. The default is 50."
19166 msgstr "Altera o número de erros após os quais o dpkg abortará. O padrão é 50."
19171 msgid "B<-B>, B<--auto-deconfigure>"
19172 msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>"
19178 "When a package is removed, there is a possibility that another installed "
19179 "package depended on the removed package. Specifying this option will cause "
19180 "automatic deconfiguration of the package which depended on the removed "
19183 "Quando um pacote é removido, há a possibilidade de que outro pacote "
19184 "instalado dependa do que foi removido. Especificando essa opção, o pacote "
19185 "que depende do que foi removido será automaticamente desconfigurado."
19190 msgid "B<-D>I<octal>, B<--debug=>I<octal>"
19191 msgstr "B<-D>I<octal> B<| --debug=>I<octal>"
19197 "Switch debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-ORing desired values "
19198 "together from the list below (note that these values may change in future "
19199 "releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values."
19201 "Ativa a depuração. I<octal> é formado por uma operação \"or\" bit-a-bit "
19202 "entre os valores desejados da lista abaixo (note que esses valores podem ser "
19203 "alterados em versões futuras). B<-Dh> ou B<--debug=help> exibe esses "
19210 " Number Description\n"
19211 " 1 Generally helpful progress information\n"
19212 " 2 Invocation and status of maintainer scripts\n"
19213 " 10 Output for each file processed\n"
19214 " 100 Lots of output for each file processed\n"
19215 " 20 Output for each configuration file\n"
19216 " 200 Lots of output for each configuration file\n"
19217 " 40 Dependencies and conflicts\n"
19218 " 400 Lots of dependencies/conflicts output\n"
19219 " 10000 Trigger activation and processing\n"
19220 " 20000 Lots of output regarding triggers\n"
19221 " 40000 Silly amounts of output regarding triggers\n"
19222 " 1000 Lots of drivel about for example the dpkg/info dir\n"
19223 " 2000 Insane amounts of drivel\n"
19226 " número descrição\n"
19227 " 1 Informação de progresso geralmente útil\n"
19228 " 2 Invocação e estado dos scripts do mantenedor\n"
19229 " 10 Saída de cada arquivo processado\n"
19230 " 100 Muita saída de cada arquivo processado\n"
19231 " 20 Saída de cada arquivo de configuração\n"
19232 " 200 Muita saída de cada arquivo de configuração\n"
19233 " 40 Dependências e conflitos\n"
19234 " 400 Muita saída de dependências/conflitos\n"
19235 " 1000 Muita tagarelice sobre por exemplo o diretório dpkg/info\n"
19236 " 2000 Quantidades insanas de saída.\n"
19242 "Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do some "
19243 "things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified below. B<--"
19244 "force-help> displays a message describing them. Things marked with (*) are "
19245 "forced by default."
19247 "Força ou rejeita (B<no-force> e B<refuse> são a mesma coisa) a fazer "
19248 "algumas coisas. I<coisas> é uma lista separada por vírgulas de coisas "
19249 "especificadas abaixo. B<--force-help> exibe uma mensagem descrevendo-as. "
19250 "Coisas marcadas com (*) são forçadas por padrão."
19256 "I<Warning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. "
19257 "Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your whole "
19260 "I<Atenção: A maior parte dessas opções devem ser usadas apenas por experts. "
19261 "Usá-las sem o completo conhecimento de seus efeitos pode quebrar todo seu "
19268 "B<downgrade>(*): Install a package, even if newer version of it is already "
19271 "B<downgrade>(*): Instala um pacote, mesmo se uma versão mais nova já estiver "
19277 "I<Warning: At present> B<dpkg> I<does not do any dependency checking on "
19278 "downgrades and therefore will not warn you if the downgrade breaks the "
19279 "dependency of some other package. This can have serious side effects, "
19280 "downgrading essential system components can even make your whole system "
19281 "unusable. Use with care.>"
19288 "B<configure-any>: Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages on "
19289 "which the current package depends."
19291 "B<configure-any>: Configura também qualquer pacote descompactado de que o "
19292 "pacote atual dependa."
19297 "B<hold>: Allow automatic installs, upgrades or removals of packages even "
19298 "when marked to be on “hold”. B<Note:> When these actions are requested "
19299 "explicitly, the “hold” package selection state always gets ignored."
19306 "B<remove-reinstreq>: Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to "
19307 "require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package to "
19308 "remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>."
19310 "B<remove-reinstreq>: Remove um pacote, mesmo se estiver quebrado e marcado "
19311 "como requer reinstalação. Isso pode, por exemplo, fazer com que partes do "
19312 "pacote permaneçam em seu sistema, que serão então esquecidas pelo B<dpkg>."
19318 "B<remove-protected>: Remove, even if the package is considered protected "
19319 "(since dpkg 1.20.1). Protected packages contain mostly important system "
19320 "boot infrastructure or are used for custom system-local meta-packages. "
19321 "Removing them might cause the whole system to be unable to boot or lose "
19322 "required functionality to operate, so use with caution."
19324 "B<remove-essential>: Remove, mesmo se o pacote é considerado essencial. "
19325 "Pacotes essenciais contém geralmente comandos muito básicos de Unix. Removê-"
19326 "los pode causar a parada de funcionamento de todo o sistema, então use-a com "
19333 "B<remove-essential>: Remove, even if the package is considered essential. "
19334 "Essential packages contain mostly very basic Unix commands, required for the "
19335 "packaging system, for the operation of the system in general or during boot "
19336 "(although the latter should be converted to protected packages instead). "
19337 "Removing them might cause the whole system to stop working, so use with "
19340 "B<remove-essential>: Remove, mesmo se o pacote é considerado essencial. "
19341 "Pacotes essenciais contém geralmente comandos muito básicos de Unix. Removê-"
19342 "los pode causar a parada de funcionamento de todo o sistema, então use-a com "
19348 #| msgid "B<depends>: Turn all dependency problems into warnings."
19350 "B<depends>: Turn all dependency problems into warnings. This affects the "
19351 "B<Pre-Depends> and B<Depends> fields."
19352 msgstr "B<depends>: Converte todos os problemas de dependência em avisos."
19358 #| "B<depends-version>: Don't care about versions when checking dependencies."
19360 "B<depends-version>: Don't care about versions when checking dependencies. "
19361 "This affects the B<Pre-Depends> and B<Depends> fields."
19363 "B<depends-version>: Não verifica versões quando verificando dependências."
19368 "B<breaks>: Install, even if this would break another package (since dpkg "
19369 "1.14.6). This affects the B<Breaks> field."
19376 #| "B<conflicts>: Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is "
19377 #| "dangerous, for it will usually cause overwriting of some files."
19379 "B<conflicts>: Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is "
19380 "dangerous, for it will usually cause overwriting of some files. This "
19381 "affects the B<Conflicts> field."
19383 "B<conflicts>: Instala, mesmo se conflita com outro pacote. Isso é perigoso, "
19384 "pois geralmente causará a regravação de alguns arquivos."
19390 "B<confmiss>: Always install the missing conffile without prompting. This is "
19391 "dangerous, since it means not preserving a change (removing) made to the "
19394 "B<confmiss>: Sempre instala um arquivo de configuração que falta. Isso é "
19395 "perigoso, já que significa que uma mudança (remoção) feita ao arquivo não "
19402 "B<confnew>: If a conffile has been modified and the version in the package "
19403 "did change, always install the new version without prompting, unless the B<--"
19404 "force-confdef> is also specified, in which case the default action is "
19407 "B<confnew>: Se um arquivo de configuração foi modificado, sempre instala a "
19408 "nova versão sem perguntar, a menos que B<--force-confdef> também seja "
19409 "especificada, quando a ação padrão é então preferida."
19415 "B<confold>: If a conffile has been modified and the version in the package "
19416 "did change, always keep the old version without prompting, unless the B<--"
19417 "force-confdef> is also specified, in which case the default action is "
19420 "B<confold>: Se um arquivo de configuração foi modificado, sempre mantém a "
19421 "versão antiga sem perguntar, a menos que B<--force-confdef> também seja "
19422 "especificada, quando a ação padrão é então preferida."
19428 "B<confdef>: If a conffile has been modified and the version in the package "
19429 "did change, always choose the default action without prompting. If there is "
19430 "no default action it will stop to ask the user unless B<--force-confnew> or "
19431 "B<--force-confold> is also been given, in which case it will use that to "
19432 "decide the final action."
19434 "B<confdef>: Se um arquivo de configuração foi modificado, sempre escolhe a "
19435 "ação padrão. Se não houver ação padrão, ele irá parar e perguntar ao "
19436 "usuário, a menos que B<--force-confnew> ou B<--force-confold> também tenham "
19437 "sido dadas, quando será então usado isso para decidir a ação final."
19443 "B<confask>: If a conffile has been modified always offer to replace it with "
19444 "the version in the package, even if the version in the package did not "
19445 "change (since dpkg 1.15.8). If any of B<--force-confnew>, B<--force-"
19446 "confold>, or B<--force-confdef> is also given, it will be used to decide the "
19449 "B<confdef>: Se um arquivo de configuração foi modificado, sempre escolhe a "
19450 "ação padrão. Se não houver ação padrão, ele irá parar e perguntar ao "
19451 "usuário, a menos que B<--force-confnew> ou B<--force-confold> também tenham "
19452 "sido dadas, quando será então usado isso para decidir a ação final."
19456 msgid "B<overwrite>: Overwrite one package's file with another's file."
19457 msgstr "B<overwrite>: Sobrescreve um arquivo do pacote com arquivo de outro."
19463 #| "B<overwrite-dir> Overwrite one package's directory with another's file."
19465 "B<overwrite-dir>: Overwrite one package's directory with another's file."
19467 "B<overwrite-dir> Sobrescreve um diretório do pacote com arquivo de outro."
19473 "B<overwrite-diverted>: Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted version."
19475 "B<overwrite-diverted>: Sobrescreve um arquivo desviado com uma versão não "
19481 "B<unsafe-io>: Do not perform safe I/O operations when unpacking (since dpkg "
19482 "1.15.8.6). Currently this implies not performing file system syncs before "
19483 "file renames, which is known to cause substantial performance degradation on "
19484 "some file systems, unfortunately the ones that require the safe I/O on the "
19485 "first place due to their unreliable behaviour causing zero-length files on "
19486 "abrupt system crashes."
19492 "I<Note>: For ext4, the main offender, consider using instead the mount "
19493 "option B<nodelalloc>, which will fix both the performance degradation and "
19494 "the data safety issues, the latter by making the file system not produce "
19495 "zero-length files on abrupt system crashes with any software not doing syncs "
19496 "before atomic renames."
19502 "I<Warning: Using this option might improve performance at the cost of losing "
19503 "data, use with care.>"
19509 "B<script-chrootless>: Run maintainer scripts without B<chroot>(2)ing into "
19510 "B<instdir> even if the package does not support this mode of operation "
19511 "(since dpkg 1.18.5)."
19516 msgid "I<Warning: This can destroy your host system, use with extreme care.>"
19522 #| msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with the wrong architecture."
19523 msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with wrong or no architecture."
19524 msgstr "B<architecture>: Processa até pacotes com a arquitetura errada."
19529 #| msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with the wrong architecture."
19531 "B<bad-version>: Process even packages with wrong versions (since dpkg "
19533 msgstr "B<architecture>: Processa até pacotes com a arquitetura errada."
19538 "B<bad-path>: B<PATH> is missing important programs, so problems are likely."
19540 "B<bad-path>: Faltam programas importantes no B<PATH>, devendo aparecer "
19545 msgid "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root."
19546 msgstr "B<not-root>: Tenta (des)instalar coisas mesmo não sendo root."
19550 msgid "B<bad-verify>: Install a package even if it fails authenticity check."
19555 msgid "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..."
19556 msgstr "B<--ignore-depends>=I<pacote>,..."
19562 "Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is "
19563 "performed, but only warnings about conflicts are given, nothing else). This "
19564 "affects the B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends> and B<Breaks> fields."
19566 "Ignora a verificação de dependência dos pacotes especificados (atualmente, a "
19567 "verificação é feita, mas são apenas dados avisos sobre os conflitos, nada "
19573 msgid "B<--no-act>, B<--dry-run>, B<--simulate>"
19574 msgstr "B<--no-act>"
19580 "Do everything which is supposed to be done, but don't write any changes. "
19581 "This is used to see what would happen with the specified action, without "
19582 "actually modifying anything."
19584 "Faz tudo que se espera que seja feito, mas não grava nenhuma alteração. Isso "
19585 "é usado para ver o que acontece com a ação especificada, sem modificar nada."
19591 "Be sure to give B<--no-act> before the action-parameter, or you might end up "
19592 "with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first "
19593 "purge package “foo” and then try to purge package ”--no-act”, even though "
19594 "you probably expected it to actually do nothing)."
19596 "Certifique-se de fornecer B<--no-act> antes da ação-parâmetro, ou você pode "
19597 "obter resultados indesejáveis. (por exemplo, B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> "
19598 "irá primeiro excluir (purge) o pacote foo e então tentará excluir o pacote --"
19599 "no-act, apesar de que você esperava que nada fosse feito)"
19604 msgid "B<-R>, B<--recursive>"
19605 msgstr "B<-R> | B<--recursive>"
19611 "Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at "
19612 "specified directories and all of its subdirectories. This can be used with "
19613 "B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> and B<--record-avail> actions."
19615 "Manipula recursivamente todos os arquivos regulares que combinem com o "
19616 "padrão B<*.deb> encontrados nos diretórios especificados e todos seus "
19617 "subdiretórios. Isso pode ser usado com as ações B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, "
19618 "B<--unpack> e B<--avail>."
19624 "Don't install a package if a newer version of the same package is already "
19625 "installed. This is an alias of B<--refuse-downgrade>."
19627 "Não instala um pacote se uma nova versão do mesmo pacote já estiver "
19628 "instalada. Isso é um apelido de B<--refuse-downgrade.>"
19633 "Set the administrative directory to I<directory>. This directory contains "
19634 "many files that give information about status of installed or uninstalled "
19635 "packages, etc. Defaults to «I<%ADMINDIR%>» if B<DPKG_ADMINDIR> has not been "
19642 msgid "B<--instdir=>I<dir>"
19643 msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
19649 "Set the installation directory, which refers to the directory where packages "
19650 "are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the directory passed to B<chroot>(2) "
19651 "before running package's installation scripts, which means that the scripts "
19652 "see B<instdir> as a root directory. Defaults to «I</>»."
19654 "Muda os diretórios padrões. O B<admindir> padrão é I<%ADMINDIR%> e contém "
19655 "muitos arquivos que dão informações sobre o estado dos pacotes instalados ou "
19656 "não instalados, etc. O B<instdir> padrão é I</> e refere-se ao diretório "
19657 "onde os pacotes devem ser instalados. B<instdir> também é o diretório "
19658 "passado para B<chroot>(2) antes de executar os scripts de instalação do "
19659 "I<pacote>, o que significa que os scripts vêem B<instdir> como o diretório "
19660 "raiz. Alterar B<root> modifica B<instdir> para I<dir> e B<admindir> para "
19661 "I<dir>B<%ADMINDIR%>."
19666 msgid "B<--root=>I<dir>"
19667 msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
19672 "Set the root directory to B<directory>, which sets the installation "
19673 "directory to «I<dir>» and the administrative directory to "
19674 "«I<dir>B<%ADMINDIR%>»."
19680 msgid "B<-O>, B<--selected-only>"
19681 msgstr "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>"
19687 "Only process the packages that are selected for installation. The actual "
19688 "marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. For "
19689 "example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for "
19692 "Somente processa os pacotes selecionados para instalação. A marcação atual é "
19693 "feita com B<dselect> ou pelo B<dpkg>, quando ele manipula pacotes. Por "
19694 "exemplo, quando um pacote é removido, ele será marcado como selecionado para "
19700 msgid "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>"
19701 msgstr "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>"
19707 "Don't install the package if the same version and architecture of the "
19708 "package is already installed."
19709 msgstr "Não instala o pacote se a mesma versão dele já estiver instalada."
19714 "Since dpkg 1.21.10, the architecture is also taken into account, which makes "
19715 "it possible to cross-grade packages or install additional co-installable "
19716 "instances with the same version, but different architecture."
19721 msgid "B<--pre-invoke=>I<command>"
19726 msgid "B<--post-invoke=>I<command>"
19732 "Set an invoke hook I<command> to be run via “sh -c” before or after the "
19733 "B<dpkg> run for the I<unpack>, I<configure>, I<install>, I<triggers-only>, "
19734 "I<remove>, I<purge>, I<add-architecture> and I<remove-architecture> B<dpkg> "
19735 "actions (since dpkg 1.15.4; I<add-architecture> and I<remove-architecture> "
19736 "actions since dpkg 1.17.19). This option can be specified multiple times. "
19737 "The order the options are specified is preserved, with the ones from the "
19738 "configuration files taking precedence. The environment variable "
19739 "B<DPKG_HOOK_ACTION> is set for the hooks to the current B<dpkg> action."
19745 "B<Note:> Front-ends might call B<dpkg> several times per invocation, which "
19746 "might run the hooks more times than expected."
19752 msgid "B<--path-exclude=>I<glob-pattern>"
19753 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
19758 msgid "B<--path-include=>I<glob-pattern>"
19759 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
19764 "Set I<glob-pattern> as a path filter, either by excluding or re-including "
19765 "previously excluded paths matching the specified patterns during install "
19766 "(since dpkg 1.15.8)."
19772 "I<Warning: Take into account that depending on the excluded paths you might "
19773 "completely break your system, use with caution.>"
19779 "The glob patterns use the same wildcards used in the shell, were ‘*’ matches "
19780 "any sequence of characters, including the empty string and also ‘/’. For "
19781 "example, «I</usr/*/READ*>» matches «I</usr/share/doc/package/README>». As "
19782 "usual, ‘?’ matches any single character (again, including ‘/’). And ‘[’ "
19783 "starts a character class, which can contain a list of characters, ranges and "
19784 "complementations. See B<glob>(7) for detailed information about globbing. "
19785 "B<Note:> The current implementation might re-include more directories and "
19786 "symlinks than needed, in particular when there is a more specific re-"
19787 "inclusion, to be on the safe side and avoid possible unpack failures; future "
19788 "work might fix this."
19794 "This can be used to remove all paths except some particular ones; a typical "
19802 " --path-exclude=/usr/share/doc/*\n"
19803 " --path-include=/usr/share/doc/*/copyright\n"
19809 msgid "to remove all documentation files except the copyright files."
19815 "These two options can be specified multiple times, and interleaved with each "
19816 "other. Both are processed in the given order, with the last rule that "
19817 "matches a file name making the decision."
19823 "The filters are applied when unpacking the binary packages, and as such only "
19824 "have knowledge of the type of object currently being filtered (e.g. a normal "
19825 "file or a directory) and have not visibility of what objects will come "
19826 "next. Because these filters have side effects (in contrast to B<find>(1) "
19827 "filters), excluding an exact pathname that happens to be a directory object "
19828 "like I</usr/share/doc> will not have the desired result, and only that "
19829 "pathname will be excluded (which could be automatically reincluded if the "
19830 "code sees the need). Any subsequent files contained within that directory "
19831 "will fail to unpack."
19836 msgid "Hint: make sure the globs are not expanded by your shell."
19842 msgid "B<--verify-format> I<format-name>"
19843 msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
19847 msgid "Sets the output format for the B<--verify> command (since dpkg 1.17.2)."
19853 "The only currently supported output format is B<rpm>, which consists of a "
19854 "line for every path that failed any check. These lines have the following "
19863 " B<missing > [B<c>] I<pathname> [B<(>I<error-message>B<)>]\n"
19864 " B<??5??????> [B<c>] I<pathname>\n"
19871 "The first 9 characters are used to report the checks result, either a "
19872 "literal B<missing> when the file is not present or its metadata cannot be "
19873 "fetched, or one of the following special characters that report the result "
19885 "Implies the check could not be done (lack of support, file permissions, etc)."
19895 msgid "Implies the check passed."
19900 msgid "‘I<A-Za-z0-9>’"
19906 "Implies a specific check failed. The following positions and alphanumeric "
19907 "characters are currently supported:"
19917 msgid "These checks are currently not supported, will always be ‘B<?>’."
19928 "The file mode check failed (since dpkg 1.21.0). Because pathname metadata "
19929 "is currently not tracked, this check can only be partially emulated via a "
19930 "very simple heuristic for pathnames that have a known digest, which implies "
19931 "they should be regular files, where the check will fail if the pathname is "
19932 "not a regular file on the filesystem. This check will currently never "
19933 "succeed as it does not have enough information available."
19943 msgid "The digest check failed, which means the file contents have changed."
19954 "The line is followed by a space and an attribute character. The following "
19955 "attribute character is supported:"
19965 msgid "The pathname is a conffile."
19970 msgid "Finally followed by another space and the pathname."
19976 "In case the entry was of the B<missing> type, and the file was not actually "
19977 "present on the filesystem, then the line is followed by a space and the "
19978 "error message enclosed within parenthesis."
19984 msgid "B<--status-fd> I<n>"
19985 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
19990 "Send machine-readable package status and progress information to file "
19991 "descriptor I<n>. This option can be specified multiple times. The "
19992 "information is generally one record per line, in one of the following forms:"
19997 msgid "B<status:> I<package>B<:> I<status>"
20002 msgid "Package status changed; I<status> is as in the status file."
20007 msgid "B<status:> I<package> B<: error :> I<extended-error-message>"
20013 "An error occurred. Any possible newlines in I<extended-error-message> will "
20014 "be converted to spaces before output."
20020 "B<status:> I<file> B<: conffile-prompt : '>I<real-old>B<' '>I<real-new>B<'> "
20021 "I<useredited> I<distedited>"
20026 msgid "User is being asked a conffile question."
20031 msgid "B<processing:> I<stage>B<:> I<package>"
20037 "Sent just before a processing stage starts. I<stage> is one of B<upgrade>, "
20038 "B<install> (both sent before unpacking), B<configure>, B<trigproc>, "
20039 "B<disappear>, B<remove>, B<purge>."
20045 msgid "B<--status-logger>=I<command>"
20046 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
20051 "Send machine-readable package status and progress information to the shell "
20052 "I<command>'s standard input, to be run via “sh -c” (since dpkg 1.16.0). "
20053 "This option can be specified multiple times. The output format used is the "
20054 "same as in B<--status-fd>."
20060 msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>"
20061 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
20066 "Log status change updates and actions to I<filename>, instead of the default "
20067 "I<%LOGDIR%/dpkg.log>. If this option is given multiple times, the last "
20068 "filename is used. Log messages are of the form:"
20073 msgid "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS B<startup> I<type> I<command>"
20079 "For each dpkg invocation where I<type> is B<archives> (with a I<command> of "
20080 "B<unpack> or B<install>) or B<packages> (with a I<command> of B<configure>, "
20081 "B<triggers-only>, B<remove> or B<purge>)."
20086 msgid "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS B<status> I<state> I<pkg> I<installed-version>"
20091 msgid "For status change updates."
20097 "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS I<action> I<pkg> I<installed-version> I<available-"
20104 "For actions where I<action> is one of B<install>, B<upgrade>, B<configure>, "
20105 "B<trigproc>, B<disappear>, B<remove> or B<purge>."
20110 msgid "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS B<conffile> I<filename> I<decision>"
20115 msgid "For conffile changes where I<decision> is either B<install> or B<keep>."
20127 "Use a machine-readable output format. This provides an interface for "
20128 "programs that need to parse the output of some of the commands that do not "
20129 "otherwise emit a machine-readable output format. No localization will be "
20130 "used, and the output will be modified to make it easier to parse."
20135 msgid "The only currently supported command is B<--version>."
20141 msgid "B<--no-debsig>"
20142 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
20146 msgid "Do not try to verify package signatures."
20152 msgid "B<--no-triggers>"
20153 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
20158 "Do not run any triggers in this run (since dpkg 1.14.17), but activations "
20159 "will still be recorded. If used with B<--configure> I<package> or B<--"
20160 "triggers-only> I<package> then the named package postinst will still be run "
20161 "even if only a triggers run is needed. Use of this option may leave packages "
20162 "in the improper B<triggers-awaited> and B<triggers-pending> states. This can "
20163 "be fixed later by running: B<dpkg --configure --pending>."
20169 msgid "B<--triggers>"
20174 msgid "Cancels a previous B<--no-triggers> (since dpkg 1.14.17)."
20187 "This variable is expected to be defined in the environment and point to the "
20188 "system paths where several required programs are to be found. If it's not "
20189 "set or the programs are not found, B<dpkg> will abort."
20193 #: dpkg.pod dselect.pod
20195 #| msgid "B<SHELL>"
20202 "If set, B<dpkg> will use it as the directory from which to read the user "
20203 "specific configuration file."
20209 "If set, B<dpkg> will use it as the directory in which to create temporary "
20210 "files and directories."
20217 "The program B<dpkg> will execute when starting a new interactive shell, or "
20218 "when spawning a command via a shell."
20220 "O programa que o B<dpkg> executará quando estiver iniciando um novo shell."
20225 "The program B<dpkg> will execute when running a pager, which will be "
20226 "executed with «B<$SHELL -c>», for example when displaying the conffile "
20227 "differences. If B<SHELL> is not set, «B<sh>» will be used instead. The "
20228 "B<DPKG_PAGER> overrides the B<PAGER> environment variable (since dpkg "
20235 "Sets the debug mask (since dpkg 1.21.10) from an octal value. The currently "
20236 "accepted flags are described in the B<--debug> option."
20242 "Sets the force flags (since dpkg 1.19.5). When this variable is present, no "
20243 "built-in force defaults will be applied. If the variable is present but "
20244 "empty, all force flags will be disabled."
20250 "If set and the B<--admindir> or B<--root> options have not been specified, "
20251 "it will be used as the B<dpkg> administrative directory (since dpkg 1.20.0)."
20257 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
20258 msgid "B<DPKG_FRONTEND_LOCKED>"
20259 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
20264 "Set by a package manager frontend to notify dpkg that it should not acquire "
20265 "the frontend lock (since dpkg 1.19.1)."
20271 "Defined by B<dpkg> to “B<-FRSXMQ>”, if not already set, when spawning a "
20272 "pager (since dpkg 1.19.2). To change the default behavior, this variable "
20273 "can be preset to some other value including an empty string, or the B<PAGER> "
20274 "or B<DPKG_PAGER> variables can be set to disable specific options with «B<-"
20275 "+>», for example B<DPKG_PAGER=\"less -+F\">."
20281 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to indicate which "
20282 "installation to act on (since dpkg 1.18.5). The value is intended to be "
20283 "prepended to any path maintainer scripts operate on. During normal "
20284 "operation, this variable is empty. When installing packages into a "
20285 "different B<instdir>, B<dpkg> normally invokes maintainer scripts using "
20286 "B<chroot>(2) and leaves this variable empty, but if B<--force-script-"
20287 "chrootless> is specified then the B<chroot>(2) call is skipped and "
20288 "B<instdir> is non-empty."
20294 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to indicate the "
20295 "B<dpkg> administrative directory to use (since dpkg 1.16.0). This variable "
20296 "is always set to the current B<--admindir> value."
20302 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the subprocesses environment to all the currently "
20303 "enabled force option names separated by commas (since dpkg 1.19.5)."
20309 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
20310 msgid "B<DPKG_SHELL_REASON>"
20311 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
20316 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine "
20317 "the situation (since dpkg 1.15.6). Current valid value: B<conffile-prompt>."
20323 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
20324 msgid "B<DPKG_CONFFILE_OLD>"
20325 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
20330 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine "
20331 "the situation (since dpkg 1.15.6). Contains the path to the old conffile."
20337 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
20338 msgid "B<DPKG_CONFFILE_NEW>"
20339 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
20344 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine "
20345 "the situation (since dpkg 1.15.6). Contains the path to the new conffile."
20351 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
20352 msgid "B<DPKG_HOOK_ACTION>"
20353 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
20358 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned when executing a hook action (since "
20359 "dpkg 1.15.4). Contains the current B<dpkg> action."
20364 msgid "B<DPKG_RUNNING_VERSION>"
20370 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the version of "
20371 "the currently running B<dpkg> instance (since dpkg 1.14.17)."
20377 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the (non-arch-"
20378 "qualified) package name being handled (since dpkg 1.14.17)."
20384 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
20385 msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE_REFCOUNT>"
20386 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
20391 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the package "
20392 "reference count, i.e. the number of package instances with a state greater "
20393 "than B<not-installed> (since dpkg 1.17.2)."
20399 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
20400 msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_ARCH>"
20401 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
20406 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the architecture "
20407 "the package got built for (since dpkg 1.15.4)."
20413 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
20414 msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_NAME>"
20415 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
20420 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the name of the "
20421 "script running, one of B<preinst>, B<postinst>, B<prerm> or B<postrm> (since "
20428 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
20429 msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_DEBUG>"
20430 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
20435 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to a value (‘B<0>’ "
20436 "or ‘B<1>’) noting whether debugging has been requested (with the B<--debug> "
20437 "option) for the maintainer scripts (since dpkg 1.18.4)."
20443 #| msgid "Configuration file with default options."
20444 msgid "Configuration fragment files (since dpkg 1.15.4)."
20445 msgstr "Arquivo de configuração com as opções padrões."
20449 msgid "Configuration file with default options."
20450 msgstr "Arquivo de configuração com as opções padrões."
20455 msgid "I<%LOGDIR%/dpkg.log>"
20456 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
20460 msgid "Default log file (see I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg> and option B<--log>)."
20467 "The other files listed below are in their default directories, see option "
20468 "B<--admindir> to see how to change locations of these files."
20470 "Os outros arquivos listados abaixo estão em seus diretórios padrões, veja a "
20471 "opção B<--admindir> para ver como alterar a localização desses arquivos."
20475 msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
20476 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
20480 msgid "List of available packages."
20481 msgstr "Lista dos pacotes disponíveis."
20485 msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/status>"
20486 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/status>"
20492 "Statuses of available packages. This file contains information about whether "
20493 "a package is marked for removing or not, whether it is installed or not, "
20494 "etc. See section B<INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES> for more info."
20496 "Dá o estado dos pacotes disponíveis. Esse arquivo contém informação sobre se "
20497 "um pacote está marcado para remoção ou não, se está instalado ou não, etc. "
20498 "Veja a seção B<INFORMAÇÃO SOBRE PACOTES> para maiores informações."
20503 "The status file is backed up daily in I<%BACKUPSDIR%>. It can be useful if "
20504 "it's lost or corrupted due to filesystems troubles."
20509 msgid "The format and contents of a binary package are described in B<deb>(5)."
20514 msgid "B<--no-act> usually gives less information than might be helpful."
20515 msgstr "B<--no-act> normalmente dá menos informação do que seria útil."
20520 "To list installed packages related to the editor B<vi>(1) (note that B<dpkg-"
20521 "query> does not load the I<available> file anymore by default, and the "
20522 "B<dpkg-query> B<--load-avail> option should be used instead for that):"
20529 " dpkg -l '*vi*'\n"
20531 msgstr " B<dpkg -l '*vi*'>"
20536 msgid "To see the entries in I<%ADMINDIR%/available> of two packages:"
20537 msgstr "Para ver as entradas em I<%ADMINDIR%/available> em dois pacotes:"
20543 " dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less\n"
20545 msgstr " B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>"
20549 msgid "To search the listing of packages yourself:"
20550 msgstr "Para procurar na lista de pacotes você mesmo:"
20556 " less %ADMINDIR%/available\n"
20558 msgstr " B<less %ADMINDIR%/available>"
20562 msgid "To remove an installed elvis package:"
20563 msgstr "Para remover um pacote instalado elvis:"
20571 msgstr " B<dpkg -r elvis>"
20577 "To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. The "
20578 "I<available> file shows that the vim package is in section B<editors>:"
20580 "Para instalar um pacote, você primeiro precisa encontrá-lo em um repositório "
20581 "ou CDROM. O arquivo \"available\" mostra que o pacote vim está na seção "
20588 " cd /media/cdrom/pool/main/v/vim\n"
20589 " dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb\n"
20591 msgstr " B<cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors> B<dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>"
20595 msgid "To make a local copy of the package selection states:"
20596 msgstr "Para fazer uma cópia local dos estados de seleção dos pacotes:"
20602 " dpkg --get-selections> myselections\n"
20604 msgstr " B<dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>"
20609 "You might transfer this file to another computer, and after having updated "
20610 "the I<available> file there with your package manager frontend of choice "
20611 "(see L<https://wiki.debian.org/Teams/Dpkg/FAQ#set-selections> for more "
20612 "details), for example:"
20619 " apt-cache dumpavail | dpkg --merge-avail\n"
20625 msgid "or with dpkg 1.17.6 and earlier:"
20632 " avail=$(mktemp)\n"
20633 " apt-cache dumpavail> \"$avail\"\n"
20634 " dpkg --merge-avail \"$avail\"\n"
20641 msgid "you can install it with:"
20648 " dpkg --clear-selections\n"
20649 " dpkg --set-selections <myselections\n"
20651 msgstr " B<dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>"
20657 "Note that this will not actually install or remove anything, but just set "
20658 "the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other "
20659 "application to actually download and install the requested packages. For "
20660 "example, run B<apt-get dselect-upgrade>."
20662 "Note que isso não instalará nem removerá nada, mas apenas irá configurar o "
20663 "estado de seleção dos pacotes requisitados. Você precisará de alguma outra "
20664 "aplicação para baixar e instalar os pacotes requisitados."
20670 "Ordinarily, you will find that B<dselect>(1) provides a more convenient way "
20671 "to modify the package selection states."
20673 "Ordinariamente, você verificará que o B<dselect>(8) provê uma maneira mais "
20674 "conveniente de modificar o estado de seleção dos pacotes."
20678 msgid "ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONALITY"
20684 "Additional functionality can be gained by installing any of the following "
20685 "packages: B<apt>, B<aptitude> and B<debsums>."
20692 "B<aptitude>(8), B<apt>(8), B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-query>(1), "
20693 "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5), and B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)."
20695 "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
20707 "See I<%PKGDOCDIR%/THANKS> for the list of people who have contributed to "
20710 "Veja B<%PKGDOCDIR%/THANKS> para a lista de pessoas que\n"
20711 "contribuíram para o B<dpkg>.\n"
20715 msgid "dsc - Debian source packages' control file format"
20721 msgid "I<filename>B<.dsc>"
20722 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
20727 "Each Debian source package is composed of a .dsc control file, which "
20728 "contains a number of fields, in L<deb822(5)> format."
20734 "Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Source> or B<Binary> (case "
20735 "insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the field (case sensitive "
20736 "unless stated otherwise). Fields are delimited only by field tags. In "
20737 "other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, but the "
20738 "installation tools will generally join lines when processing the body of the "
20739 "field (except in case of the multiline fields B<Package-List>, B<Files>, "
20740 "B<Checksums-Sha1> and B<Checksums-Sha256>, see below)."
20746 "The value of this field declares the format version of the source package. "
20747 "The field value is used by programs acting on a source package to interpret "
20748 "the list of files in the source package and determine how to unpack it. The "
20749 "syntax of the field value is a numeric major revision (“0-9”), a period "
20750 "(“.”), a numeric minor revision (“0-9”), and then an optional subtype after "
20751 "whitespace (“ \\t”), which if specified is a lowercase alphanumeric (“a-"
20752 "z0-9”) word in parentheses (“()”). The subtype is optional in the syntax "
20753 "but may be mandatory for particular source format revisions."
20759 "The source formats currently supported by B<dpkg> are B<1.0>, B<2.0>, B<3.0 "
20760 "(native)>, B<3.0 (quilt)>, B<3.0 (git)>, B<3.0 (bzr)> and B<3.0 (custom)>. "
20761 "See B<dpkg-source>(1) for their description."
20767 msgid "B<Source:> I<source-name> (required)"
20768 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
20773 msgid "B<Binary:> I<binary-package-list>"
20774 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
20779 "This folded field lists binary packages which this source package can "
20780 "produce, separated by commas."
20786 "This field has now been superseded by the B<Package-List> field, which gives "
20787 "enough information about what binary packages are produced on which "
20788 "architecture, build-profile and other involved restrictions."
20794 msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch-list> (recommended)"
20795 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
20800 "A list of architectures and architecture wildcards separated by spaces which "
20801 "specify the type of hardware this package can be compiled for. Common "
20802 "architecture names and architecture wildcards are B<amd64>, B<armel>, "
20803 "B<i386>, B<linux-any>, B<any-amd64>, etc."
20809 "Note that the B<all> value is meant for packages that are architecture "
20810 "independent, and B<any> for packages that are architecture dependent. The "
20811 "list may include (or consist solely of) the special value B<all>. When the "
20812 "list contains the architecture wildcard B<any>, the only other value allowed "
20813 "in the list is B<all>."
20819 "The field value is generally generated from B<Architecture> fields from in "
20820 "the I<debian/control> in the source package."
20826 msgid "B<Uploaders:> I<fullname-email-list>"
20827 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
20832 msgid "B<Standards-Version:> I<version-string> (recommended)"
20833 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
20838 "The I<url> of a web interface to browse the Version Control System "
20845 "These fields declare the I<url> of the Version Control System repository "
20846 "used to maintain this package. See B<deb-src-control>(5) for more details."
20852 "This field declares that the source package contains the specified test "
20853 "suites. The value is a comma-separated list of test suites. If the "
20854 "B<autopkgtest> value is present, a I<debian/tests/control> is expected to be "
20855 "present, if the file is present but not the value, then B<dpkg-source> will "
20856 "automatically add it, preserving previous values."
20862 "This field declares the comma-separated union of all test dependencies "
20863 "(B<Depends> fields in I<debian/tests/control> file), with all restrictions "
20864 "removed, and OR dependencies flattened (that is, converted to separate AND "
20865 "relationships), except for binaries generated by this source package and its "
20866 "meta-dependency equivalent B<@>."
20872 "Rationale: this field is needed because otherwise to be able to get the test "
20873 "dependencies, each source package would need to be unpacked."
20879 "These fields declare relationships between the source package and packages "
20880 "used to build it. They are discussed in the B<deb-src-control>(5) manpage."
20886 msgid "B<Package-List:>"
20887 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
20891 msgid "S< >I<package> I<package-type> I<section> I<priority> I<key-value-list>"
20897 "This multiline field contains a list of binary packages generated by this "
20904 msgid "The I<package> is the binary package name."
20905 msgstr "O pacote está instalado e configurado."
20910 "The I<package-type> is the binary package type, usually B<deb>, another "
20911 "common value is B<udeb>."
20917 "The I<section> and I<priority> match the binary package fields of the same "
20924 "The I<key-value-list> is a space separated I<key>B<=>I<value> list, and the "
20925 "currently known optional keys are:"
20932 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
20937 "The architecture restriction from the binary package B<Architecture> field, "
20938 "with spaces converted to ‘,’."
20944 #| msgid "B<config-files>"
20946 msgstr "B<config-files>"
20951 "The normalized build-profile restriction formula from the binary package "
20952 "B<Build-Profile> field, with ORs converted to ‘+’ and ANDs to ‘,’."
20958 msgid "B<protected>"
20959 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
20964 "If the binary package is protected, this key will contain the value of the "
20965 "B<Protected> field, that is a B<yes> value."
20970 msgid "B<essential>"
20976 "If the binary package is essential, this key will contain the value of the "
20977 "B<Essential> field, that is a B<yes> value."
20983 "These multiline fields contain a list of files with a checksum and size for "
20984 "each one. These fields have the same syntax and differ only in the checksum "
20985 "algorithm used: MD5 for B<Files>, SHA-1 for B<Checksums-Sha1> and SHA-256 "
20986 "for B<Checksums-Sha256>."
20992 "The first line of the field value (the part on the same line as the field "
20993 "name followed by a colon) is always empty. The content of the field is "
20994 "expressed as continuation lines, one line per file. Each line consists of "
20995 "the checksum, a space, the file size, a space, and the file name."
21001 "These fields list all files that make up the source package. The list of "
21002 "files in these fields must match the list of files in the other related "
21009 "The B<Format> field conflates the format for the B<.dsc> file itself and the "
21010 "format of the extracted source package."
21017 "L<deb822(5)>, B<deb-src-control>(5), B<deb-version>(7), B<dpkg-source>(1)."
21019 "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
21024 msgid "dselect.cfg - dselect configuration file"
21030 "This file contains default options for dselect. Each line contains a single "
21031 "option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dselect "
21032 "except for the leading hyphens which are not used here. Quotes surrounding "
21033 "option values are stripped. Comments are allowed by starting a line with a "
21034 "hash sign (‘B<#>’)."
21040 msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg.d/[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*>"
21041 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
21046 msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg>"
21047 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
21051 msgid "I<~/.dselect.cfg>"
21056 msgid "B<dselect>(1)."
21061 msgid "dselect - Debian package management frontend"
21067 #| msgid "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>"
21068 msgid "B<dselect> [I<option>...] [I<command>...]"
21069 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
21074 "B<dselect> is one of the primary user interfaces for managing packages on a "
21075 "Debian system. At the B<dselect> main menu, the system administrator can:"
21081 #| msgid "List of available packages."
21082 msgid "Update the list of available package versions,"
21083 msgstr "Lista dos pacotes disponíveis."
21088 msgid "View the status of installed and available packages,"
21089 msgstr "Despreza informações sobre pacotes não instalados e não disponíveis."
21093 msgid "Alter package selections and manage dependencies,"
21098 msgid "Install new packages or upgrade to newer versions."
21104 "B<dselect> operates as a front-end to B<dpkg>(1), the low-level Debian "
21105 "package handling tool. It features a full-screen package selections manager "
21106 "with package depends and conflicts resolver. When run with administrator "
21107 "privileges, packages can be installed, upgraded and removed. Various access "
21108 "methods can be configured to retrieve available package version information "
21109 "and installable packages from package repositories. Depending on the used "
21110 "access method, these repositories can be public archive servers on the "
21111 "internet, local archive servers or CD-ROMs. The recommended access method "
21112 "is I<apt>, which is provided by the package B<apt>(8)."
21118 "Normally B<dselect> is invoked without parameters. An interactive menu is "
21119 "presented, offering the user a list of commands. If a command is given as "
21120 "argument, then that command is started immediately. Several command line "
21121 "parameters are still available to modify the running behaviour of B<dselect> "
21122 "or show additional information about the program."
21129 "All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dselect> "
21130 "configuration file I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg> or the files on the "
21131 "configuration directory I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg.d/>. Each line in the "
21132 "configuration file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line "
21133 "option but without leading hyphens) or a comment (if it starts with a "
21136 "Todas as opções podem ser especificadas tanto na linha de comando quanto no "
21137 "arquivo de configuração do B<dpkg> chamado I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>. Cada "
21138 "linha no arquivo de configuração é uma opção (exatamente a mesma opção da "
21139 "linha de comando, mas sem os hífens) ou um comentário (se começar com uma "
21145 "Changes the directory where the dpkg ‘I<status>’, ‘I<available>’ and similar "
21146 "files are located. Defaults to I<%ADMINDIR%> if B<DPKG_ADMINDIR> has not "
21153 "Set the installation directory, which refers to the directory where packages "
21154 "get installed (since dpkg 1.21.2). Defaults to «I</>» if B<DPKG_ROOT> has "
21161 "Set the root directory to I<directory>, which sets the installation "
21162 "directory to «I<directory>» and the administrative directory to "
21163 "«I<directory>%ADMINDIR%» (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
21169 msgid "B<-D>I<file>, B<--debug> I<file>"
21170 msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>"
21174 msgid "Turn on debugging. Debugging information is sent to I<file>."
21180 msgid "B<--expert>"
21186 "Turns on expert mode, i.e. doesn't display possibly annoying help messages."
21192 "B<--color> I<screenpart>:[I<foreground>],[I<background>][:"
21193 "I<attr>[I<+attr>]...]"
21199 "B<--colour> I<screenpart>:[I<foreground>],[I<background>][:"
21200 "I<attr>[I<+attr>]...]"
21206 "Configures screen colors. This works only if your display supports colors. "
21207 "This option may be used multiple times (and is best used in I<dselect.cfg>). "
21208 "Each use changes the color (and optionally, other attributes) of one part of "
21209 "the screen. The parts of the screen (from top to bottom) are:"
21216 msgstr "B<installed>"
21220 msgid "The screen title."
21226 msgid "B<listhead>"
21227 msgstr "B<installed>"
21232 msgid "The header line above the list of packages."
21233 msgstr "Para procurar na lista de pacotes você mesmo:"
21239 msgstr "B<install>"
21243 msgid "The scrolling list of packages (and also some help text)."
21250 msgstr "B<install>"
21254 msgid "The selected item in the list."
21260 msgid "B<pkgstate>"
21266 "In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of each "
21272 msgid "B<pkgstatesel>"
21278 "In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of the "
21279 "currently selected package."
21285 msgid "B<infohead>"
21286 msgstr "B<installed>"
21291 "The header line that displays the state of the currently selected package."
21297 msgid "B<infodesc>"
21298 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
21303 msgid "The package's short description."
21304 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
21313 msgid "Used to display package info such as the package's description."
21318 msgid "B<infofoot>"
21323 msgid "The last line of the screen when selecting packages."
21330 msgstr "B<--quiet>"
21334 msgid "Used to display query lines"
21340 msgid "B<helpscreen>"
21345 msgid "Color of help screens."
21351 "After the part of the screen comes a colon and the color specification. You "
21352 "can specify either the foreground color, the background color, or both, "
21353 "overriding the compiled-in colors. Use standard curses color names."
21359 "Optionally, after the color specification is another colon, and an attribute "
21360 "specification. This is a list of one or more attributes, separated by plus "
21361 "(‘+’) characters. Available attributes include (not all of these will work "
21362 "on all terminals): B<normal>, B<standout>, B<underline>, B<reverse>, "
21363 "B<blink>, B<bright>, B<dim>, B<bold>"
21368 msgid "Print a brief help text and exit successfully."
21373 msgid "Print version information and exit successfully."
21379 "When B<dselect> is started it can perform the following commands, either "
21380 "directly if it was specified on the command line or by prompting the user "
21381 "with a menu of available commands if running interactively:"
21391 msgid "Choose and configure an access method to access package repositories."
21397 "By default, B<dselect> provides several methods such as I<multi_cd>, "
21398 "I<mounted> or I<ftp>, but other packages may provide additional methods, for "
21399 "example the I<apt> access method provided by the B<apt>(8) package."
21404 msgid "The use of the I<apt> access method is strongly recommended."
21415 msgid "Refresh the available packages database."
21416 msgstr "Lista dos pacotes disponíveis."
21421 "Retrieves a list of available package versions from the package repository, "
21422 "configured for the current access method, and update the dpkg database. The "
21423 "package lists are commonly provided by the repository as files named "
21424 "I<Packages> or I<Packages.gz>. These files can be generated by repository "
21425 "maintainers, using the program B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)."
21431 "Details of the update command depend on the access method's implementation. "
21432 "Normally the process is straightforward and requires no user interaction."
21442 msgid "View or manage package selections and dependencies."
21448 "This is the main function of B<dselect>. In the select screen, the user can "
21449 "review a list of all available and installed packages. When run with "
21450 "administrator privileges, it is also possible to interactively change "
21451 "packages selection state. B<dselect> tracks the implications of these "
21452 "changes to other depending or conflicting packages."
21458 "When a conflict or failed depends is detected, a dependency resolution "
21459 "subscreen is prompted to the user. In this screen, a list of conflicting or "
21460 "depending packages is shown, and for each package listed, the reason for its "
21461 "listing is shown. The user may apply the suggestions proposed by B<dselect>, "
21462 "override them, or back out all the changes, including the ones that created "
21463 "the unresolved depends or conflicts."
21469 "The use of the interactive package selections management screen is explained "
21470 "in more detail below."
21477 msgstr "B<install>"
21481 msgid "Installs selected packages."
21487 "The configured access method will fetch installable or upgradable packages "
21488 "from the relevant repositories and install these using B<dpkg>. Depending "
21489 "on the implementation of the access method, all packages can be prefetched "
21490 "before installation, or fetched when needed. Some access methods may also "
21491 "remove packages that were marked for removal."
21497 "If an error occurred during install, it is usually advisable to run install "
21498 "again. In most cases, the problems will disappear or be solved. If problems "
21499 "persist or the installation performed was incorrect, please investigate into "
21500 "the causes and circumstances, and file a bug in the Debian bug tracking "
21501 "system. Instructions on how to do this can be found at L<https://bugs.debian."
21502 "org/> or by reading the documentation for B<bug>(1) or B<reportbug>(1), if "
21503 "these are installed."
21509 "Details of the install command depend on the access method's "
21510 "implementation. The user's attention and input may be required during "
21511 "installation, configuration or removal of packages. This depends on the "
21512 "maintainer scripts in the package. Some packages make use of the "
21513 "B<debconf>(1) library, allowing for more flexible or even automated "
21514 "installation setups."
21524 msgid "Configures any previously installed, but not fully configured packages."
21534 msgid "Removes or purges installed packages, that are marked for removal."
21544 msgid "Quit B<dselect>."
21549 msgid "Exits the program with zero (successful) error code."
21555 #| msgid "PACKAGE SELECTION STATES"
21556 msgid "PACKAGE SELECTIONS MANAGEMENT"
21557 msgstr "ESTADOS DE SELEÇÃO DOS PACOTES"
21561 msgid "Introduction"
21567 "B<dselect> directly exposes the administrator to some of the complexities "
21568 "involved with managing large sets of packages with many interdependencies. "
21569 "For a user who is unfamiliar with the concepts and the ways of the Debian "
21570 "package management system, it can be quite overwhelming. Although B<dselect> "
21571 "is aimed at easing package management and administration, it is only "
21572 "instrumental in doing so and cannot be assumed to be a sufficient substitute "
21573 "for administrator skill and understanding. The user is required to be "
21574 "familiar with the concepts underlying the Debian packaging system. In case "
21575 "of doubt, consult the B<dpkg>(1) manpage and the distribution policy."
21581 "Unless B<dselect> is run in expert or immediate mode, a help screen is first "
21582 "displayed when choosing this command from the menu. The user is I<strongly> "
21583 "advised to study all of the information presented in the online help "
21584 "screens, when one pops up. The online help screens can at any time be "
21585 "invoked with the ‘B<?>’ key."
21590 msgid "Screen layout"
21596 "The select screen is by default split in a top and a bottom half. The top "
21597 "half shows a list of packages. A cursor bar can select an individual "
21598 "package, or a group of packages, if applicable, by selecting the group "
21599 "header. The bottom half of the screen shows some details about the package "
21600 "currently selected in the top half of the screen. The type of detail that "
21601 "is displayed can be varied."
21607 "Pressing the ‘B<I>’ key toggles a full-screen display of the packages list, "
21608 "an enlarged view of the package details, or the equally split screen."
21613 msgid "Package details view"
21619 "The package details view by default shows the extended package description "
21620 "for the package that is currently selected in the packages status list. The "
21621 "type of detail can be toggled by pressing the ‘B<i>’ key. This alternates "
21628 msgid "the extended description"
21629 msgstr "B<--version>"
21633 msgid "the control information for the installed version"
21638 msgid "the control information for the available version"
21644 "In a dependency resolution screen, there is also the possibility of viewing "
21645 "the specific unresolved depends or conflicts related to the package and "
21646 "causing it to be listed."
21651 msgid "Packages status list"
21657 "The main select screen displays a list of all packages known to the Debian "
21658 "package management system. This includes packages installed on the system "
21659 "and packages known from the available packages database."
21665 "For every package, the list shows the package's status, priority, section, "
21666 "installed and available architecture, installed and available versions, the "
21667 "package name and its short description, all in one line. By pressing the "
21668 "‘B<A>’ key, the display of the installed and available architecture can be "
21669 "toggled between on an off. By pressing the ‘B<V>’ key, the display of the "
21670 "installed and available version can be toggled between on an off. By "
21671 "pressing the ‘B<v>’ key, the package status display is toggled between "
21672 "verbose and shorthand. Shorthand display is the default."
21678 "The shorthand status indication consists of four parts: an error flag, which "
21679 "should normally be clear, the current status, the last selection state and "
21680 "the current selection state. The first two relate to the actual state of "
21681 "the package, the second pair are about the selections set by the user."
21686 msgid "These are the meanings of the shorthand package status indicator codes:"
21691 msgid "Error flag:"
21696 msgid "I<empty> no error"
21701 msgid "B<R> serious error, needs reinstallation;"
21707 msgid "Installed state:"
21708 msgstr "B<installed>"
21713 #| msgid "B<not-installed>"
21714 msgid "I<empty> not installed;"
21715 msgstr "B<not-installed>"
21719 msgid "B<*> fully installed and configured;"
21724 msgid "B<-> not installed but some config files may remain;"
21730 #| msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured."
21731 msgid "B<U> unpacked but not yet configured;"
21732 msgstr "O pacote está descompactado, mas não configurado."
21736 msgid "B<C> half-configured (an error happened);"
21741 msgid "B<I> half-installed (an error happened)."
21746 msgid "Current and requested selections:"
21751 msgid "B<*> marked for installation or upgrade;"
21756 msgid "B<-> marked for removal, configuration files remain;"
21761 msgid "B<=> on hold: package will not be processed at all;"
21766 msgid "B<_> marked for purge, also remove configuration;"
21771 msgid "B<n> package is new and has yet to be marked."
21776 msgid "Cursor and screen movement"
21782 "The package selection list and the dependency conflict resolution screens "
21783 "can be navigated using motion commands mapped to the following keys:"
21788 msgid "B<p, Up, k> move cursor bar up"
21793 msgid "B<n, Down, j> move cursor bar down"
21798 msgid "B<P, Pgup, Backspace> scroll list 1 page up"
21803 msgid "B<N, Pgdn, Space> scroll list 1 page down"
21808 msgid "B<^p> scroll list 1 line up"
21813 msgid "B<^n> scroll list 1 line down"
21818 msgid "B<t, Home> jump to top of list"
21823 msgid "B<e, End> jump to end of list"
21828 msgid "B<u> scroll info 1 page up"
21833 msgid "B<d> scroll info 1 page down"
21838 msgid "B<^u> scroll info 1 line up"
21843 msgid "B<^d> scroll info 1 line down"
21848 msgid "B<B, Left-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen left"
21853 msgid "B<F, Right-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen right"
21858 msgid "B<^b> pan display 1 character left"
21863 msgid "B<^f> pan display 1 character right"
21868 msgid "Searching and sorting"
21874 "The list of packages can be searched by package name. This is done by "
21875 "pressing ‘B</>’, and typing a simple search string. The string is "
21876 "interpreted as a B<regex>(7) regular expression. If you add ‘B</d>’ to the "
21877 "search expression, dselect will also search in descriptions. If you add ‘B</"
21878 "i>’ the search will be case insensitive. You may combine these two suffixes "
21879 "like this: ‘B</id>’. Repeated searching is accomplished by repeatedly "
21880 "pressing the ‘B<n>’ or ‘B<\\>’ keys, until the wanted package is found. If "
21881 "the search reaches the bottom of the list, it wraps to the top and continues "
21882 "searching from there."
21888 "The list sort order can be varied by pressing the ‘B<o>’ and ‘B<O>’ keys "
21889 "repeatedly. The following nine sort orderings can be selected:"
21894 msgid "B<alphabet>"
21900 msgid "B<priority+section>"
21901 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
21906 msgid "B<section+priority>"
21907 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
21912 #| msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
21913 msgid "B<available>"
21914 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
21918 msgid "B<available+priority>"
21924 msgid "B<available+section>"
21925 msgstr "B<--version>"
21931 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
21936 msgid "B<status+priority>"
21937 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
21942 msgid "B<status+section>"
21943 msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>"
21948 "Where not listed above explicitly, alphabetic order is used as the final "
21949 "subordering sort key."
21954 msgid "Altering selections"
21960 "The requested selection state of individual packages may be altered with the "
21961 "following commands:"
21966 msgid "B<+, Insert> install or upgrade"
21971 msgid "B<=, H> hold in present state and version"
21976 msgid "B<:, G> unhold: upgrade or leave uninstalled"
21981 msgid "B<-, Delete> remove, but leave configuration"
21986 msgid "B<_> remove & purge configuration"
21992 "When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or "
21993 "conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. "
21994 "This will be further explained below."
22000 "It is also possible to apply these commands to groups of package selections, "
22001 "by pointing the cursor bar onto a group header. The exact grouping of "
22002 "packages is dependent on the current list ordering settings."
22008 "Proper care should be taken when altering large groups of selections, "
22009 "because this can instantaneously create large numbers of unresolved depends "
22010 "or conflicts, all of which will be listed in one dependency resolution "
22011 "screen, making them very hard to handle. In practice, only hold and unhold "
22012 "operations are useful when applied to groups."
22017 msgid "Resolving depends and conflicts"
22023 "When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or "
22024 "conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. "
22025 "First however, an informative help screen is displayed."
22031 "The top half of this screen lists all the packages that will have unresolved "
22032 "depends or conflicts, as a result of the requested change, and all the "
22033 "packages whose installation can resolve any of these depends or whose "
22034 "removal can resolve any of the conflicts. The bottom half defaults to show "
22035 "the depends or conflicts that cause the currently selected package to be "
22042 "When the sublist of packages is displayed initially, B<dselect> may have "
22043 "already set the requested selection status of some of the listed packages, "
22044 "in order to resolve the depends or conflicts that caused the dependency "
22045 "resolution screen to be displayed. Usually, it is best to follow up the "
22046 "suggestions made by B<dselect>."
22052 "The listed packages' selection state may be reverted to the original "
22053 "settings, as they were before the unresolved depends or conflicts were "
22054 "created, by pressing the ‘B<R>’ key. By pressing the ‘B<D>’ key, the "
22055 "automatic suggestions are reset, but the change that caused the dependency "
22056 "resolution screen to be prompted is kept as requested. Finally, by pressing "
22057 "‘B<U>’, the selections are again set to the automatic suggestion values."
22062 msgid "Establishing the requested selections"
22068 "By pressing B<enter>, the currently displayed set of selections is accepted. "
22069 "If B<dselect> detects no unresolved depends as a result of the requested "
22070 "selections, the new selections will be set. However, if there are any "
22071 "unresolved depends, B<dselect> will again prompt the user with a dependency "
22072 "resolution screen."
22078 "To alter a set of selections that creates unresolved depends or conflicts "
22079 "and forcing B<dselect> to accept it, press the ‘B<Q>’ key. This sets the "
22080 "selections as specified by the user, unconditionally. Generally, don't do "
22081 "this unless you've read the fine print."
22087 "The opposite effect, to back out any selections change requests and go back "
22088 "to the previous list of selections, is attained by pressing the ‘B<X>’ or "
22089 "B<escape> keys. By repeatedly pressing these keys, any possibly detrimental "
22090 "changes to the requested package selections can be backed out completely to "
22091 "the last established settings."
22097 "If you mistakenly establish some settings and wish to revert all the "
22098 "selections to what is currently installed on the system, press the ‘B<C>’ "
22099 "key. This is somewhat similar to using the unhold command on all packages, "
22100 "but provides a more obvious panic button in cases where the user pressed "
22101 "B<enter> by accident."
22107 msgid "The requested command was successfully performed."
22108 msgstr "A ação requisitada foi completada com sucesso."
22113 "If set and the B<--instdir> or B<--root> options have not been specified, it "
22114 "will be used as the filesystem root directory (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
22120 "If set and the B<--admindir> or B<--root> option have not been specified, it "
22121 "will be used as the B<dpkg> database directory (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
22127 "If set, B<dselect> will use it as the directory from which to read the user "
22128 "specific configuration file."
22134 "The B<dselect> package selection interface is confusing to some new users. "
22135 "Reportedly, it even makes seasoned kernel developers cry."
22140 msgid "The documentation is lacking."
22145 msgid "There is no help option in the main menu."
22151 msgid "The visible list of available packages cannot be reduced."
22152 msgstr "Lista dos pacotes disponíveis."
22157 "The built in access methods can no longer stand up to current quality "
22158 "standards. Use the access method provided by B<apt>(8), it is not only not "
22159 "broken, it is also much more flexible than the built in access methods."
22164 msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<apt>(8), B<sources.list>(5), B<deb>(5)."
22168 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22169 msgid "start-stop-daemon - start and stop system daemon programs"
22173 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22175 msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> [I<option>...] I<command>"
22176 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
22179 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22181 "B<start-stop-daemon> is used to control the creation and termination of "
22182 "system-level processes. Using one of the matching options, B<start-stop-"
22183 "daemon> can be configured to find existing instances of a running process."
22187 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22189 "B<Note:> Unless B<--pid> or B<--pidfile> are specified, B<start-stop-daemon> "
22190 "behaves similar to B<killall>(1). B<start-stop-daemon> will scan the "
22191 "process table looking for any processes which match the process name, parent "
22192 "pid, uid, and/or gid (if specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--"
22193 "start> from starting the daemon. All matching processes will be sent the "
22194 "TERM signal (or the one specified via B<--signal> or B<--retry>) if B<--"
22195 "stop> is specified. For daemons which have long-lived children which need to "
22196 "live through a B<--stop>, you must specify a pidfile."
22200 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22201 msgid "B<-S>, B<--start> [B<-->] I<arguments>"
22205 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22207 "Check for the existence of a specified process. If such a process exists, "
22208 "B<start-stop-daemon> does nothing, and exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--"
22209 "oknodo> is specified). If such a process does not exist, it starts an "
22210 "instance, using either the executable specified by B<--exec> or, if "
22211 "specified, by B<--startas>. Any arguments given after B<--> on the command "
22212 "line are passed unmodified to the program being started."
22216 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22218 msgid "B<-K>, B<--stop>"
22219 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
22222 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22224 "Checks for the existence of a specified process. If such a process exists, "
22225 "B<start-stop-daemon> sends it the signal specified by B<--signal>, and exits "
22226 "with error status 0. If such a process does not exist, B<start-stop-daemon> "
22227 "exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is "
22228 "specified, then B<start-stop-daemon> will check that the process(es) have "
22233 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22235 msgid "B<-T>, B<--status>"
22236 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
22239 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22241 "Check for the existence of a specified process, and returns an exit status "
22242 "code, according to the LSB Init Script Actions (since version 1.16.1)."
22246 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22248 msgid "B<-H>, B<--help>"
22252 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22254 msgid "Show usage information and exit."
22255 msgstr "Exibe informação sobre a versão do B<dpkg>."
22258 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22260 msgid "B<-V>, B<--version>"
22261 msgstr "B<--version>"
22264 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22265 msgid "Show the program version and exit."
22269 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22270 msgid "Matching options"
22274 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22276 msgid "B<--pid> I<pid>"
22277 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
22280 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22282 "Check for a process with the specified I<pid> (since version 1.17.6). The "
22283 "I<pid> must be a number greater than 0."
22287 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22289 msgid "B<--ppid> I<ppid>"
22290 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
22293 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22295 "Check for a process with the specified parent pid I<ppid> (since version "
22296 "1.17.7). The I<ppid> must be a number greater than 0."
22300 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22302 msgid "B<-p>, B<--pidfile> I<pidfile>"
22303 msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>"
22306 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22307 msgid "Check whether a process has created the file I<pidfile>."
22311 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22313 "B<Note:> Using this matching option alone might cause unintended processes "
22314 "to be acted on, if the old process terminated without being able to remove "
22319 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22321 "B<Warning:> Using this match option with a world-writable pidfile or using "
22322 "it alone with a daemon that writes the pidfile as an unprivileged (non-"
22323 "root) user will be refused with an error (since version 1.19.3) as this is "
22324 "a security risk, because either any user can write to it, or if the daemon "
22325 "gets compromised, the contents of the pidfile cannot be trusted, and then a "
22326 "privileged runner (such as an init script executed as root) would end up "
22327 "acting on any system process. Using I</dev/null> is exempt from these "
22332 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22333 msgid "B<-x>, B<--exec> I<executable>"
22337 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22339 "Check for processes that are instances of this I<executable>. The "
22340 "I<executable> argument should be an absolute pathname."
22344 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22346 "B<Note:> This might not work as intended with interpreted scripts, as the "
22347 "executable will point to the interpreter. Take into account processes "
22348 "running from inside a chroot will also be matched, so other match "
22349 "restrictions might be needed."
22353 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22355 msgid "B<-n>, B<--name> I<process-name>"
22356 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
22359 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22361 "Check for processes with the name I<process-name>. The I<process-name> is "
22362 "usually the process filename, but it could have been changed by the process "
22367 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22369 "B<Note:> On most systems this information is retrieved from the process comm "
22370 "name from the kernel, which tends to have a relatively short length limit "
22371 "(assuming more than 15 characters is non-portable)."
22375 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22376 msgid "B<-u>, B<--user> I<username>|I<uid>"
22380 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22382 "Check for processes owned by the user specified by I<username> or I<uid>."
22386 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22388 "B<Note:> Using this matching option alone will cause all processes matching "
22389 "the user to be acted on."
22393 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22395 msgid "Generic options"
22396 msgstr "B<config-files>"
22399 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22400 msgid "B<-g>, B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>"
22404 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22405 msgid "Change to I<group> or I<gid> when starting the process."
22409 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22411 msgid "B<-s>, B<--signal> I<signal>"
22412 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
22415 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22417 "With B<--stop>, specifies the signal to send to processes being stopped "
22422 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22423 msgid "B<-R>, B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<schedule>"
22427 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22429 "With B<--stop>, specifies that B<start-stop-daemon> is to check whether the "
22430 "process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching "
22431 "processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will "
22432 "then take further action as determined by the schedule."
22436 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22438 "If I<timeout> is specified instead of I<schedule>, then the schedule "
22439 "I<signal>B</>I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout> is used, where I<signal> is the "
22440 "signal specified with B<--signal>."
22444 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22446 "I<schedule> is a list of at least two items separated by slashes (B</>); "
22447 "each item may be B<->I<signal-number> or [B<->]I<signal-name>, which means "
22448 "to send that signal, or I<timeout>, which means to wait that many seconds "
22449 "for processes to exit, or B<forever>, which means to repeat the rest of the "
22450 "schedule forever if necessary."
22454 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22456 "If the end of the schedule is reached and B<forever> is not specified, then "
22457 "B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 2. If a schedule is specified, "
22458 "then any signal specified with B<--signal> is ignored."
22462 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22464 msgid "B<-a>, B<--startas> I<pathname>"
22465 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
22468 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22470 "With B<--start>, start the process specified by I<pathname>. If not "
22471 "specified, defaults to the argument given to B<--exec>."
22475 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22477 msgid "B<-t>, B<--test>"
22481 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22483 "Print actions that would be taken and set appropriate return value, but take "
22488 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22490 msgid "B<-o>, B<--oknodo>"
22491 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
22494 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22495 msgid "Return exit status 0 instead of 1 if no actions are (would be) taken."
22499 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22501 msgid "B<-q>, B<--quiet>"
22502 msgstr "B<--quiet>"
22505 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22506 msgid "Do not print informational messages; only display error messages."
22510 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22512 msgid "B<-c>, B<--chuid> I<username>|I<uid>[B<:>I<group>|I<gid>]"
22513 msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>"
22516 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22518 "Change to this username/uid before starting the process. You can also "
22519 "specify a group by appending a B<:>, then the group or gid in the same way "
22520 "as you would for the B<chown>(1) command (I<user>B<:>I<group>). If a user "
22521 "is specified without a group, the primary GID for that user is used. When "
22522 "using this option you must realize that the primary and supplemental groups "
22523 "are set as well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--"
22524 "group> option is only for groups that the user isn't normally a member of "
22525 "(like adding per process group membership for generic users like B<nobody>)."
22529 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22531 msgid "B<-r>, B<--chroot> I<root>"
22532 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
22535 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22537 "Change directory and chroot to I<root> before starting the process. Please "
22538 "note that the pidfile is also written after the chroot."
22542 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22544 msgid "B<-d>, B<--chdir> I<path>"
22545 msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>"
22548 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22550 "Change directory to I<path> before starting the process. This is done after "
22551 "the chroot if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, "
22552 "B<start-stop-daemon> will change directory to the root directory before "
22553 "starting the process."
22557 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22559 msgid "B<-b>, B<--background>"
22560 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
22563 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22565 "Typically used with programs that don't detach on their own. This option "
22566 "will force B<start-stop-daemon> to fork before starting the process, and "
22567 "force it into the background."
22571 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22573 "B<Warning: start-stop-daemon> cannot check the exit status if the process "
22574 "fails to execute for B<any> reason. This is a last resort, and is only meant "
22575 "for programs that either make no sense forking on their own, or where it's "
22576 "not feasible to add the code for them to do this themselves."
22580 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22582 msgid "B<--notify-await>"
22583 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
22586 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22588 "Wait for the background process to send a readiness notification before "
22589 "considering the service started (since version 1.19.3). This implements "
22590 "parts of the systemd readiness protocol, as specified in the B<sd_notify>(3) "
22591 "man page. The following variables are supported:"
22595 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22600 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22601 msgid "The program is ready to give service, so we can exit safely."
22605 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22606 msgid "B<EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=>I<number>"
22610 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22612 "The program requests to extend the timeout by I<number> microseconds. This "
22613 "will reset the current timeout to the specified value."
22617 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22619 msgid "B<ERRNO=>I<number>"
22620 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
22623 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22625 "The program is exiting with an error. Do the same and print the user-"
22626 "friendly string for the B<errno> value."
22630 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22631 msgid "B<--notify-timeout> I<timeout>"
22635 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22637 "Set a timeout for the B<--notify-await> option (since version 1.19.3). When "
22638 "the timeout is reached, B<start-stop-daemon> will exit with an error code, "
22639 "and no readiness notification will be awaited. The default is B<60> seconds."
22643 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22645 msgid "B<-C>, B<--no-close>"
22646 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
22649 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22651 "Do not close any file descriptor when forcing the daemon into the background "
22652 "(since version 1.16.5). Used for debugging purposes to see the process "
22653 "output, or to redirect file descriptors to log the process output. Only "
22654 "relevant when using B<--background>."
22658 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22660 msgid "B<-O>, B<--output> I<pathname>"
22661 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
22664 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22666 "Redirect B<stdout> and B<stderr> to I<pathname> when forcing the daemon into "
22667 "the background (since version 1.20.6). Only relevant when using B<--"
22672 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22673 msgid "B<-N>, B<--nicelevel> I<int>"
22677 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22678 msgid "This alters the priority of the process before starting it."
22682 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22683 msgid "B<-P>, B<--procsched> I<policy>B<:>I<priority>"
22687 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22689 "This alters the process scheduler policy and priority of the process before "
22690 "starting it (since version 1.15.0). The priority can be optionally "
22691 "specified by appending a B<:> followed by the value. The default I<priority> "
22692 "is 0. The currently supported policy values are B<other>, B<fifo> and B<rr>."
22696 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22698 "This option might do nothing on some systems, where POSIX process scheduling "
22699 "is not supported."
22703 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22705 msgid "B<-I>, B<--iosched> I<class>B<:>I<priority>"
22706 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
22709 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22711 "This alters the IO scheduler class and priority of the process before "
22712 "starting it (since version 1.15.0). The priority can be optionally "
22713 "specified by appending a B<:> followed by the value. The default I<priority> "
22714 "is 4, unless I<class> is B<idle>, then I<priority> will always be 7. The "
22715 "currently supported values for I<class> are B<idle>, B<best-effort> and "
22720 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22722 "This option might do nothing on some systems, where Linux IO scheduling is "
22727 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22728 msgid "B<-k>, B<--umask> I<mask>"
22732 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22734 "This sets the umask of the process before starting it (since version "
22739 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22741 msgid "B<-m>, B<--make-pidfile>"
22742 msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>"
22745 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22747 "Used when starting a program that does not create its own pid file. This "
22748 "option will make B<start-stop-daemon> create the file referenced with B<--"
22749 "pidfile> and place the pid into it just before executing the process. Note, "
22750 "the file will only be removed when stopping the program if B<--remove-"
22751 "pidfile> is used."
22755 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22757 "B<Note:> This feature may not work in all cases. Most notably when the "
22758 "program being executed forks from its main process. Because of this, it is "
22759 "usually only useful when combined with the B<--background> option."
22763 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22765 msgid "B<--remove-pidfile>"
22766 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
22769 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22771 "Used when stopping a program that does not remove its own pid file (since "
22772 "version 1.17.19). This option will make B<start-stop-daemon> remove the "
22773 "file referenced with B<--pidfile> after terminating the process."
22777 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22778 msgid "Print verbose informational messages."
22782 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22784 "The requested action was performed. If B<--oknodo> was specified, it's also "
22785 "possible that nothing had to be done. This can happen when B<--start> was "
22786 "specified and a matching process was already running, or when B<--stop> was "
22787 "specified and there were no matching processes."
22791 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22792 msgid "If B<--oknodo> was not specified and nothing was done."
22796 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22798 "If B<--stop> and B<--retry> were specified, but the end of the schedule was "
22799 "reached and the processes were still running."
22803 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22808 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22809 msgid "Any other error."
22813 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22815 "When using the B<--status> command, the following status codes are returned:"
22819 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22820 msgid "Program is running."
22824 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22825 msgid "Program is not running and the pid file exists."
22829 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22830 msgid "Program is not running."
22834 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22839 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22840 msgid "Unable to determine program status."
22844 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22846 "Start the B<food> daemon, unless one is already running (a process named "
22847 "food, running as user food, with pid in food.pid):"
22851 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22854 " start-stop-daemon --start --oknodo --user food --name food \\\n"
22855 " --pidfile %RUNSTATEDIR%/food.pid --startas /usr/sbin/food \\\n"
22856 " --chuid food -- --daemon\n"
22861 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22862 msgid "Send B<SIGTERM> to B<food> and wait up to 5 seconds for it to stop:"
22866 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22869 " start-stop-daemon --stop --oknodo --user food --name food \\\n"
22870 " --pidfile %RUNSTATEDIR%/food.pid --retry 5\n"
22875 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22876 msgid "Demonstration of a custom schedule for stopping B<food>:"
22880 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
22883 " start-stop-daemon --stop --oknodo --user food --name food \\\n"
22884 " --pidfile %RUNSTATEDIR%/food.pid --retry=TERM/30/KILL/5\n"
22889 #: update-alternatives.pod
22891 "update-alternatives - maintain symbolic links determining default commands"
22893 "update-alternatives - mantém ligações simbólicas determinando comandos "
22897 #: update-alternatives.pod
22899 msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<option>...] I<command>"
22900 msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<optções>] B<--all>"
22903 #: update-alternatives.pod
22905 "B<update-alternatives> creates, removes, maintains and displays information "
22906 "about the symbolic links comprising the Debian alternatives system."
22908 "B<update-alternatives> cria, remove, mantém e exibe informação sobre sobre "
22909 "as ligações simbólicas que englobam o sistema de alternativas Debian."
22912 #: update-alternatives.pod
22915 "It is possible for several programs fulfilling the same or similar functions "
22916 "to be installed on a single system at the same time. For example, many "
22917 "systems have several text editors installed at once. This gives choice to "
22918 "the users of a system, allowing each to use a different editor, if desired, "
22919 "but makes it difficult for a program to make a good choice for an editor to "
22920 "invoke if the user has not specified a particular preference."
22922 "É possível para diversos programas que executam as mesmas funções ou funções "
22923 "similares serem instalados em um único sistema ao mesmo tempo. Por exemplo, "
22924 "muitos sistemas possuem diversos editores de texto instalados. Isto dá a "
22925 "possibilidade de escolha para os usuários do sistema, permitindo a cada "
22926 "usuário usar um editor diferente, caso desejado, mas faz com que seja "
22927 "difícil para um programa fazer uma boa escolha de um editor o qual invocar "
22928 "caso o usuário não tenha especificado um editor particular de sua "
22932 #: update-alternatives.pod
22935 "Debian's alternatives system aims to solve this problem. A generic name in "
22936 "the filesystem is shared by all files providing interchangeable "
22937 "functionality. The alternatives system and the system administrator "
22938 "together determine which actual file is referenced by this generic name. "
22939 "For example, if the text editors B<ed>(1) and B<nvi>(1) are both installed "
22940 "on the system, the alternatives system will cause the generic name I</usr/"
22941 "bin/editor> to refer to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system administrator "
22942 "can override this and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> instead, and the "
22943 "alternatives system will not alter this setting until explicitly requested "
22946 "O sistema de alternativas Debian pretende solucinar este problema. Um nome "
22947 "genérico no sistema de arquivos é compartilhado por todos os arquivos "
22948 "provendo funcionalidade equivalente. O sistema de alternativas e o "
22949 "administrador do sistema juntos determinam qual arquivo atual é referenciado "
22950 "por esse nome genérico. Por exemplo, caso os editores de texto B<ed>(1) e "
22951 "B<nvi>(1) estejam ambos instalados no sistema, o sistema de alternativas "
22952 "fará com que o nome genérico I</usr/bin/editor> refira-se a I</usr/bin/nvi> "
22953 "por padrão. O administrador do sistema pode sobreescrever isto e fazer com "
22954 "que refira-se a I</usr/bin/ed> e o sistema de alternativas não irá alterar "
22955 "esta configuração até que explicitamente requisitado a fazê-lo."
22958 #: update-alternatives.pod
22961 "The generic name is not a direct symbolic link to the selected alternative. "
22962 "Instead, it is a symbolic link to a name in the I<alternatives> "
22963 "I<directory>, which in turn is a symbolic link to the actual file "
22964 "referenced. This is done so that the system administrator's changes can be "
22965 "confined within the I<%CONFDIR%> directory: the FHS (q.v.) gives reasons why "
22966 "this is a Good Thing."
22968 "O nome genérico não é uma ligação simbólica direta para a alternativa "
22969 "selecionada. Ao invés disso, é uma ligação simbólica para um nome no "
22970 "I<diretório>, I<alternatives> o qual é, por sua vez, uma ligação simbólica "
22971 "para o arquivo atualmente referenciado. Isto é feito para que as mudanças do "
22972 "administrador do sistema possam ser confinadas dentro do diretório "
22973 "I<%CONFDIR%> : a FHS (q.v.) dá razões de porquê isto é um Boa Coisa."
22976 #: update-alternatives.pod
22978 "When each package providing a file with a particular functionality is "
22979 "installed, changed or removed, B<update-alternatives> is called to update "
22980 "information about that file in the alternatives system. B<update-"
22981 "alternatives> is usually called from the following Debian package maintainer "
22982 "scripts, B<postinst> (configure) to install the alternative and from "
22983 "B<prerm> and B<postrm> (remove) to remove the alternative. B<Note:> in most "
22984 "(if not all) cases no other maintainer script actions should call B<update-"
22985 "alternatives>, in particular neither of B<upgrade> nor B<disappear>, as any "
22986 "other such action can lose the manual state of an alternative, or make the "
22987 "alternative temporarily flip-flop, or completely switch when several of them "
22988 "have the same priority."
22992 #: update-alternatives.pod
22995 "It is often useful for a number of alternatives to be synchronized, so that "
22996 "they are changed as a group; for example, when several versions of the "
22997 "B<vi>(1) editor are installed, the man page referenced by I</usr/share/man/"
22998 "man1/vi.1> should correspond to the executable referenced by I</usr/bin/"
22999 "vi>. B<update-alternatives> handles this by means of I<master> and I<slave> "
23000 "links; when the master is changed, any associated slaves are changed too. A "
23001 "master link and its associated slaves make up a I<link> I<group>."
23003 "Isto é geralmente útil para que diversas alternativas sejam sincronizadas, "
23004 "assim elas são modificadas como um grupo; por exemplo, quando diversas "
23005 "versões do editor B<vi>(1) estão instaladas, a página de manual "
23006 "referenciada por I</usr/share/man/man1/vi.1> deverá corresponder ao "
23007 "executável referenciado por I</usr/bin/vi>. B<update-alternatives> gerencia "
23008 "isso por meio de ligações I<master> e I<slave> (mestre e escrado); quando o "
23009 "master é modificado, quaisquer slaves associados são também modificados. "
23010 "Uma ligação master e seus slaves associados constituem uma A master link and "
23011 "its associated slaves make up a I<link> I<group>. (ou ligação em grupo)."
23014 #: update-alternatives.pod
23017 "Each link group is, at any given time, in one of two modes: automatic or "
23018 "manual. When a group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system will "
23019 "automatically decide, as packages are installed and removed, whether and how "
23020 "to update the links. In manual mode, the alternatives system will retain "
23021 "the choice of the administrator and avoid changing the links (except when "
23022 "something is broken)."
23024 "Cada ligação em grupo está, em um dado momento, em um de dois modos: "
23025 "automático ou manual. Quando um grupo está em modo automático, o sistema de "
23026 "alternativas irá automaticamente decidir, a medida em que os pacotes são "
23027 "instalados e removidos, se irá atualizar e como atualizar as ligações. No "
23028 "modo manual, o sistema de alternativas não irá modificar as ligações; ele "
23029 "deixará todas as decisões para o administrador do sistema."
23032 #: update-alternatives.pod
23035 "Link groups are in automatic mode when they are first introduced to the "
23036 "system. If the system administrator makes changes to the system's automatic "
23037 "settings, this will be noticed the next time B<update-alternatives> is run "
23038 "on the changed link's group, and the group will automatically be switched to "
23041 "Ligações em grupo estão em modo automático quando as mesmas são introduzidas "
23042 "no sistema pela primeira vez. Caso o administrador do sistema faça mudanças "
23043 "configurações automáticas do sistema, isso será válido na próxima vez que o "
23044 "B<update-alternatives> for executado nas ligações em grupo modificadas, e o "
23045 "grupo irá automaticamente ser modificado para o modo manual."
23048 #: update-alternatives.pod
23051 "Each alternative has a I<priority> associated with it. When a link group is "
23052 "in automatic mode, the alternatives pointed to by members of the group will "
23053 "be those which have the highest priority."
23055 "Cada alternativa possui uma I<priority> (prioridade) associada a ela. "
23056 "Quando uma ligação em grupo está em modo automático, as alternativas "
23057 "apontadas por membros do grupo serão aquelas que possuem a maior prioridade."
23060 #: update-alternatives.pod
23063 "When using the B<--config> option, B<update-alternatives> will list all of "
23064 "the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master "
23065 "alternative name. The current choice is marked with a ‘*’. You will then "
23066 "be prompted for your choice regarding this link group. Depending on the "
23067 "choice made, the link group might no longer be in I<auto> mode. You will "
23068 "need to use the B<--auto> option in order to return to the automatic mode "
23069 "(or you can rerun B<--config> and select the entry marked as automatic)."
23071 "Quando usando a opção I<--config> , o B<update-alternatives> listará todas "
23072 "as opções para a ligação em grupo da qual um dado I<name> (nome) é a ligação "
23073 "master. Lhe será então questionado por cada uma das opções a usar para a "
23074 "ligação em grupo. Uma vez que você faça uma mudança, a ligação em grupo não "
23075 "estará mais no modo I<auto> Você precisará usar a opção I<--auto> para poder "
23076 "retornar ao estado automático."
23079 #: update-alternatives.pod
23082 "If you want to configure non-interactively you can use the B<--set> option "
23083 "instead (see below)."
23085 "If you want to configure non-interactivily you can use the I<--set> option "
23086 "instead (see below)."
23089 #: update-alternatives.pod
23091 "Different packages providing the same file need to do so B<cooperatively>. "
23092 "In other words, the usage of B<update-alternatives> is B<mandatory> for all "
23093 "involved packages in such case. It is not possible to override some file in "
23094 "a package that does not employ the B<update-alternatives> mechanism."
23098 #: update-alternatives.pod
23099 msgid "TERMINOLOGY"
23100 msgstr "TERMINOLOGIA"
23103 #: update-alternatives.pod
23105 "Since the activities of B<update-alternatives> are quite involved, some "
23106 "specific terms will help to explain its operation."
23108 "Uma vez que as atividades de B<update-alternatives> são bem envolvidas, "
23109 "alguns termos específicos ajudarão a explicar sua operação."
23112 #: update-alternatives.pod
23113 msgid "generic name (or alternative link)"
23117 #: update-alternatives.pod
23120 "A name, like I</usr/bin/editor>, which refers, via the alternatives system, "
23121 "to one of a number of files of similar function."
23123 "Um nome, como A name, like I</usr/bin/editor>, o qual refere-se, através do "
23124 "sistema de alternativas, a um ou a diversos arquivos de função similar."
23127 #: update-alternatives.pod
23129 msgid "alternative name"
23130 msgstr "alternativa"
23133 #: update-alternatives.pod
23134 msgid "The name of a symbolic link in the alternatives directory."
23138 #: update-alternatives.pod
23139 msgid "alternative (or alternative path)"
23143 #: update-alternatives.pod
23146 "The name of a specific file in the filesystem, which may be made accessible "
23147 "via a generic name using the alternatives system."
23149 "O nome de um arquivo específico no sitema de arquivos, o qual pode ser "
23150 "acessado através de um nome genérico usando o sistema de alternativas."
23153 #: update-alternatives.pod
23154 msgid "alternatives directory"
23155 msgstr "diretório de alternativas"
23158 #: update-alternatives.pod
23161 "A directory, by default I<%CONFDIR%/alternatives>, containing the symlinks."
23163 "Um diretório, por padrão I<%CONFDIR%/alternatives>, contendo as ligações "
23167 #: update-alternatives.pod
23168 msgid "administrative directory"
23169 msgstr "diretório administrativo"
23172 #: update-alternatives.pod
23175 "A directory, by default I<%ADMINDIR%/alternatives>, containing B<update-"
23176 "alternatives>' state information."
23178 "Um diretório, por padrão I<%ADMINDIR%/alternatives>, contendo informação de "
23179 "estado de B<update-alternatives>."
23182 #: update-alternatives.pod
23184 msgstr "ligação em grupo"
23187 #: update-alternatives.pod
23189 msgid "A set of related symlinks, intended to be updated as a group."
23191 "Um conjunto de ligações simbólicas relacionadas, com o intuito de serem "
23192 "atualizadas em grupos."
23195 #: update-alternatives.pod
23196 msgid "master link"
23197 msgstr "ligação mestre (master link)"
23200 #: update-alternatives.pod
23203 "The alternative link in a link group which determines how the other links in "
23204 "the group are configured."
23206 "A ligação em uma ligação em grupo que determina como as outras ligações no "
23207 "grupo são configuradas."
23210 #: update-alternatives.pod
23212 msgstr "ligação escravo (slave link)"
23215 #: update-alternatives.pod
23218 "An alternative link in a link group which is controlled by the setting of "
23221 "Uma ligação em uma ligação em grupo que é controlada pela configuração de "
23222 "uma ligação mestre."
23225 #: update-alternatives.pod
23226 msgid "automatic mode"
23227 msgstr "modo automático"
23230 #: update-alternatives.pod
23233 "When a link group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system ensures that "
23234 "the links in the group point to the highest priority alternative appropriate "
23237 "Quando uma ligação em grupo está em modo automático, o sistema de "
23238 "alternativas certifica-se ed que as ligações no grupo apontam para as "
23239 "alternativas de mais alta prioridade apropriadas para o grupo."
23242 #: update-alternatives.pod
23243 msgid "manual mode"
23244 msgstr "modo manual"
23247 #: update-alternatives.pod
23250 "When a link group is in manual mode, the alternatives system will not make "
23251 "any changes to the system administrator's settings."
23253 "Quando uma ligação em grupo está em modo manual, o sistema de alternativas "
23254 "não fará qualquer modificação nas configurações do administrador do sistema."
23257 #: update-alternatives.pod
23260 "B<--install> I<link name path priority> [B<--slave> I<link name path>]..."
23262 "B<--install> I<ligação genérico caminho pri> [B<--slave> I<sligação "
23263 "sgenérico scaminho>] ..."
23266 #: update-alternatives.pod
23269 "Add a group of alternatives to the system. I<link> is the generic name for "
23270 "the master link, I<name> is the name of its symlink in the alternatives "
23271 "directory, and I<path> is the alternative being introduced for the master "
23272 "link. The arguments after B<--slave> are the generic name, symlink name in "
23273 "the alternatives directory and the alternative path for a slave link. Zero "
23274 "or more B<--slave> options, each followed by three arguments, may be "
23275 "specified. Note that the master alternative must exist or the call will "
23276 "fail. However if a slave alternative doesn't exist, the corresponding slave "
23277 "alternative link will simply not be installed (a warning will still be "
23278 "displayed). If some real file is installed where an alternative link has to "
23279 "be installed, it is kept unless B<--force> is used."
23281 "Adiciona um grupo de alternativas para o sistema. I<genérico> é o nome "
23282 "genérico para a ligação master, I<ligação> é o nome de sua ligação "
23283 "simbólica, e I<caminho> é a alternativa sendo intruzida para a ligação "
23284 "mestre. I<sgenérico>, I<sligação> e I<scaminho> são o nome genérco, ligação "
23285 "simbólica e alternativa para uma ligação slave. Zero ou mais opções B<--"
23286 "slave> , cada uma seguda por três argumentos, podem ser especificadas."
23289 #: update-alternatives.pod
23292 "If the alternative name specified exists already in the alternatives "
23293 "system's records, the information supplied will be added as a new set of "
23294 "alternatives for the group. Otherwise, a new group, set to automatic mode, "
23295 "will be added with this information. If the group is in automatic mode, and "
23296 "the newly added alternatives' priority is higher than any other installed "
23297 "alternatives for this group, the symlinks will be updated to point to the "
23298 "newly added alternatives."
23300 "Caso a ligação master especificada já exista nos registros do sistema de "
23301 "alternativas, a informação fornecida será adicionada como um novo conjunto "
23302 "de alternativas para o grupo. De outra forma, um novo grupo, definido para o "
23303 "modo automático, será adicionado com esta informação. Se o grupo está no "
23304 "modo automático e a prioridade das novas alternativas adicionadas é maior do "
23305 "que qualquer outra alternativa instalada para este grupo, as ligações "
23306 "simbólicas serão atualizadas para apontar para as alternativas novas "
23310 #: update-alternatives.pod
23312 msgid "B<--set> I<name> I<path>"
23313 msgstr "B<--remove> I<nome caminho>"
23316 #: update-alternatives.pod
23318 "Set the program I<path> as alternative for I<name>. This is equivalent to "
23319 "B<--config> but is non-interactive and thus scriptable."
23323 #: update-alternatives.pod
23325 msgid "B<--remove> I<name> I<path>"
23326 msgstr "B<--remove> I<nome caminho>"
23329 #: update-alternatives.pod
23332 "Remove an alternative and all of its associated slave links. I<name> is a "
23333 "name in the alternatives directory, and I<path> is an absolute filename to "
23334 "which I<name> could be linked. If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, "
23335 "I<name> will be updated to point to another appropriate alternative (and the "
23336 "group is put back in automatic mode), or removed if there is no such "
23337 "alternative left. Associated slave links will be updated or removed, "
23338 "correspondingly. If the link is not currently pointing to I<path>, no links "
23339 "are changed; only the information about the alternative is removed."
23341 "Remove uma alternativa e todas as suas ligações slaves associadas. I<nome> "
23342 "é o nome do diretório de alternativas, e I<caminho> é o nome de arquivo "
23343 "absoluto ao qual I<nome> poderá ser ligado. Caso I<nome> esteja ligado com "
23344 "I<caminho>, I<nome> será atualizado para apontar para outra alternativa "
23345 "apropriada, ou removido caso não exista essa alternativa separada. Ligações "
23346 "slave associadas serão atualizadas ou removidas de acordo. Caso a ligação "
23347 "não esteja atualmente apontando para I<caminho>, nenhuma ligação é "
23348 "modificada; somente a informação sobre a alternativa é removida."
23351 #: update-alternatives.pod
23352 msgid "B<--remove-all> I<name>"
23356 #: update-alternatives.pod
23358 "Remove all alternatives and all of their associated slave links. I<name> is "
23359 "a name in the alternatives directory."
23363 #: update-alternatives.pod
23365 "Call B<--config> on all alternatives. It can be usefully combined with B<--"
23366 "skip-auto> to review and configure all alternatives which are not configured "
23367 "in automatic mode. Broken alternatives are also displayed. Thus a simple "
23368 "way to fix all broken alternatives is to call B<yes '' | update-alternatives "
23373 #: update-alternatives.pod
23375 msgid "B<--auto> I<name>"
23376 msgstr "B<--auto> I<ligação>"
23379 #: update-alternatives.pod
23382 "Switch the link group behind the alternative for I<name> to automatic mode. "
23383 "In the process, the master symlink and its slaves are updated to point to "
23384 "the highest priority installed alternatives."
23386 "Muda a ligação simbólica master I<ligação> para o modo automático. No "
23387 "processo a ligação simbólica e seus slaves são atualizados para apontar para "
23388 "as alternativas instaladas de maior prioridade."
23391 #: update-alternatives.pod
23393 msgid "B<--display> I<name>"
23394 msgstr "B<--display> I<ligação>"
23397 #: update-alternatives.pod
23400 "Display information about the link group. Information displayed includes "
23401 "the group's mode (auto or manual), the master and slave links, which "
23402 "alternative the master link currently points to, what other alternatives are "
23403 "available (and their corresponding slave alternatives), and the highest "
23404 "priority alternative currently installed."
23406 "Mostra informação sobre a ligação em grupo para qual cada I<ligação> é a "
23407 "ligação master. A informação exibida inclui o modo do grupo (auto ou "
23408 "manual), para quais alternativas a ligação simbólica aponta atualmente, "
23409 "quais outras alternativas estão disponíveis (e suas alternativas slave "
23410 "correspondentes) e a alternativa de maior prioridade instalada atualmente."
23413 #: update-alternatives.pod
23415 msgid "B<--get-selections>"
23416 msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>"
23419 #: update-alternatives.pod
23421 "List all master alternative names (those controlling a link group) and "
23422 "their status (since version 1.15.0). Each line contains up to 3 fields "
23423 "(separated by one or more spaces). The first field is the alternative name, "
23424 "the second one is the status (either B<auto> or B<manual>), and the last one "
23425 "contains the current choice in the alternative (beware: it's a filename and "
23426 "thus might contain spaces)."
23430 #: update-alternatives.pod
23432 "Read configuration of alternatives on standard input in the format generated "
23433 "by B<--get-selections> and reconfigure them accordingly (since version "
23438 #: update-alternatives.pod
23440 msgid "B<--query> I<name>"
23441 msgstr "B<--auto> I<ligação>"
23444 #: update-alternatives.pod
23446 "Display information about the link group like B<--display> does, but in a "
23447 "machine parseable way (since version 1.15.0, see section B<QUERY FORMAT> "
23452 #: update-alternatives.pod
23454 msgid "B<--list> I<name>"
23455 msgstr "B<--list> I<ligação>"
23458 #: update-alternatives.pod
23460 msgid "Display all targets of the link group."
23461 msgstr "Exibe todos os alvos de uma ligação em grupo."
23464 #: update-alternatives.pod
23466 msgid "B<--config> I<name>"
23467 msgstr "B<--config> I<link>"
23470 #: update-alternatives.pod
23472 "Show available alternatives for a link group and allow the user to "
23473 "interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated."
23477 #: update-alternatives.pod
23479 msgid "B<--altdir> I<directory>"
23480 msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>"
23483 #: update-alternatives.pod
23486 "Specifies the alternatives directory, when this is to be different from the "
23487 "default. Defaults to «I<%CONFDIR%/alternatives>»."
23489 "Especifica o diretório de alternativas, quando este está configurado para "
23490 "algo diferente do padrão."
23493 #: update-alternatives.pod
23496 "Specifies the administrative directory, when this is to be different from "
23497 "the default. Defaults to «I<%ADMINDIR%/alternatives>» if "
23498 "B<%ADMINDIR_ENVVAR%> has not been set."
23500 "Especifica o dirtório administrativo, quando este este configurado para algo "
23501 "diferente do padrão."
23504 #: update-alternatives.pod
23507 "Specifies the installation directory where alternatives links will be "
23508 "created (since version 1.20.1). Defaults to «I</>» if B<%INSTDIR_ENVVAR%> "
23509 "has not been set."
23511 "Especifica o dirtório administrativo, quando este este configurado para algo "
23512 "diferente do padrão."
23515 #: update-alternatives.pod
23517 "Specifies the root directory (since version 1.20.1). This also sets the "
23518 "alternatives, installation and administrative directories to match. "
23519 "Defaults to «I</>» if B<%INSTDIR_ENVVAR%> has not been set."
23523 #: update-alternatives.pod
23525 msgid "B<--log> I<file>"
23526 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
23529 #: update-alternatives.pod
23532 "Specifies the log file (since version 1.15.0), when this is to be different "
23533 "from the default (%LOGDIR%/alternatives.log)."
23535 "Especifica o diretório de alternativas, quando este está configurado para "
23536 "algo diferente do padrão."
23539 #: update-alternatives.pod
23541 "Allow replacing or dropping any real file that is installed where an "
23542 "alternative link has to be installed or removed."
23546 #: update-alternatives.pod
23548 msgid "B<--skip-auto>"
23552 #: update-alternatives.pod
23554 "Skip configuration prompt for alternatives which are properly configured in "
23555 "automatic mode. This option is only relevant with B<--config> or B<--all>."
23559 #: update-alternatives.pod
23561 msgid "Do not generate any comments unless errors occur."
23563 "Não gera comentário algum a menos que ocorram erros. Esta opção ainda não "
23564 "está implementada."
23567 #: update-alternatives.pod
23569 msgid "B<--verbose>"
23570 msgstr "B<--verbose>"
23573 #: update-alternatives.pod
23575 msgid "Generate more comments about what is being done."
23576 msgstr "Gera mais comentários sobre o que B<update-alternatives> está fazendo."
23579 #: update-alternatives.pod
23582 "Generate even more comments, helpful for debugging, about what is being done "
23583 "(since version 1.19.3)."
23584 msgstr "Gera mais comentários sobre o que B<update-alternatives> está fazendo."
23587 #: update-alternatives.pod
23590 "Problems were encountered whilst parsing the command line or performing the "
23593 "Foram encontrados problemas quando analisando a linha de comando ou "
23594 "executando a ação."
23597 #: update-alternatives.pod
23598 msgid "B<%INSTDIR_ENVVAR%>"
23602 #: update-alternatives.pod
23604 msgid "B<%ADMINDIR_ENVVAR%>"
23605 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/status>"
23608 #: update-alternatives.pod
23610 "If set and the B<--admindir> option has not been specified, it will be used "
23611 "as the base administrative directory."
23615 #: update-alternatives.pod
23617 msgid "I<%CONFDIR%/alternatives/>"
23618 msgstr "I<%CONFDIR%/alternatives/>"
23621 #: update-alternatives.pod
23624 "The default alternatives directory. Can be overridden by the B<--altdir> "
23627 "O diretório de alternativas padrão. Pode ser sobreescrito pela opção B<--"
23631 #: update-alternatives.pod
23633 msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/alternatives/>"
23634 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/alternatives/>"
23637 #: update-alternatives.pod
23640 "The default administration directory. Can be overridden by the B<--"
23641 "admindir> option."
23643 "O diretório de administração padrão. Pode ser sobreescrito pela opção B<--"
23647 #: update-alternatives.pod
23648 msgid "QUERY FORMAT"
23652 #: update-alternatives.pod
23654 "The B<--query> format is using an RFC822-like flat format. It's made of I<n> "
23655 "+ 1 stanzas where I<n> is the number of alternatives available in the "
23656 "queried link group. The first stanza contains the following fields:"
23660 #: update-alternatives.pod
23662 msgid "B<Name:> I<name>"
23663 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
23666 #: update-alternatives.pod
23667 msgid "The alternative name in the alternative directory."
23671 #: update-alternatives.pod
23673 msgid "B<Link:> I<link>"
23674 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
23677 #: update-alternatives.pod
23678 msgid "The generic name of the alternative."
23682 #: update-alternatives.pod
23684 msgid "B<Slaves:> I<list-of-slaves>"
23685 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
23688 #: update-alternatives.pod
23690 "When this field is present, the B<next> lines hold all slave links "
23691 "associated to the master link of the alternative. There is one slave per "
23692 "line. Each line contains one space, the generic name of the slave "
23693 "alternative, another space, and the path to the slave link."
23697 #: update-alternatives.pod
23699 msgid "B<Status:> I<status>"
23700 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
23703 #: update-alternatives.pod
23704 msgid "The status of the alternative (B<auto> or B<manual>)."
23708 #: update-alternatives.pod
23710 msgid "B<Best:> I<best-choice>"
23711 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
23714 #: update-alternatives.pod
23716 "The path of the best alternative for this link group. Not present if there "
23717 "is no alternatives available."
23721 #: update-alternatives.pod
23722 msgid "B<Value:> I<currently-selected-alternative>"
23726 #: update-alternatives.pod
23728 "The path of the currently selected alternative. It can also take the magic "
23729 "value B<none>. It is used if the link doesn't exist."
23733 #: update-alternatives.pod
23735 "The other stanzas describe the available alternatives in the queried link "
23740 #: update-alternatives.pod
23741 msgid "B<Alternative:> I<path-of-this-alternative>"
23745 #: update-alternatives.pod
23746 msgid "Path to this stanza's alternative."
23750 #: update-alternatives.pod
23752 msgid "B<Priority:> I<priority-value>"
23753 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
23756 #: update-alternatives.pod
23757 msgid "Value of the priority of this alternative."
23761 #: update-alternatives.pod
23763 "When this field is present, the B<next> lines hold all slave alternatives "
23764 "associated to the master link of the alternative. There is one slave per "
23765 "line. Each line contains one space, the generic name of the slave "
23766 "alternative, another space, and the path to the slave alternative."
23770 #: update-alternatives.pod
23775 #: update-alternatives.pod
23778 #| "$ update-alternatives --query editor\n"
23779 #| "Name: editor\n"
23780 #| "Link: /usr/bin/editor\n"
23782 #| " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
23783 #| " editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
23784 #| " editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
23785 #| " editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
23786 #| " editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
23787 #| "Status: auto\n"
23788 #| "Best: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
23789 #| "Value: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
23791 " $ update-alternatives --query editor\n"
23793 " Link: /usr/bin/editor\n"
23795 " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
23796 " editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
23797 " editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
23798 " editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
23799 " editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
23801 " Best: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
23802 " Value: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
23805 "$ update-alternatives --query editor\n"
23807 "Link: /usr/bin/editor\n"
23809 " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
23810 " editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
23811 " editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
23812 " editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
23813 " editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
23815 "Best: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
23816 "Value: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
23819 #: update-alternatives.pod
23822 #| "Alternative: /bin/ed\n"
23823 #| "Priority: -100\n"
23825 #| " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/ed.1.gz\n"
23827 " Alternative: /bin/ed\n"
23828 " Priority: -100\n"
23830 " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/ed.1.gz\n"
23833 "Alternative: /bin/ed\n"
23836 " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/ed.1.gz\n"
23839 #: update-alternatives.pod
23842 #| "Alternative: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
23843 #| "Priority: 50\n"
23845 #| " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
23846 #| " editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
23847 #| " editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
23848 #| " editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
23849 #| " editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
23851 " Alternative: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
23854 " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
23855 " editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
23856 " editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
23857 " editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
23858 " editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
23861 "Alternative: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
23864 " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
23865 " editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
23866 " editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
23867 " editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
23868 " editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
23871 #: update-alternatives.pod
23874 "With B<--verbose> B<update-alternatives> chatters incessantly about its "
23875 "activities on its standard output channel. If problems occur, B<update-"
23876 "alternatives> outputs error messages on its standard error channel and "
23877 "returns an exit status of 2. These diagnostics should be self-explanatory; "
23878 "if you do not find them so, please report this as a bug."
23880 "B<update-alternatives> fala sem parar sobre suas atividades em seu canal de "
23881 "saída padrão. Caso um problema ocorra, B<update-alternatives> exibe "
23882 "mensagens de erro em seu canal de erros padrão e retorna um estado de saída "
23883 "de 2. Estes diagnósticos devem ser auto-explicativos; caso você não pense "
23884 "assim, por favor reporte isso com um bug."
23887 #: update-alternatives.pod
23889 "There are several packages which provide a text editor compatible with "
23890 "B<vi>, for example B<nvi> and B<vim>. Which one is used is controlled by the "
23891 "link group B<vi>, which includes links for the program itself and the "
23892 "associated manpage."
23896 #: update-alternatives.pod
23898 "To display the available packages which provide B<vi> and the current "
23899 "setting for it, use the B<--display> action:"
23903 #: update-alternatives.pod
23906 " update-alternatives --display vi\n"
23908 msgstr "update-alternatives --display vi"
23911 #: update-alternatives.pod
23913 "To choose a particular B<vi> implementation, use this command as root and "
23914 "then select a number from the list:"
23918 #: update-alternatives.pod
23921 " update-alternatives --config vi\n"
23923 msgstr "update-alternatives --config vi"
23926 #: update-alternatives.pod
23928 "To go back to having the B<vi> implementation chosen automatically, do this "
23933 #: update-alternatives.pod
23936 " update-alternatives --auto vi\n"
23938 msgstr "update-alternatives --auto vi"
23941 #: update-alternatives.pod
23943 msgid "B<ln>(1), FHS (the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard)."
23944 msgstr "B<ln>(1), FHS, o Padrão da Hierarquia do Sistema de Arquivos."
23947 #~ msgid "B<Protected:> B<Byes>|B<no>"
23948 #~ msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
23952 #~ "B<auto> is the default behavior (since dpkg 1.18.11). Setting the number "
23953 #~ "of jobs to 1 will restore a serial behavior."
23954 #~ msgstr "Projeto Debian"
23957 #~ msgid "B<--list> I<glob-pattern>"
23958 #~ msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
23961 #~ msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch>|B<all> (recommended)"
23962 #~ msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
23965 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1), B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1)."
23966 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
23969 #~ msgid "B<deb-src-symbol>(5), B<deb-symbols>(5), B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1)."
23971 #~ "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
23972 #~ "reconfigure>(8)"
23976 #~ "When each package providing a file with a particular functionality is "
23977 #~ "installed, changed or removed, B<update-alternatives> is called to update "
23978 #~ "information about that file in the alternatives system. B<update-"
23979 #~ "alternatives> is usually called from the B<postinst> (configure) or "
23980 #~ "B<prerm> (remove and deconfigure) scripts in Debian packages."
23982 #~ "Quando cada pacote provendo um arquivo com uma funcionalidade particular "
23983 #~ "é instalado, modificdo ou removido o, B<update-alternatives> é chamado "
23984 #~ "para atualizar a informação sobre este arqivo no sistema de "
23985 #~ "alternativas. B<update-alternatives> é geralmente chamado a partir de um "
23986 #~ "script B<postinst> ou B<prerm> em pacotes Debian."
23988 #~ msgid "dpkg suite"
23989 #~ msgstr "dpkg suite"
23992 #~ msgid "deb-buildinfo"
23993 #~ msgstr "B<--version>"
23996 #~ msgid "deb-changelog"
23997 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
24000 #~ msgid "changelog"
24001 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
24004 #~ msgid "deb-changes"
24008 #~ msgid "deb-control"
24009 #~ msgstr "I<control>"
24013 #~ msgstr "I<control>"
24016 #~| msgid "I<conffiles>"
24017 #~ msgid "deb-conffiles"
24018 #~ msgstr "I<conffiles>"
24021 #~| msgid "I<conffiles>"
24022 #~ msgid "conffiles"
24023 #~ msgstr "I<conffiles>"
24026 #~ msgid "deb-src-control"
24027 #~ msgstr "I<control>"
24030 #~ msgid "debian/control"
24031 #~ msgstr "I<control>"
24034 #~| msgid "I<conffiles>"
24035 #~ msgid "deb-src-files"
24036 #~ msgstr "I<conffiles>"
24039 #~ msgid "debian/files"
24040 #~ msgstr "B<config-files>"
24043 #~| msgid "I<conffiles>"
24044 #~ msgid "deb-src-rules"
24045 #~ msgstr "I<conffiles>"
24047 #~ msgid "Debian Project"
24048 #~ msgstr "Projeto Debian"
24050 #~ msgid "dpkg utilities"
24051 #~ msgstr "utilitários dpkg"
24054 #~| msgid "I<conffiles>"
24055 #~ msgid "deb-src-symbols"
24056 #~ msgstr "I<conffiles>"
24059 #~ msgid "deb-split"
24060 #~ msgstr "dpkg suite"
24063 #~ msgid "deb-version"
24064 #~ msgstr "B<--version>"
24067 #~ msgid "deb-origin"
24068 #~ msgstr "B<--version>"
24071 #~ msgid "deb-substvars"
24072 #~ msgstr "B<deinstall>"
24075 #~ msgid "substvars"
24076 #~ msgstr "B<deinstall>"
24079 #~ msgid "[* I<field-name>: I<field-value>]"
24080 #~ msgstr "B<-D>I<octal> B<| --debug=>I<octal>"
24083 #~| msgid "I<postinst>"
24084 #~ msgid "deb-postinst"
24085 #~ msgstr "I<postinst>"
24088 #~ msgid "deb-postrm"
24089 #~ msgstr "I<control>"
24092 #~| msgid "I<postrm>"
24094 #~ msgstr "I<postrm>"
24097 #~ msgid "deb-preinst"
24098 #~ msgstr "dpkg suite"
24101 #~| msgid "I<preinst>"
24103 #~ msgstr "I<preinst>"
24106 #~ msgid "deb-prerm"
24107 #~ msgstr "B<--version>"
24110 #~| msgid "I<prerm>"
24112 #~ msgstr "I<prerm>"
24115 #~ msgid "deb-triggers"
24116 #~ msgstr "B<--version>"
24123 #~ "B<-b>, B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]\n"
24124 #~ " Build a deb package.\n"
24125 #~ "B<-c>, B<--contents> I<archive>\n"
24126 #~ " List contents of a deb package.\n"
24127 #~ "B<-e>, B<--control> I<archive> [I<directory>]\n"
24128 #~ " Extract control-information from a package.\n"
24129 #~ "B<-x>, B<--extract> I<archive directory>\n"
24130 #~ " Extract the files contained by package.\n"
24131 #~ "B<-X>, B<--vextract> I<archive directory>\n"
24132 #~ " Extract and display the filenames contained by a\n"
24134 #~ "B<-f>, B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field>...]\n"
24135 #~ " Display control field(s) of a package.\n"
24136 #~ "B<--ctrl-tarfile> I<archive>\n"
24137 #~ " Output the control tar-file contained in a Debian package.\n"
24138 #~ "B<--fsys-tarfile> I<archive>\n"
24139 #~ " Output the filesystem tar-file contained by a Debian package.\n"
24140 #~ "B<-I>, B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file>...]\n"
24141 #~ " Show information about a package.\n"
24143 #~ "B<dpkg -b> | B<--build> I<diretório> [I<nome_de_arquivo>]\n"
24144 #~ " Cria um pacote deb.\n"
24145 #~ "B<dpkg -c> | B<--contents> I<nome_de_arquivo>\n"
24146 #~ " Lista o conteúdo de um pacote deb.\n"
24147 #~ "B<dpkg -e> | B<--control> I<nome_de_arquivo> [I<diretório>]\n"
24148 #~ " Extrai informação de controle de um pacote.\n"
24149 #~ "B<dpkg -x> | B<--extract> I<nome_de_arquivo diretório>\n"
24150 #~ " Extrai os arquivos contidos pelo pacote.\n"
24151 #~ "B<dpkg -f> | B<--field> I<nome_de_arquivo> [I<campo-de-controle>] ...\n"
24152 #~ " Exibe o(s) campo(s) de controle do pacote.\n"
24153 #~ "B<dpkg --fsys-tarfile> I<nome_de_arquivo>\n"
24154 #~ " Exibe o sistema de arquivo do arquivo tar contido no pacote Debian. \n"
24155 #~ "B<dpkg -I> | B<--info> I<nome_de_arquivo> [I<arquivo-de-controle>]\n"
24156 #~ " Mostra informação sobre um pacote.\n"
24157 #~ "B<dpkg -X> | B<--vextract> I<nome_de_arquivo> I<diretório>\n"
24158 #~ " Extrai e exibe os nomes de arquivos contidos em um pacote.\n"
24162 #~ "B<-l>, B<--list> I<package-name-pattern>...\n"
24163 #~ " List packages matching given pattern.\n"
24164 #~ "B<-s>, B<--status> I<package-name>...\n"
24165 #~ " Report status of specified package.\n"
24166 #~ "B<-L>, B<--listfiles> I<package-name>...\n"
24167 #~ " List files installed to your system from I<package-name>.\n"
24168 #~ "B<-S>, B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern>...\n"
24169 #~ " Search for a filename from installed packages.\n"
24170 #~ "B<-p>, B<--print-avail> I<package-name>...\n"
24171 #~ " Display details about I<package-name>, as found in\n"
24172 #~ " I<%ADMINDIR%/available>. Users of APT-based frontends\n"
24173 #~ " should use B<apt-cache show> I<package-name> instead.\n"
24175 #~ "B<dpkg -l> | B<--list> I<padrão-do-nome-do-pacote> ... Lista os "
24176 #~ "pacotes que combinam com o padrão dado.\n"
24177 #~ "B<dpkg -s> | B<--status> I<nome-do-pacote> ...\n"
24178 #~ " Exibe o estado do pacote especificado. Isso apenas mostra a entrada "
24179 #~ "na base de dados dos pacotes instalados.\n"
24180 #~ "B<dpkg -L> | B<--listfiles> I<pacote> ...\n"
24181 #~ " Lista os arquivos instalados em seu sistema a partir do B<pacote>.\n"
24182 #~ "B<dpkg -S> | B<--search> I<padrão-de-procura> ...\n"
24183 #~ " Procura por um nome de arquivo a partir dos pacotes instalados. Todos "
24184 #~ "os caracteres curinga padrões de shell podem ser usados no padrão.\n"
24185 #~ "B<dpkg -p|--print-avail> I<pacote>\n"
24186 #~ " Exibe detalhes sobre o I<pacote>, como encontrados em I<%ADMINDIR%/"
24190 #~ msgid "dpkg.cfg"
24194 #~ msgid "dpkg-buildflags"
24195 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
24198 #~ msgid "dpkg-buildpackage"
24199 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
24202 #~ msgid "dpkg-genbuildinfo"
24203 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
24206 #~ msgid "dpkg-deb"
24210 #~ msgid "dpkg-genchanges"
24214 #~ msgid "dpkg-gencontrol"
24215 #~ msgstr "I<control>"
24218 #~ msgid "dpkg-gensymbols"
24219 #~ msgstr "I<control>"
24222 #~ msgid "dpkg-mergechangelogs"
24223 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
24226 #~ msgid "dpkg-name"
24230 #~ msgid "dpkg-parsechangelog"
24231 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
24234 #~ msgid "dpkg-query"
24235 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg-query-actions>"
24238 #~ msgid "dpkg-shlibdeps"
24239 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
24242 #~ msgid "dpkg-source"
24243 #~ msgstr "dpkg suite"
24246 #~ msgid "debian/source/local-patch-header R<and> debian/source/patch-header"
24247 #~ msgstr "B<config-files>"
24250 #~ msgid "dpkg-split"
24251 #~ msgstr "dpkg suite"
24254 #~ msgid "dpkg-trigger"
24255 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg-query-actions>"
24258 #~ msgid "dpkg-vendor"
24259 #~ msgstr "I<control>"
24262 #~ msgid "update-alternatives"
24263 #~ msgstr "update-alternatives --auto vi"
24266 #~ msgid "After the package was triggered."
24267 #~ msgstr "O pacote está instalado e configurado."
24270 #~ msgid "B<Binary:> I<binary-package-list> (required)"
24271 #~ msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
24274 #~ "A package marked to be on B<hold> is not handled by B<dpkg>, unless "
24275 #~ "forced to do that with option B<--force-hold>."
24277 #~ "Um pacote marcado como B<hold> não é manipulado pelo B<dpkg>, a menos que "
24278 #~ "ele seja forçado a isso com a opção B<--force-hold>."
24281 #~| msgid "B<hold>: Process packages even when marked \"hold\"."
24282 #~ msgid "B<hold>: Process packages even when marked “hold”."
24283 #~ msgstr "B<hold>: Processa pacotes mesmo quando marcados com \"hold\"."
24286 #~ msgid "B<deb-symbols>(5), B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1)."
24288 #~ "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
24289 #~ "reconfigure>(8)"
24292 #~ msgid "The program B<dpkg> will execute when displaying the conffiles."
24294 #~ "O programa que o B<dpkg> executará quando estiver iniciando um novo shell."
24296 #~ msgid "B<COLUMNS>"
24297 #~ msgstr "B<COLUMNS>"
24301 #~ "Sets the number of columns B<dpkg> should use when displaying formatted "
24302 #~ "text. Currently only used by B<--list>."
24304 #~ "Ajusta o número de colunas que o B<dpkg> deve usar quando estiver "
24305 #~ "exibindo texto formatado. Atualmente só usado por -l."
24308 #~ msgid "B<Testsuite-Restrictions:> I<name-list>"
24309 #~ msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
24313 #~ "The following files are components of a binary package. See B<deb>(5) "
24314 #~ "for more information about them:"
24316 #~ "Os seguintes arquivos são componentes de um pacote binário. Veja "
24317 #~ "B<deb>(5) para mais informações sobre eles:"
24320 #~ msgid "B<--file> I<file>"
24321 #~ msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
24324 #~ msgid "B<-l>, B<--label> I<file>"
24325 #~ msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>"
24328 #~ msgid "I<source-name>B<_>I<source-version>B<_>I<buildinfo-id>B<.buildinfo>"
24329 #~ msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
24333 #~ msgstr "Projeto Debian"
24336 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile>(1), B<dpkg-genchanges>(1)."
24337 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
24340 #~ msgid "Debian project"
24341 #~ msgstr "Projeto Debian"
24344 #~ msgid "B<--new>"
24345 #~ msgstr "B<--test>"
24348 #~ msgid "B<--old>"
24349 #~ msgstr "B<hold>"
24356 #~ msgid "B<-T>I<target>"
24357 #~ msgstr "B<unpacked>"
24372 #~ msgid "B<-R>I<rules-file>"
24373 #~ msgstr "I<control>"
24384 #~| msgid "B<purge>"
24385 #~ msgid "B<-i>[I<regex>]"
24386 #~ msgstr "B<purge>"
24389 #~ msgid "B<-I>[I<pattern>]"
24390 #~ msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
24393 #~ msgid "B<-z>, B<-Z>"
24394 #~ msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
24397 #~ msgid "Variables set by dpkg-architecture"
24398 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
24402 #~ "See I<%PKGDOCDIR%/THANKS> for the list of people who have contributed to "
24405 #~ "Veja B<%PKGDOCDIR%/THANKS> para a lista de pessoas que\n"
24406 #~ "contribuíram para o B<dpkg>.\n"
24409 #~ msgid "B<Source:> I<source-name>"
24410 #~ msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
24413 #~ msgid "B<-b>, B<-B>, B<-A>"
24414 #~ msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
24418 #~ "Problems were encountered while parsing the command line or performing "
24419 #~ "the query, including no file or package being found (except for B<--"
24420 #~ "control-path>)."
24422 #~ "Foram encontrados problemas quando analisando a linha de comando ou "
24423 #~ "executando a ação."
24426 #~ msgid "B<Package:> I<package-name>"
24427 #~ msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
24430 #~ msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS"
24434 #~ msgid "B<--since> I<version>, B<-s>I<version>, B<-v>I<version>"
24435 #~ msgstr "B<--version>"
24438 #~ msgid "B<--from> I<version>, B<-f>I<version>"
24439 #~ msgstr "B<--version>"
24442 #~ msgid "B<--to> I<version>, B<-t>I<version>"
24443 #~ msgstr "B<--version>"
24446 #~ msgid "B<--count> I<number>, B<-c>I<number>, B<-n>I<number>"
24447 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
24450 #~ msgid "B<--offset> I<number>, B<-o>I<number>"
24451 #~ msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<número>"
24454 #~ msgid "B<--debug> I<file> |I<> B<-D>I<file>"
24455 #~ msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
24462 #~ msgid "B<-e>I<debian-architecture>"
24463 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
24474 #~ msgid "B<-a>I<debian-architecture>"
24475 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
24478 #~ msgid "B<-A>I<debian-architecture>"
24479 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
24482 #~ msgid " B<-C>, B<--audit>"
24483 #~ msgstr "B<--quiet>"
24487 #~ "Searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your "
24488 #~ "system. B<dpkg> will suggest what to do with them to get them working."
24490 #~ "Procura por pacotes que foram apenas parcialmente instalados em seu "
24491 #~ "sistema. O B<dpkg> sugerirá o que fazer com eles para que funcionem."
24498 #~ "You might transfer this file to another computer, and install it there "
24501 #~ "Você pode transferir esse arquivo para outro computador e instalá-lo com:"
24503 #~ msgid "PACKAGE STATES"
24504 #~ msgstr "ESTADOS DOS PACOTES"
24506 #~ msgid "PACKAGE FLAGS"
24507 #~ msgstr "SINALIZADORES DOS PACOTES"
24510 #~| msgid "WARNING"
24511 #~ msgid "HARDENING"
24512 #~ msgstr "ATENÇÃO"
24515 #~ msgid "WARNINGS"
24516 #~ msgstr "ATENÇÃO"
24519 #~ msgid "MATCHING OPTIONS"
24520 #~ msgstr "OPÇÕES COMUNS"
24524 #~ "If you find a bug, please report it using the Debian bug-tracking system."
24526 #~ "Caso você encontre um bug, por favor reporte-o usando o sistema de "
24527 #~ "gerenciamento de bugs Debian, ou, caso isso não seja possível, envie um "
24528 #~ "mensagem diretamente para o autor."
24532 #~ "If you find any discrepancy between the operation of B<update-"
24533 #~ "alternatives> and this manual page, it is a bug, either in the "
24534 #~ "implementation or the documentation; please report it."
24536 #~ "Caso você encontre qualquer discrepância entre a operação de B<update-"
24537 #~ "alternatives> e esta página de manual, isso é um bug, ou na implementação "
24538 #~ "ou na documentação; por favor reporte isso."
24541 #~ msgid "To list packages related to the editor B<vi>(1):"
24542 #~ msgstr "Para listar os pacotes relacionados com o editor vi:"
24545 #~ msgid "B<-S>I<pkgbuilddir>"
24546 #~ msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
24550 #~ "B<dpkg> can also be used as a front-end to B<dpkg-deb>(1). The following "
24551 #~ "are B<dpkg-deb> actions, and if they are encountered, B<dpkg> just runs "
24552 #~ "B<dpkg-deb> with the parameters given to it:"
24554 #~ "O B<dpkg> pode também ser usado como front-end para o B<dpkg-deb>. A "
24555 #~ "seguir estão as ações do B<dpkg-deb>, e se forem encontradas, o B<dpkg> "
24556 #~ "apenas executa o B<dpkg-deb> com os parâmetros dados a ele:"
24559 #~ " B<-b>, B<--build>,\n"
24560 #~ " B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n"
24561 #~ " B<-I>, B<--info>,\n"
24562 #~ " B<-f>, B<--field>,\n"
24563 #~ " B<-e>, B<--control>,\n"
24564 #~ " B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n"
24565 #~ " B<-X>, B<--vextract>, and\n"
24566 #~ " B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n"
24568 #~ " B<-b>, B<--build>,\n"
24569 #~ " B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n"
24570 #~ " B<-I>, B<--info>,\n"
24571 #~ " B<-f>, B<--field>,\n"
24572 #~ " B<-e>, B<--control>,\n"
24573 #~ " B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n"
24574 #~ " B<-X>, B<--vextract>, e\n"
24575 #~ " B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n"
24577 #~ msgid "Please refer to B<dpkg-deb>(1) for information about these actions."
24579 #~ "Por favor, refira-se a B<dpkg-deb>(1) para informações sobre essas ações."
24582 #~ msgid "B<--new>, B<--old>"
24583 #~ msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
24587 #~ "Select new or old binary package format. This is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option."
24589 #~ "Seleciona o formato binário novo ou antigo de pacote. Isto é uma opção do "
24590 #~ "B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
24594 #~ "Don't read or check contents of control file while building a package. "
24595 #~ "This is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option."
24597 #~ "Não lê ou verifica o conteúdo do arquivo de controle enquanto cria um "
24598 #~ "pacote. Isto é uma opção do B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
24605 #~ msgid "B<--admindir> I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>>"
24606 #~ msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
24613 #~ msgid "B<--licence>, B<--license>"
24614 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>"
24616 #~ msgid "Display B<dpkg> licence."
24617 #~ msgstr "Exibe a licença do B<dpkg>."
24619 #~ msgid "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES"
24620 #~ msgstr "VARIÁVEIS DE AMBIENTE"
24624 #~ "Define this to something if you prefer B<dpkg> starting a new shell "
24625 #~ "rather than suspending itself, while doing a shell escape."
24627 #~ "Defina isso para alguma coisa se você preferir que o B<dpkg> inicie um "
24628 #~ "novo shell ao invés de suspender a si próprio, quando fazendo um escape "
24632 #~ msgid "B<--license>, B<--licence>"
24633 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>"
24636 #~ msgid "B<-l>, B<--license>"
24637 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>"
24640 #~ msgid "B<-I>[I<file-pattern>]"
24641 #~ msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
24644 #~ msgid "B<--licence>|B<--license>"
24645 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>"
24652 #~ msgid "B<--without-quilt>"
24653 #~ msgstr "B<--quiet>"
24656 #~ msgid "install-info"
24657 #~ msgstr "B<install>"
24660 #~ msgid "B<[--]> I<filename>"
24661 #~ msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
24664 #~ msgid "B<--remove-exactly>"
24665 #~ msgstr "B<--remove> I<nome caminho>"
24668 #~ msgid "B<--keep-old>"
24669 #~ msgstr "B<--help>"
24672 #~ msgid "B<--unsafe>"
24673 #~ msgstr "B<--quiet>"
24675 #~ msgid "generic name"
24676 #~ msgstr "nome genérico"
24679 #~ msgstr "ligação simbólica (symlink)"
24683 #~ "Without any further qualification, this means a symbolic link in the "
24684 #~ "alternatives directory: one which the system administrator is expected to "
24687 #~ "Sem nenhuma qualificação futura, esta significa uma ligação simbólica no "
24688 #~ "diretório de alternativas: o qual espera-se que o administrador do "
24689 #~ "sistema ajuste."
24692 #~ msgid "B<Error:> E<lt>error detailsE<gt>"
24693 #~ msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
24705 #~ "Send package status info to file descriptor I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. This can be "
24706 #~ "given multiple times. Status updates are of the form `status: "
24707 #~ "E<lt>pkgE<gt>: E<lt>pkg stateE<gt>'. Errors are reported as `status: "
24708 #~ "E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: extend-error-message'. Configuration file "
24709 #~ "conflicts are reported as `status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-"
24710 #~ "conffile' 'new-conffile' useredited distedited'."
24712 #~ "Envia a informação do estado do pacote para o descritor de arquivo "
24713 #~ "I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Isso pode ser dado múltiplas vezes. As atualizações de "
24714 #~ "estado são da forma `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: E<lt>pkg qstateE<gt>'."
24718 #~ "Don't actually do anything, just say what would be done. This option is "
24719 #~ "not yet implemented."
24721 #~ "Não faz nada, soment diz o que seria feito. Esta opção ainda não está "
24725 #~ "See I<%PKGDOCDIR%/THANKS> for the list of people who have\n"
24726 #~ "contributed to B<dpkg>.\n"
24728 #~ "Veja B<%PKGDOCDIR%/THANKS> para a lista de pessoas que\n"
24729 #~ "contribuíram para o B<dpkg>.\n"
24731 #~ msgid "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>"
24732 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>"
24734 #~ msgid "B<dpkg --help>"
24735 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --help>"
24737 #~ msgid "B<dpkg -Dh> | B<--debug=help>"
24738 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg -Dh> | B<--debug=help>"
24740 #~ msgid "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>"
24741 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>"
24743 #~ msgid "B<dpkg --version>"
24744 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
24746 #~ msgid "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>"
24747 #~ msgstr "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>"
24750 #~ msgid "B<--show>, B<-W>"
24751 #~ msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
24754 #~ msgid "B<--field>, B<-f>"
24755 #~ msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
24758 #~ msgid "B<--control>, B<-e>"
24759 #~ msgstr "I<control>"
24762 #~ msgid "B<--help>, B<-h>"
24763 #~ msgstr "B<--help>"
24766 #~ msgid "Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s version number."
24767 #~ msgstr "Exibe informação sobre a versão do B<dpkg>."
24770 #~ msgid "B<--licence>"
24771 #~ msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
24774 #~ msgid "OTHER OPTIONS"
24778 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
24779 #~ msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--remove> I<nome caminho>"
24782 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--list> I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>"
24783 #~ msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--list> I<nome>"
24786 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--truename> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
24787 #~ msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--remove> I<nome caminho>"
24790 #~ msgid "B<-h, --help>"
24791 #~ msgstr "B<--help>"
24794 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-l>|B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..."
24795 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<padrão>...]"
24798 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-W>|B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..."
24799 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<padrão>...]"
24802 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-s>|B<--status> I<package-name> ..."
24803 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
24806 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-L>|B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..."
24807 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
24810 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-p>|B<--print-avail> I<package-name> ..."
24811 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<arquivo_do_pacote> ..."
24814 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--licence>|B<--license>"
24815 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>"
24818 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--version>"
24819 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
24822 #~ msgid "Display licence and copyright information."
24823 #~ msgstr "Exibe informação sobre a versão do B<dpkg>."
24826 #~ msgid "Display version information."
24827 #~ msgstr "Exibe informação sobre a versão do B<dpkg>."
24835 #~ "This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or "
24836 #~ "later for copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY. See B</usr/share/doc/"
24837 #~ "dpkg/copyright> and B</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details."
24839 #~ "Debian update-alternatives é copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. Isso é software "
24840 #~ "livre; veja a Licença Pública Geral GNU versão 2 ou posterior para as "
24841 #~ "condições de cópia. NÂO existe garantia."
24844 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-l>|B<--listq>"
24845 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>"
24848 #~ msgid "B<--join>, B<-j>"
24849 #~ msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
24852 #~ msgid "B<--listq>, B<-l>"
24853 #~ msgstr "B<--list> I<ligação>"
24856 #~ msgid "B<--discard>, B<-d>"
24857 #~ msgstr "B<--display> I<ligação>"
24860 #~ msgid "B<--npquiet>, B<-Q>"
24861 #~ msgstr "B<--quiet>"
24864 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
24865 #~ msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--remove> I<nome caminho>"
24869 #~ "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]"
24870 #~ msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--list> I<nome>"
24873 #~ msgid "B<--admindir>"
24874 #~ msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
24877 #~ msgid "B<-H>|B<--help>"
24878 #~ msgstr "B<--help>"
24881 #~ "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--install> I<genname symlink altern "
24882 #~ "priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink> I<altern>]..."
24884 #~ "B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--install> I<ligação nome caminho "
24885 #~ "prioridade> [B<--slave> I<ligação nome> I<caminho>]..."
24887 #~ msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<name path>"
24888 #~ msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--remove> I<nome caminho>"
24890 #~ msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove-all> I<name>"
24891 #~ msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove-all> I<nome>"
24893 #~ msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--display> I<name>"
24894 #~ msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--display> I<nome>"
24896 #~ msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--list> I<name>"
24897 #~ msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--list> I<nome>"
24899 #~ msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--config> I<name>"
24900 #~ msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--config> I<nome>"
24904 #~ "Exactly one action must be specified if B<update-alternatives> is to "
24905 #~ "perform any meaningful task. Any number of the common options may be "
24906 #~ "specified together with any action."
24908 #~ "Exatamente uma ação deve ser especificada se B<update-alternatives> está "
24909 #~ "prester a executar qualquer tarefa significante. Qualquer número de "
24910 #~ "opções comuns podem ser especificadas juntas com qualquer ação."
24913 #~ msgid "Tell which version of B<update-alternatives> this is."
24915 #~ "Diz qual versão de B<update-alternatives> é essa (e dá alguma informação "
24920 #~ "Set by B<dpkg> to the filename of the old configuration file when you "
24921 #~ "start a shell to examine a changed configuration. file."
24923 #~ "Ajustado pelo B<dpkg> para o nome do arquivo de configuração antigo "
24924 #~ "quando você inicia um shell para examinar um arquivo de configuração "
24929 #~ "Set by B<dpkg> to the filename of the newversion of a configuration file "
24930 #~ "when you start a shell to examine a changed configuration. file."
24932 #~ "Ajustado pelo B<dpkg> para o nome do arquivo de configuração da nova "
24933 #~ "versão quando você inicia um shell para examinar um arquivo de "
24934 #~ "configuração modificado."
24938 #~ "B<auto-select>(*): Select packages to install them, and deselect packages "
24939 #~ "to remove them."
24941 #~ "B<auto-select>(*): Seleciona pacotes para serem instalados e tira a "
24942 #~ "seleção de pacotes a serem removidos."
24949 #~ "Give some usage information (and say which version of B<update-"
24950 #~ "alternatives> this is)."
24952 #~ "Exibe informação de uso (e diz qual versão de B<update-alternatives> é "
24955 #~ msgid "UPDATE-ALTERNATIVES"
24956 #~ msgstr "UPDATE-ALTERNATIVES"